Skip to main content

Full text of "The Graduate School announcements"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/graduateschoolan1958univ 


UNIVERSITY   OF   MARYLAND 


graduate  school 
announcements 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  he  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  hetween  the  student  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student 
to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  he  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  University. 


SEE  OUTSIDE  BACK  COVER  FOR  LIST  OF  OTHER  CATALOGS 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL 
ANNOUNCEMENTS 


Catalog  Series  19584959 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


VOLUME  11  JANUARY  21,  1958  NO.  12 


A  University  of  Maryland  publication  is  published  twelve  times  in  January;  three 
times  in  February;  once  in  March  and  April;  three  times  in  May;  twice  in  June;  once 
in  July  and  August;  twice  in  September  and  October;  three  times  in  November;  and 

once   in   December. 

Re-entered  at  the  Post  Office  in  College  Park,  Maryland,  as  second  class  mail  matter 
under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  August  24,  1912. 


CONTENTS 


Board  of  Regents   

Officers  of  Administration 

Committee  Chairmen,  Faculty 

Senate    

Faculty    

Graduate  School  Supplement  to 

General  Calendar   

The   Graduate   Council    

The  Graduate  School 

Location     

Libraries    

Miscellaneous  Information    .  . 
Academic   Information    

Admission    

Registration   

Graduate  Courses   

Program  of  Work   

Summer  Session    

Professional  Schools    

Oak  Ridge  Institute    

Foreign  Students 

Senior  Graduate   Work    .... 

Candidacy  for  Advanced 
Degrees   


GENERAL 

1  Academic  Information  (continued) 

2  Requirements    for    M.A.    and 

M.S.  Degrees    38 

5  Requirements   for    Degree    in 

6  American  Civilization   ....        39 
Requirements   for    Degree    of 

31  Master   of  Education    ....        41 

32  Requirements    for    Degree    of 

33  Master  of  Business  Admin- 

34  istration   41 

34  Requirements    for    Degree    of 

34  Doctor  of  Philosophy 42 

34  Language     Examinations     for 

34  Doctor  of  Philosophy   ....        43 

35  Requirements    for    Degree    of 

35  Doctor  of  Education 44 

36  Graduate  Fees 45 

36  Fellowships  and  Assistantships       46 

36  Commencement    47 

36  Method   of   Course   Number- 

36  ing    and    Counting    Credit 

37  Hours    47 

Grades     48 

37 


CURRICULA  AND 
49 
52 


Aeronautical  Engineering    .... 

Agriculture    

Agricultural  Economics  and 

Marketing   52 

Agricultural  Education  and 

Rural  Life    55 

Agronomy— Crops   and   Soils...  56 

American    Civilization    59 

Animal   Husbandry    60 

Botany     61 

Business  Administration   65 

Chemical  Engineering    70 

Metallurgical  Option    72 

Chemistry    74 

Civil    Engineering    79 

Comparative   Literature    82 

Dairy     83 

Economics     85 

Education    87 

Electrical   Engineering    98 

English  Language  and  Literature  101 

Entomology     104 

Foreign  Languages  and 

Literature    106 


REQUIRED  COURSES 

Geography     Ill 

Government  and  Politics    115 

History    117 

Home  Economics    122 

Home   Economics— General    ...  127 

Horticulture    128 

Mathematics    130 

Mechanical   Engineering    135 

Microbiology     139 

Philosophy     141 

Physical    Education,    Recreation 

and  Health 142 

Physics    148 

Poultry  Husbandry 154 

Psychology    156 

Sociology     160 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art   ....  163 

Veterinary  Science    167 

Zoology   167 

School    of   Dentistry    171 

School  of  Medicine 174 

Interdepartmental  Courses    ....  176 

School  of  Pharmacy 184 


CALENDAR  * 

FALL  SEMESTER  1958 
SEPTEMBER    1958 

15-19     Monday  to  Friday— Fall  Semester  Registration 

22  Monday— Instruction    Begins 

NOVEMBER 

26     Wednesday— Thanksgiving  Recess  Begins  After  Last  Class 

DECEMBER 

1      Monday— Thanksgiving   Recess   Ends    8    a.m. 

20  Saturday— Christmas   Recess  Begins   After  Last  Class 

21  Wednesday— Pre-Examination   Study  Day 

22-28     Thursday  to  Wednesday— First  Semester  Examinations 
JANUARY   1959 

5  Monday— Christmas  Recess  Ends  8  a.m. 

SPRING  SEMESTER    1959 
FEBRUARY 

2-6     Monday   to   Friday— Spring   Semester   Registration 
9     Monday— Instruction  Begins 

23  Monday— Washington's    Birthday   Holiday 
MARCH 

25  Wednesday— Maryland  Day 

26  Thursday— Easter  Recess  Begins  After  Last  Class 
31     Tuesday— Easter  Recess  Ends   8   a.m. 

MAY 

14     Thursday— Military  Day 

28     Thursday— Pre-Examination    Study   Day 

j     '      c  >      Friday   to  Friday— Second  Semester  Examinations 

JUNE 

6  Saturday— Commencement  Examinations 

SUMMER  SESSION  1959 
JUNE  1959 

22  Monday— Summer   Session   Registration 

23  Tuesday— Summer  Session  Begins 
JULY 

31     Friday— Summer   Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES  1959 
JUNE  1959 

15-20     Monday   to   Saturday— Rural  Women's   Short   Course 
AUGUST 

3-8     Monday  to  Saturday— 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

8-11     Tuesday   to   Friday— Firemen's   Short   Course 

*  See  Page  31   for  Graduate  School  Supplement  to  General  Calendar. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

and 

MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Term 
Expires 
Charles  P.  McCormick 

Chairman    1966 

McCormick  and  Company,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Vice-Chair  man    1959 

The  National  Grange,  744  Jackson  Place,  N.W.,  Washington  6 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

Secretary    1960 

The  Baltimore  Institute,   12  West  Madison  Street,  Baltimore  1 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 

Treasurer 1966 

Denton 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

Assistant  Secretary 1961 

1201  Eutaw  Place,  Baltimore  17 

Edmund  S.  Burke 

Assistant  Treasurer 1959 

Kelly-Springfield  Tire  Company,  Cumberland 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 1965 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown 

Enos  S.  Stockbridge   1960 

10  Light  Street,  Baltimore  2 

Thomas  B.  Symons 1963 

Suburban  Trust  Company,  6950  Carroll  Avenue,  Takoma  Park 

C.  EwTNG    TuTTLE     1962 

907  Latrobe  Building,  Charles  and  Read  Streets,  Baltimore  2 


Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for  terms  of  nine 
years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Board. 

The  State  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

wilson  h.  elkins,  President 

b.a.,    University   of   Texas,    1932;    m.a.,    1932;    b.litt.,    Oxford    University,    1936; 
D.PHIL.,    1936. 

albin  o.  kuhn,  Assistant  to  the  President 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  m.s.,  1939;  ph.d.,  1948. 

alvin  E.  cormeny,  Assistant  to  the  President,  in  Charge  of  Endowment  and 
Development 

b.a.,  Illinois  College,  1933;  ll.b.,  Cornell  University,  1936. 

r.  lee  hornbake,  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

b.s.,  State  Teachers  College,  California,  Pa.,  1934;  m.a.,  Ohio  State  University,  1936; 
ph.d.,    1942. 

Emeriti 

harry  c.  byrd,  President  Emeritus 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1908;  ll.d.,  Washington  College,  1936;  ll.d.,  Dickin- 
son College,  1938;  d.sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

harold  F.  cotterman,  Dean  of  the  Facidty,  Emeritus 

b.s.,  Ohio  State  University,  1916;  m.a.,  Columbia  University,  1917;  ph.d.,  American 
University,   1930. 

Administrative  Officers  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1922. 

vernon  E.  Anderson,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 

b.s.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  m.a.,  1936;  ph.d.,  University  of  Colorado,  1942. 

ponald  bamford,  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

b.s.,   University  of  Connecticut,    1924;   M.S.,   University   of  Vermont,    1926;   ph.d., 
Columbia  University,  1931. 

Clifford  g.  blitch,  Director  of  the  University  Hospital 
m.d.,  Vanderbilt  University  Medical  School,   1928. 

Gordon  m.  cairns,  Dean  of  Agriculture 

b.s.,  Cornell  University,   1936;  M.S.,   1938;  ph.d.,   1940. 

ray  w.  ehrensberger,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 
b.a.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  m.a.,  Butler  University,  1930;  ph.d.,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, 1937. 

noel  E.  foss,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy 

ph.c,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  b.s.,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1932;  ph.d.,  1933. 

lester  m.  fraley,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health 

b.a.,  Randolph-Macon  College,   1928;  m.a.,  1937;  ph.d.,  Peabody  College,   1939. 


Florence  m.  GiPE,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Nursing 

b.s.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  m.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1940; 
ed.d.,   University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

iF.viN  c.  haut,  Director,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  Head,  Department 
of  Horticulture 

b.s.,   University  of   Idaho,    1928;   M.S.,   State   College   of  Washington,    1930;   ph.d., 

University  of  Maryland,    1933. 

Roger  howell,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

b.a.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1914;  ph.d.,   1917;  ll.b.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1917. 

wilbert  j.  huff,  Director,  Engineering  Experiment  Station  and  Chairman  of 

the  Division  of  Physical  Sciences 

b.a.,  Ohio  Northern   University,   1911;  b.a.,  Yale  College,    1914;   ph.d.,  Yale   Uni- 
vcrsitv,    1917;  d.sc.   (hon.),  Ohio  Northern  University,    1927. 

florance  b.  king,  Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics 

b.s.,  University  of  Illinois,   1914;  m.a.,  University  of  California,    1926;  ph.d.,   Uni- 
versity of  Indiana,  1929. 

Frederic  T.  mavis,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Illinois,   1922;  M.S.,   1926;  ph.d.,   1935. 

paul  E.  nystrom,  Director,  Agricidtural  Extension  Service 

b.s.,   University  of  California,    1928;   M.S.,   University   of  Maryland,    1931;   m.p.a., 
Harvard   University,    1948;  d.p.a.,    1951. 

j.  freeman  pyle,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 
ph.b.,  University  of  Chicago,   1917;  m.a.,   1918;  ph.d.,    1925. 

james  regan,  jr.,  Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Military  Science 
Colonel,  United  States  Army,  Retired. 

leon  p.  smith,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

b.a.,    Emory    University,    1919;    m.a.,    University    of   Chicago,    1928;    ph.d.,    1930; 
Diplome  le  l'lnstitut  de  Touraine,  1932. 

william   s.  stone,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  and  Director  of  Medical 
Education  and  Research 

b.s.,  University  of  Idaho,    1924;   M.S.,    1925;   m.d.,    University  of  Louisville,    1929; 

ph.d.,  (hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

General  Administrative  Officers 

g.  watson  algire,  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
b.a.,  University  of  Maryland,   1930;  M.S.,   1931. 

norma  j.  azleln,  Registrar 

e.a.,   University  of  Chicago,   1940. 

harry  a.  bishop,  Director  of  the  Student  Health  Service 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1912. 


david  l.  brigham,  Alumni  Secretary 
b.a.,  University  of  Maryland,   1938. 

c.  wilbur  cissel,  Director  of  Finance  and  Business 

b.a.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  m.a.,  1934;  c.p.a.,  1939. 

william  w.  cobey,  Director  of  Athletics 
a.b.,   University  of  Maryland,    1930. 

geary  F.  eppley,  Director  of  Student  Welfare  and  Dean  of  Men 
b.s.,  Maryland  State  College,  1920;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 

gborge  w.  fogg,  Director  of  Personnel 

b.a.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  m.a.,  1928. 

Robert  E.  kendig,  Professor  of  Air  Science  and  Head  of  Department  of  Air 
Science,  Colonel,  United  States  Air  Force 
a.b.,  William  and  Mary  College,  1939. 

Robert  j.  mccartney,  Director  of  University  Relations 
b.a.,  University  of  Massachusetts,   1941. 

george   w.    Morrison,   Associate  Director  and   Supervising   Engineer   Physical 
Plant  (Baltimore*) 

B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1927;  e.e.,   1931. 

Howard  rovelstad,  Director  of  Libraries 

b.a.,  University  of  Illinois,   1936;  m.a.,    1937;  b.s.l.s.,   Columbia   University,   1940. 

adele  h.  stamp,  Dean  of  Women 

b.a.,  Tulane  University,    1921;  m.a.   University  of  Maryland,    1924. 

george  o.  weber,  Director  and  Supervising  Engineer,  Department  of  Physical 
Plant 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

Division  Chairmen 

john  E.  faber,  jr.,  Chairman  of  the  Division  of  Biological  Sciences 
B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1926;  m.s.,   1927;  ph.d.,    1937. 

harold  c.  hofsommer,  Chairman  of  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences 

B.s.,  Northwestern  University,   1921;  m.a.,  1923;  ph.d.,  Cornell  University,   1929 

wilbert  j.  huff,  Chairman  of  the  Division  of  Physical  Sciences 

B.A.,  Ohio  Northern  University,   1911;  b.a.,  Yale  College,    1914;  ph.d.,  Yale   Uni- 
versity,  1917;  d.sc,  Chon.),  Ohio   Northern   University,    1927. 

charles  E.  white,  Chairman  of  the  Lower  Division 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1923;  M.S.,   1924;  ph.d.,   1926. 

Adolf  e.  zucker,  Chairman  of  the  Division  of  Humanities 

b.a.,  University  of  Illinois,  1912;  m.a.,  1913;  ph.d.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1917. 


■<  4 


CHAIRMEN,  STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY   SENATE' 

GENERAL   COMMITTEE    ON   EDUCATIONAL    POLICY 

Prof.  Russell  B.  Allen  (Engineering),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   ADMISSIONS 

Dr.  Charles  Manning  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

Dr.  R.  Lee  Hornbake  (Dean  of  Faculty),  Cliairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   SCHEDULING   AND   REGISTRATION 

Dr.  Charles  White  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    PROGRAMS,    CURRICULA    AND    COURSES 

Dr.  Peter  Lejins  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   GRANTS-IN-AID 

Dr.  Paul  R.  Poffenberger  (Agriculture),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    FACULTY   RESEARCH 

Dr.  John  S.  Toll  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    PUBLIC    FUNCTIONS    AND   COMMENCEMENTS 

Dr.  Leon  P.  Smith  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    LIBRARIES 

Dr.  Lucius  Garvin  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

Dr.  Charles  D.  Murphy  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   STUDENT  LIFE  AND  ACTIVITIES 

Prof.  Russell  B.  Allen  (Engineering),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   STUDENT   PUBLICATIONS   AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

Dr.  John  H.  Frederick  (Business  and  Public  Administration),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE  ON   STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 

Prof.  Warren  L.  Strausbaugh  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chair-man 

COMMITTEE    ON  RELIGIOUS   LIFE 

Dr.  Stanley  Jackson  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   STUDENT  HEALTH   AND  WELFARE 

Dr.  William  E.  Bickley  (Agriculture),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   STUDENT   EMPLOYMENT   AND   SELF-HELP 

Dr.  John  E.  Foster  (Agriculture),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE    ON    INTERCOLLEGIATE    COMPETITION 

Dr.  Irvin  C.  Haut  (Agriculture),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL   ETHICS,   ACADEMIC   FREEDOM   AND  TENURE 

Dr.  Carroll  E.  Cox  (Agriculture),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE   ON   APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS   AND   SALARIES 

Dr.  Monroe  H.  Martin  (Institute  of  Fluid  Dynamics),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

Prof.  Homer  Ulrich  (Arts  and  Sciences),  Chairman 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

Prof.  Russell  R.  Reno  (Law),  Chairman 
'Effective  October  29,  1957. 

5  ► 


GRADUATE  FACULTY 

1958-1959 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Administrative  Officers 

ronald  bamford,  Professor  of  Botany  and  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

B.s.,   University  of  Connecticut,    1924;   M.S.,   University   of  Vermont,    1926;   ph.d., 
Columbia  University,    1931. 

Augustus  j.  prahl,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages  and  Associate  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School 
m.a.,  Washington  University,    1928;  ph.d.,  Johns   Hopkins  University,    1933. 

lucy  a.  lynham,  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
b.a.,  University  of  Maryland,   1933. 

Professors 

Arthur  M.  ahalt,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Agricultural  Educa- 
tion and  Rural  Life 

b.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1931;  M.S.,   Pennsylvania   State   University,    1937. 

myron  s.  aisenberg,  Professor  of  General  and  Oral  Pathology  and  Dean   of 
School  of  Dentistry 

d.d.s.,    University  of  Maryland,    1922. 

Alfred  o.  aldridge,  Professor  of  English 

b.s.,   Indiana    University,    1937;   m.a.,    University   of  Georgia,    1938;   ph.d.,    Duke 
University,  1942;  Docteur  de  l'Universite  de  Paris,   1955. 

russell  b.  allen,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  College 
of  Engineering 
b.s.,  Yale  University,  1923. 

william    r.    amberson,    Professor  and   Head   of   Department   of   Physiology, 
School  of  Medicine 
ph.b.,  Lafayette  College,   1915;  ph.d.,  Princeton  University,   1922. 

vernon  E.  Anderson,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 
b.s.,   University  of  Minnesota,    1930;   m.a.,    1936;   ph.d.,    University   of  Colorado, 
1942. 

thomas  G.  Andrews,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Psychology 

b.a.,  University  of  Southern  California,   1937;  m.a.,  University  of  Nebraska,   1939; 
PH.D.,    1941. 

wendell  s.  arbuckle,  Professor  of  Dairy 

b.s.a.,  Purdue  University,    1933;  a.m.,   University  of  Missouri,   1937;  ph.d.,    1940. 


ronalu  bamford,  Professor  of  Botuiiy  and  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 
b.s.,   University  of  Connecticut,    1924;   M.S.,   University  of  Vermont,    1926;   ph.d., 
Columbia  University,   1931. 

george  M.  beal,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 

b.s.,  Utah  State  Agricultural  College,   1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1938; 
ph.d.,  1942. 

william  E.  bickley,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Entomology 

b.s.,   University  of  Tennessee,    1934;   M.S.,    1936;   ph.d.,    University   of   Maryland, 
1940. 

carl  bode,  Professor  of  English 

ph.b.,   University  of  Chicago,    1933;   m.a.,   Northwestern   University,    1938;   ph.d., 
1941. 

donald  bonney,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
b.e.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1926;  ph.d.,  1935. 

franklin  l.  burdette,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

a.b.,  Marshall  College,   1934;  a.m.,   University  of  Nebraska,    1935;  a.m.,  Princeton 
University,   1937;  ph.d.,    1938. 

richard  h.  byrne,  Professor  of  Education 
a.b.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1938;  m.a.,  Columbia  University,  1947;  ed.d., 
1952. 

Gordon   m.   cairns,    Professor    of   Dairy   Husbandry   and  Dean   of   College   of 
Agriculture 

b.s.,  Cornell  University,   1936;  m.s.,   1938;  ph.d.,   1940. 

verne  E.  chatelain,  Professor  of  History 

b.a.,   Nebraska   State  Teachers   College,    1917;   m.a.,   University   of  Chicago,    1925; 
PH.D.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1943. 

eli  w.  clemens,  Professor  of  Business  Organization 
b.s.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,    1930;   M.S.,   University  of  Illinois,   1934;   PH.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,    1940. 

Charles  N.  cofer,  Professor  of  Psychology 

a.b.,    Southeast    Missouri    State    College,    1936;    m.a.,    State    University    of    Iowa, 
1937;  ph.d.,   Brown   University,   1940. 

gerald  F.  combs,  Professor  of  Poultry  Nutrition 

b.s.,   University  cf  Illinois,    1940;  ph.d.,   Cornell  University,    1948. 

j.  allan  cook,  Professor  of  Marketing 
a.b.,    College    of    William    and    Mary,    1928;    m.b.a.,    Harvard    University,    1936, 
ph.d.,   Columbia   University,    1948. 


7  ► 


george    F.    Corcoran,    Professor   and  Chairman    of   Department   of   Electrical 
Engineering 
b.s.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1923;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1926. 

gerald  corning,  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering 
B.s.,  New  York  University,    1937;  M.S.,  Catholic  University,   1954. 

carroll  e.  cox,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 
A.B.,    University   of    Delaware,    1938;    M.S.,    Virginia    Polytechnic    Institute,    1940; 
ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943. 

Dorothy   F.   deach,    Professor   and   Head   of   Department   of   Physical   Educa- 
tion for  Women 
b.s.,  University  of  Illinois,   1931;  M.S.,  1932;  ph.d.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951. 

jules  de  launay,  Professor  of  Physics  CP.T.") 

a.b.,  Howard  College,  1931;  b.a.,  Oxford  University,  1935;  m.a.,  1938;  ph.d., 
Stanford  University,  1939. 

george  w.  denemark,  Professor  and  Assistant  Dean  of  College  of  Education 
a.b.,  University  of  Chicago,  1943;  a.m.,  1948;  ed.m.,  University  of  Illinois,  1950; 
ED.D.,   1956. 

Dudley  dillard,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Economics 
B.s.,  University  of  California,  1935;  ph.d.,  1940. 

brice  m.  dorsey,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Oral  Surgery,  School 
of  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927. 

Nathan  l.  drake,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Chemistry 
a.b.,  Harvard  University,   1920;  a.m.,   1921;  ph.d.,  1922. 

wilson  h.  elkins,  President,  University  of  Maryland 
b.a.,   University  of  Texas,    1932;  m.a.,    1932;   litt.   b.,  Oxford   University,    1936; 
D.  PHIL.,   1936. 

gaylord  b.  estabrook,  Professor  of  Physics,  School  of  Pharmacy 
b.sc.,   Purdue    University,    1921;   m.sc,    Ohio   State   University,    1922;   ph.d.,    Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  1932. 

john  E.  faber,  jr.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Bacteriology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  ph.d.,  1937. 

william  f.  falls,   Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

a.b.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1922;  Certificate  d'Etudes  Francaises,  Uni- 
versity of  Toulouse,  1926;  m.a.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1928;  ph.d.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1932. 

Frederick  p.  Ferguson,  Professor  of  Physiology,  School  of  Medicine 

b.a.,  Wesleyan  University,  1938;  m.a.,  1939;  ph.d.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943. 

<  8 


frank  H.  j.  figge,  Professor  and  Head  of  Departmetit  of  Anatomy,  School  of 
Medicine 

a.b.,  Colorado  College,   1927;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,    1934. 

Allan  j.  fisher,  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Finance 

B.s.j  in  rn.i  .,   University  of  Pennsylvania,  1928;  litt.m.,  University  of  Pittsburgh, 
1936;  ph.d.,  1937. 

russell  s.  fisher,  Professor  of  Legal  Medicine,  School  of  Medicine 
b.s.,  Georgia  School  of  Technology,  1937;  m.d.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1942. 

noel  e.  foss,  Professor  and  Dean  of  School  of  Pharmacy 

ph.c,    b.s.,    South    Dakota    State    College,    1929;    M.S.,    University    of    Maryland, 
1932;  ph.d.,  1933. 

john  e.  foster,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Animal  Husbandry 

b.s.,  North  Carolina  State  College,   1926;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College,   1927;  ph.d., 
Cornell  University,  1937. 

lester   m.    fraley,    Professor   and    Dean   of    College    of   Physical    Education, 
Recreation  and  Health 
a.b.,   Randolph-Macon   College,    1928;   m.a.,   Peabody  College,    1937;    ph.d.,    1939. 

john  h.  Frederick,  Professor  of  Transportation  and  Foreign  Trade  and  Head 
of  Department  of  Business  Organization 

b.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1918;  m.a.,    1925;  ph.d.,    1927. 

lucius  garvin,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Philosophy 
a.b.,  Brown  University,   1928;  a.m.,    1929;  ph.d.,   1933. 

hugh  g.  gauch,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology 

b.s.,  Miami   University,    1935;   M.S.,  Kansas  State  College,    1937;  ph.d.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1939. 

wesley  M.  gewehr,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  History 
ph.b.,   University  of  Chicago,   1911;  m.a.,   1912;  ph.d.,    1922. 

Florence  m.  gipe,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  School  of  Nursing 

b.s.,    Catholic    University,    1937;    M.S.,    University    of    Pennsylvania,     1940;    ed.d., 
University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

frank  goodwyn,  Professor  of  Spanish  and  Latin  American  Civilization 
b.a.,  Texas  College  of  Arts  and  Industries,   1940;  m.a.,   1941;  ph.d.,  University  of 
Texas,  1946. 

willard  w.  green,  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry 

b.s.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  M.S.,  1934;  ph.d.,  1939. 

rose  marie  grentzer,  Professor  of  Music 

b.a.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  b.a.,  1936;  m.a.,  1939. 

allan  g.  gruchy,  Professor  of  Economics 

b.a.,  University  of  British  Columbia,   1926;  m.a.,  McGill   University,    1929;   ph.d., 
University  of  Virginia,   1931. 

9   ► 


john  w.  gustad,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Director  of  University  Counseling 
Center 

b.a.,  Macalester   College,    1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,    1948;  PH.D.,    1949. 

william  E.  hahn,  Professor  of  Anatomy,  School  of  Dentistry 
a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1938;  m.s.,  1939;  d.d.s.,  1931. 

rouL  a.  Hansen,  Professor  of  Veterinary  Bacteriology 
ph.d.,  University  of  Copenhagen,   1922;   M.S.,  Royal  Technological  College,    Den- 
mark, 1926;  ph.d.,  Cornell  University,  1934. 

susan  emelyn  harman,  Professor  of  English 
b.ed.,  Nebraska  State  Teachers  College,  1916;  b.a.,  University  of  Nebraska,   1917; 
m.a.,  1918;  ph.d.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1926. 

i.   c.  haut,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Horticulture;  Director  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station 

b.s.,   University  of  Idaho,    1928;  m.s.,  State  College  of  Washington,    1930;  ph.d., 

University  of  Maryland,   1933. 

harold  c.  hoffsommer,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Sociology 
B.s.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  m.a.,  1923;  PH.D.,  Cornell  University,  1929. 

r.  lee  hornbake,  Dean  of  the  Factrtty  of  the  University 
B.s.,  Pennsylvania  State  Teachers  College,  California,   1934;  m.a.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1936;  ph.d.,   1942. 

kenneth  o.  hovet,  Professor  of  Education 
b.a.,  St.  Olaf  College,   1926;  ph.d.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1950. 

charles  Y.  hu,  Professor  of  Geography 

b.s.,  University  of  Nanking,  1930;  m.a.,  University  of  California,  1936;  ph.d.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,   1941. 

wilbert  j.   huff,  Professor  and  Chairman   of  Department   of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 
a.b.,  Ohio  Northern  University,   1911;  a.b.,  Yale  College,   1914;   ph.d.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity,  1917;  d.sc,   (hon.),  Ohio  Northern   University,    1927. 

James  h.  Humphrey,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Health 

b.a.,    Denison    University,    1933;    m.a.,    Western    Reserve    University,    1946;    ed.d., 
Boston  University,   1951. 

casimir     t.     ichniowski,     Emerson     Professor    of     Pharmacology,     School     of 
Pharmacy 
ph.g.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929;  b.s.,  1930;  M.S.,  1932;  ph.d.,  1936. 

john  w.  jackson,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

b.s.m.e.,   University  of  Cincinnati,   1934;  m.e.,   1937;  m.s.m.E.,   California  Institute 
of  Technology,  1940. 

Stanley  b.  jackson,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

a.b.,  Bates  College,  1933;  a.m.,  Harvard  University,   1934;  ph.d.,    1937. 

warren  R.   johnson,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

b.a.,  University  of  Denver,  1942;  m.a.,   1946;  ed.d.,  Boston  University,   1950. 

-4    10 


}  \ki.e  H.  kennard,  Professor  of  Physics  (P.T.") 
b.a.,  Pomona  College,    1907;   b.sc,   Oxford   University,    1911;  ph.d.,   Cornell   Uni- 
versity,  1913. 

FLQRANCE  b.  king,  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
b.s.,    University    of    Illinois,    1914;    m.a.,    University    of    California,    1926;    ph.d., 
University  of  Indiana,    1929. 

John  c.  krantz,  jr..  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  School  of  Medicine 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1923;  M.S.,   1924;  ph.d.,  1928. 

albin  o.  kuhn,  Professor  of  Agronomy  and  Assistant  to  the  President 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1938;  M.S.,   1939;  ph.d.,  1948. 

JOHN  j.  kurtz,  Professor  of  Education 

b.a.,   University  of  Wisconsin,   1935;  m.a.,   Northwestern   University,    1940;  ph.d., 
University  of  Chicago,  1949. 

Herman  h.  kurzweg,  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering  (P.T.*) 
ph.d.,  University  of  Leipzig,   1933. 

george  s.  langford,  Professor  of  Entomology 

b.s.,    Clemson    College,    1921;    M.S.,    University    of   Maryland,    1924;    ph.d.,    Ohio 
State   University,    1929. 

peter  p.  lejins,  Professor  of  Sociology 
ph.m.,  University  of  Latvia,  1930;  ll.m.,  1933;  ph.d.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938. 

conrad  b.  link,  Professor  of  Floricidture 

B.sc,  Ohio  State  University,  1933;  m.sc,   1934;  ph.d.,   1940. 

ellis  r.  lippincott,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
b.a.,  Earlham  College,  1943;  M.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1944;  ph.d.,   1947. 

ralph  H.  long,  jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
b.s.m.e.,  Tufts  College,  1943;  m.eng.,  Yale  University,  1948;  d.eng.,  1952. 

donald  maley,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
b.s.,    Pennsylvania    State   Teachers   College,    California,    1943;    M.S.,    University   of 
Maryland,   1947;  ph.d.,   1949. 

monroe   h.    martin,    Professor  of  Mathematics   and  Director  of  Institute   for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
b.s.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,   1928;  ph.d.,   Johns  Hopkins  University,    1932. 

benjamin  H.  massey,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
a.b.,  Erskine  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1947;  ph.d.,   1950. 

Frederic   Theodore  mavis,   Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Dean  of   the 
College  of  Engineering 

b.s.,  University  of  Illinois,  1922;  M.S.,  1926;  c.e.,  1932;  ph.d.,  1935. 

james  g.  mcmanaway,  Professor  of  English  (P.T.~) 

b.a.,   University  of  Virginia,    1919;   m.a.,    1920;  ph.d.,  Johns   Hopkins   University, 
1931. 

11   ► 


Horace  s.  merrill,  Professor  of  History 

b.e.,   Wisconsin   State   Teachers'   College,   River  Falls,    1932;  ph.m.,   University   of 
Wisconsin,   1933;  ph.d.,    1942. 

madelaine  mershon,  Professor  of  Education 

B.s.,  Drake  University,   1940;  m.a.,   University  of  Chicago,   1943;  PH.D.,   1950 

T.  faye  Mitchell,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Textiles  and  Clothing 
b.s.,  Missouri  State  Teachers  College,  Springfield,  1930;  m.a.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1939. 

dorothy  r.  mohr,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  for  Women 

S.B.,   University  of  Chicago,    1932;  a.m.,    1933;   ph.d.,   University  of  Iowa,    1944. 

hugh  c  morgan,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Director  of  Institute  of 
Child  Study 
b.a.,  Furman   University,    1940;   m.a.,   University  of  Chicago,    1943;    ph.d.,    1946. 

Raymond  morgan,  Professor  of  Physics 
a.b.,  Indiana  University,  1916;  a.m.,  1917;  ph.d.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1922. 

Charles  d.  murphy,  Professor  and  Acting  Head  of  Department  of  English 
b.a.,    University    of    Wisconsin,     1929;    m.a.,    Harvard     University,     1930;    ph.d., 
Cornell  University,    1940. 

ralph  d.  myers,  Professor  of  Physics 

a.b.,  Cornell  University,   1934;  a.m.,    1935;  ph.d.,    1937. 

clarence  a.  newell,  Professor  of  Education 

a.b.,   Hastings   College,   1935;   a.m.,   Columbia   University,    1939;    ph.d.,    1943. 

Robert  h.  oster,  Professor  of  Physiology,  School  of  Dentistry 

b.s.,   Pennsylvania   State   University,    1923;   M.S.,    1926;   ph.d.,   Harvard   University, 
1933. 

louis  E.  otts,  jr.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

b.a.,  East  Texas  State  Teachers  College,    1933;  b.s.,   Agricultural   and   Mechanical 
College  of  Texas,  1946;  m.s.,  1946. 

arthur  s.  Patrick,  Professor  of  Business  Education 

b.s.,  Wisconsin  State  College,  1931;  m.a.,  University  of  Iowa,  1940. 

michael  J.  pelczar,  jr.,  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  ph.d.,  University  of  Iowa,   1941. 

wtlliam  a.  pennington,  Professor  of  Metallurgical  Option 
b.s.,  Union  University,   1925;  ph.d.,  Iowa  State  College,   1933. 

hugh  v.  perkins,  Professor  of  Education 

a.b.,  &   sch.   mus.b.,  Oberlin  College,    1941;   a.m.,   University   of  Chicago,    1946; 
ph.d.,  1949;  ed.d.,  New  York  University,  1956. 

■4    12 


blmer    plisciike,    Professor   and    Head    of    Department    of    Government    and 

Politics 
ph.b.,  Marquette  University,    1937;  m.a.,  American  University,   1938;  ph.d.,  Clark 
University,  L943;  Certificate,  Columbia  University,  Naval  School  of  Military  Gov- 
ernment,  1944. 

paul   r.   poffenberger,   Professor  and  Acting  Head  of  Department   of  Agri- 
cultural Economics  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Instruction,  College  of  Agriculture 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1935;  M.S.,   1937;  ph.d.,  American  University,   1953. 

Augustus  J.  prahl,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages  and  Associate  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School 

m.a.,  Washington  University,  1928;  ph.d.,  Johns  Hokins  University,  1933. 

cordon  vv.  prange,  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,  University  of  Iowa,  1932;  a.m.,  1934;  ph.d.,  1937. 

ernest  f.  pratt,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

a.b.,  University  of  Redlands,    1937;  m.s.,  Oregon  State  College,   1939;   m.a.,   Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1941;  ph.d.,   1942. 

daniel  a.  prescott,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

b.s.,  Tufts  College,  1920;  ed.m.,  Harvard  College,  1922;  ed.d.,  1923. 

w.  Arthur  purdum,  Professor  of  Hospital  Pharmacy,  School  of  Pharmacy 
ph.g.,  University  of  Maryland,    1930;  b.s.,    1932;  M.S.,   1934;   PH.D.,   1941. 

j.   freeman  pyle,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the   College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration 

ph.b.,  University  of  Chicago,   1917;  m.a.,   1918;  ph.d.,   1925. 

henry    r.    reed,    Professor   of   Electrical   Engineering,    Registered    Professional 
Engineer 

b.s.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1925;  M.S.,   1927;  e.e.,  South  Dakota  State  College, 

1930;  ph.d.,  University  of  Iowa,   1941. 

wiLKiNS  reeve,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,   1936;  ph.d.,  University  of  Wisconsin,    1940. 

A.  w.  richeson,  Professor  of  Mathematics,  School  of  Pharmacy 

b.s.,  University  of  Richmond,   1918;  a.m.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1925;  ph.d., 
1928. 

carl  l.  rollinson,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1933;  ph.d.,  University  of  Illinois,  1939. 

Sherman  ross,  Professor  of  Psychology 

b.sc.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,    1939;  m.a.,  Columbia  University,    1941; 
ph.d.,   1943. 

russell  g.  rothgeb,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

b.s.,   University   of  Maryland,    1924;   M.S.,   Iowa   State   College,    1925;   ph.d.,   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,   1928 

13  ► 


alvin  w.  schindler,  Professor  of  Ediication 
b.a.,  Iowa  State  Teachers'  College,  1927;  m.a.,  Iowa  State  University,   1929;  ph.d., 
1934. 

emil  G.  schmidt,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Department  of  Biological  Chemis 
try,  School  of  Medicine 

B.s.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1921;  M.S.,  1923;  ph.d.,  1924. 

HENRY    W.    SCHOENBORN,    Professor  of  Zoology 

a.b.,  DePauw  University,  1933;  ph.d.,  New  York  University,  1939. 

wilburn  c.  schroeder,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1930;  m.s.e.,   1931;  ph.d.,  1933. 

leland  E.  scott,  Professor  of  Horticidtnral  Physiology 

b.s.,    University   of   Kentucky,    1927;    M.S.,    Michigan   State    College,    1929;    ph.d., 
University  of  Maryland,    1943. 

clyne  s.  shaffner,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Poultry  Husbandry 
b.s.,  Michigan  State  University,  1938;  M.S.,  1940;  ph.d.,  Purdue  University,  1947. 

james  b.  shanks,  Professor  of  Floricidture 

b.sc,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  m.sc,   1946;  ph.d.,   1949. 

Joseph  c.  shaw,  Professor  of  Dairy 

B.s.,  Iowa   State   College,    1932;   M.S.,   Montana   State   College,    1933;   ph.d.,    Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1938. 

donald    E.    shay,    Professor    and    Head    of    Department    of    Bacteriology    and 
Immunology,  School  of  Dentistry,  School  of  Pharmacy 

b.s.,   Lebanon   Valley   College,    1937;   M.S.,    University  of   Maryland,    1938;   ph.d., 

1943. 

shan-fu  shen,  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering 

b.s.,   National   Central   University,   China,    1941;   sc.d.,    Massachusetts   Institute   of 
Technology,  1949. 

A.  wiley   sherwood,   Professor  of  Aerodynamics 

m.e.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,    1935;  m.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1943. 

Charles  a.  shreeve,  jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
b.e.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943. 

frank  j.  slama,  Professor  of  Pharmacognosy,  School  of  Pharmacy 
ph.g.,  University  of  Maryland,    1924;  ph.c,    1925;  b.s.,    1928;   m.s.,    1930;   ph.d., 
1935. 

Dietrich  c.  smith,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Associate  Dean  of  the  School 
of  Medicine 

A.B.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1923;   a.m.    1924;  ph.d.,   Harvard   University,    1928. 

^   14 


leon  p.  smith,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences 

b.a.,    Emory    University,    1919;    m.a.,    University   of    Chicago,    1928;    ph.d.,    1930; 

Diplome  de  l'lnstitut  tie  Touxaine,   1932. 

Francis  c.  stark,  jr.,  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 
B.s.,    Oklahoma    Agricultural    and    Mechanical    College,    1940;    M.S.,    University    of 
Maryland,   1941;  ph.d.,   1948. 

reuben  g.  steinmeyer,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
a.b.,  American  University,  1929;  ph.d.,  1935. 

karl  l.  stellmacher,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
d.phil.,   University  of  Gottingen,    1936. 

william  s.  stone,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  and   Director  of  Medical 
Education  and  Research 

b.s.,  University  of  Idaho,   1924;   M.S.,   1925;  m.d.,   University  of  Louisville,    1929; 

ph.d.  (hon.),  1946. 

orman  e.  street,  Professor  of  Agronomy 
b.s.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1924;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  College,   1927;  ph.d., 
1933. 

william  j.  svirbely,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1931;  M.S.,   1932;  d.sci.,   1935. 

charles  T.  sweeney,  Professor  of  Accounting 

b.s.,  Cornell  University,  1921;  m.b.a.,  University  of  Michigan,   1928;  c.p.a.,  Iowa, 
1934;  c.p.a.,  Ohio,  1936. 

harold  Frederick  Sylvester,  Professor  of  Business  Organization 
ph.d.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1938. 

charles  A.  taff,  Professor  of  Transportation 

b.s.,  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  m.a.,  1941;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

Clifford  curtis  taylor,  Visiting  Professor  of  Agricxdtural  Economics 

b.s.,  Colorado  State  College,   1917;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,   1923;  m.a.,  Harvard 
University,    1926;   ph.d.,    1930. 

Arthur  h.  Thompson,  Professor  of  Pomology 
b.s.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1941;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1945. 

JOHN  toll,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Physics 

b.s.,  Yale  University,   1944;  m.a.,  Princeton  University,   1948;  ph.d.,   1952. 

E.  G.  vanden  bosche,  Professor  of  Biochemistry ,  School  of  Dentistry 

a.b.,   Lebanon   Valley  College,    1922;   M.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1924;   ph.d., 
1927. 

william  van  royen,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Geography 
m.a.,  Rijksuniversiteit  te  Utrecht,   1925;  ph.d.,  Clark  University,   1928. 

15   ► 


james  a.  van  zwoll,  Professor  of  Education 
a.b.,  Calvin  College,    1933;   m.a.,   University  of  Michigan,   1937;   ph.d.,    1942. 

fletchek  p.  veitch,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1931;  M.S.,    1934;   ph.d.,    1936. 

Walter  b.  waetjen,  Professor  of  Education 
b.s.,    Pennsylvania    State    Teachers    College,    Millersville,    1942;    M.S.,    University 
of  Pennsylvania,    1947;  ed.d.,   University  of  Maryland,    1951. 

Robert  E.  wagner,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Agronomy 
b.s.,    Kansas    State    College,    1942;    M.S.,    University    of    Wisconsin,    1943;    ph.d., 
1950. 

william  p.  walker,  Professor  of  Agricidtural  Economics 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1921;  m.s.,  1925. 

roald  k.  wangsness,  Professor  of  Physics  (P.T.^) 

b.a.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1944;  ph.d.,   Stanford  University,   1950. 

Joseph  weber,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
b.s.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,   1940;  ph.d.,  Catholic  University,    1951. 

s.  m.  wedeberg,  Professor  of  Accounting 

b.b.a.,    University    of    Washington,     1925;    a.m.,    Yale    University,     1935;    c.p.a., 
Maryland,   1934.' 

norman  irving  wengert,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

b.a.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1938;  m.a.,  Fletcher  School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy, 
1939;  ll.b.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1942;  PH.D.,   1947. 

c.  w.  wharton,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Zoology 
b.s.,  Duke  University,  1935;  ph.d.,   1939. 

gharles  E.  white,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,   1924;  ph.d.,   1926. 

Gladys  a.  wiggin,  Professor  of  Education 

b.s.,   University  of  Minnesota,    1929;   m.a.,    1939;  ph.d.,   University   of   Maryland, 

1947. 

charles  L.  wisseman,  jr.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Microbiology, 
School  of  Medicine 

b.a.,    Southern    Methodist    University,    1941;    M.S.,    Kansas    State    College,    1943; 

m.d.,    Southwestern    Medical   College,    1946. 

G.  Forrest  woods,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,  Northwestern  University,   1935;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,   1937;  ph.d.,   1940. 

Howard  w.  wright,  Professor  of  Accounting 
b.s.c,  Temple  University,  1937;  m.a.,  University  of  Iowa,  1940;  ph.d.,   1947. 

M  16 


JOHN    E.    younger,     Professor    and    Chairman    of    Department    of    Mechanical 
Engineering 

b.s.,  University  of  California,   1923;  M.S.,   1924;  ph.d.,    1925. 

W.  cordon  zeeveld,  Professor  of  English 

a.b.,  University  of  Rochester,  1924;  m.a.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1929;  ph.d., 
1936. 

adolph  e.  zucker,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Foreign  Languages 
b.a.,   University  of  Illinois,    1912;  m.a.,    1915;   ph.d.,    University   of  Pennsylvania, 
1917. 

Research  Professors 

william  J.  bailey,  Research  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.  chem.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943;  ph.d.,  University  of  Illinois,  1946. 

Johannes  martanus   burgers,  Research  Professor  in   Institute  for   Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 

doctor  of  mathematics  and  physics,  University  of  Leiden,  1918;  doctor  honoris 
causa,  Universite  Libre  de  Bruxelles,  1948;  doctor  honoris  causa,  Universite 
de  Poitiers,   1950;  doctor  of  science  in  technology,  The  Technion,    1955. 

Joaquin  b.  diaz,  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

b.a.,  University  of  Texas,  1940;  ph.d.,  Brown  University,  1945. 

lewis  p.  ditman,  Research  Professor  of  Entomology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  m.s.,  1929;  ph.d.,  1931. 

Elliott  w.  montroll,  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

b.s.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,   1937;  ph.d.,   1940. 

victor  roterus,  Consulting  Professor  of  Geography  (P.T.') 
ph.b.,  University  of  Chicago,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

mary  s.  shorb,  Research  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry 

B.s.,  The  College  of  Idaho,  1928;  sc.d.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1933. 

zaka  i.  slawsky,  Research  Professor  in  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 

b.s.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1933;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology,  1935;  ph.d.,  University  of  Michigan,   1938. 

eduard  uhlenhuth,  Research  Professor  of  Anatomy,  School  of  Medicine 
ph.d.,  University  of  Vienna,  1909. 

Alexander   weinstein,    Research    Professor   in   Institute   for   Fluid   Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

ph.d.,  University  of  Zurich,  1921;  d.sc,  Math.,  University  of  Paris,  1937. 

clayton  E.  Whipple,  Considting  Professor  in  Geography 
b.s.,  New  York  State  Agricultural  College,  1925;  m.s.ed.,  1925. 

17  ► 


Associate  Professors 

benjamin  F.  allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacy,  School  of  Pharmacy 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1937;  ph.d.,   1949. 

redfield  w.  allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

george  anastos,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

b.s.,  University  of  Akron,  1942;  m.a.,  Harvard  University,   1947;  ph.d.,   1949. 

roy  s.  Anderson,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

a.b.,   Clark   University,    1943;   a.m.,    Dartmouth   College,    1948;   ph.d.,   Duke   Uni- 
versity,   1951. 

Thornton  h.  Anderson,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

a.b.,   University  of  Kentucky,    1937;  m.a.,    1938;  ph.d.,   University   of  Wisconsin, 
1948. 

john  p.  augelli,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

b.a.,  Clark   University,    1943;  m.a.,   Harvard  University,    1949;  ph.d.,    1951. 

john  h.  axley,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
b.a.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1937;  ph.d.,   1945. 

edward  s.  barber,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935;  C.E.,  1952. 

richard  h.  bauer,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

ph.b.,  University  of  Chicago,  1923;  m.a.,  1928;  ph.d.,  1935. 

jack  b.  blackburn,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

b.s.c.e.,    Oklahoma    University,    1947;    m.s.c.e.,    Purdue    University,    1949;    ph.d., 
1955. 

glenn  o.  blough,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

a.b.,   University  of  Michigan,    1929;  a.m.,    1932;  ll.d.,  Central   Michigan   College 
of  Education,  1950. 

Gerard  a.  bourbeau,  Associate  Professor  of  Agroyiomy 

b.a.,   St.   Francis   Xavier   College,    1938;   b.s.,   Laval   University,    1943;   M.S.,    Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,   1946;  ph.d.,   1948. 

richard  M.  brandt,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

b.m.e.,   University  of  Virginia,    1943;   m.a.,   University   of   Michigan,    1949;   ed.d., 
University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

pela  F.  braucher,  Associate  Professor  of  Foods  and  Nutrition 
b.a.,  Goucher  College,   1927;  m.s.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1929. 

george  m.  brown,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.a.,  Emory   University,    1942;  M.S.,    1943;  m.a.,  Princton  University,   1946;   ph.d., 
1949. 


joshua  n.  c.  brown,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
a.b.,  Duke  University,  1948;  m.a.,  1949;  ph.d.,   1953. 

russell  c.  brown,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.s.,  Agr.,  West  Virginia  University,   1929;  M.S.,   1930;  ph.d.,   University  of  Mary- 
Ian,  1934. 

Raymond  M.  burgison,  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  School  of  Medicine 
b.s.,  Loyola  College,   1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1948;  ph.d.,   1950. 

Joseph    Patrick   cappuccio,   Associate   Professor  of   Oral    Surgery   and   Anes- 
thesiology 

b.s.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1943;  d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

mary  K.  carl,  Associate  Professor  of  Niirsing 

B.s.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1946;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951. 

franklin  d.  cooley,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

a.b.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1927;  M.A.,   University  of  Maryland,    1933;  ph.d., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1940. 

John  b.  cournyn,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Alabama,  1946;  M.S.,  1948. 

Richard  F.  davis,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  of  Dairy  Department 

b.s.,   University  of  New  Hampshire,   1950;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,    1952;  ph.d., 
1953. 

townes  l.  dawson,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law 
b.b.a.,   University  of   Texas;    1943;   b.s.,   U.S.    Merchant   Marine   Academy,    1946; 
m.b.a.,  University  of  Texas,  1947;  ph.d.,  1950;  ll.b.,  1954;  Member  Texas  Bar. 

Raymond  n.  doetsch,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

b.s.,   University  of  Illinois,    1942;   a.m.,   Indiana   University,    1943;   ph.d.,   Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,   1948. 

tick  duffey,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

b.s.,  Purdue  University,    1939;   M.S.,   University  of  Iowa,    1940;   ph.d.,   University 
of  Maryland,   1956. 

Marvin  Howard  eyler,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

a.b.,  Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1948;  ph.d.,   1956. 

Richard  A.  ferrell,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

b.s.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,   1948;  M.S.,    1949;  ph.d.,   Princeton   Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

Robert  elston  fullerton,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

b.s.,  Heidelberg  College,   1938;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,   1940;  ph.d.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity,   1945. 

dwight  l.  gentry,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

a.b.,    Elon    College,    1941;    m.b.a.,    Northwestern    University,    1947;    ph.d.,    Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1952. 

19  ► 


Richard  a.  good,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

a.b.  Ashland  College,  1939;  m.a.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940;  ph.d.,  1945. 

donald  c.  Gordon,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1934;  m.a.,  Columbia  University,   1937;  ph.d., 
1947. 

henry  w.  grayson,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

b.a.,  University  of  Saskatchewan,   1937;  m.a.,  University  of  Toronto,   1947;  ph.d., 
1950. 

Robert  G.  grenell,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

a.b.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1935;  m.sc.,  New  York  University,  1936; 
ph.d.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943. 

john  G.  gurley,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
a.b.,  Stanford  University,  1942;  ph.d.,  1951. 

daniel  hamberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.s.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1945;  m.a.,  1947;  ph.d.,  1952. 

Arthur    b.     Hamilton,    Associate    Professor    of    Agricultural    Economics    and 
Marketing 

b.s.,   University  of  Maryland,    1929;  M.S.,   1931. 

ellen   E.  harvey,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education,   Recreation  and 
Health 

b.s.,  Columbia  University,  1935;  m.a.,  1941;  ed.d.,  University  of  Oregon,  1951. 

richard  hendricks,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech 

a.b.,  Franklin  College  of  Indiana,   1937;  m.a.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  ph.d., 
1956. 

Edward    j.    herbst,    Associate    Professor   of    Biological    Chemistry,    School    of 
Medicine 

b.s.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1943;  m.s.,  1944;  ph.d.,  1949. 

William  frank  hornyak,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

b.e.e.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1944;  m.s.,  California  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1949;  ph.d.,  1949. 

richard  w.  iskraut,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

b.s.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1937;  sc.d.,  University  of  Leipzig,  1941. 

laurens  jansen,  Associate  Professor  in  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 

cand.   ex.,   State   University,    Utrecht,    1947;  doct.,    1950;   doctorath,   State   Uni- 
versity of  Leiden,  1954. 

mark  keeney,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry 

b.s.,   Pensylvania   State  College,    1942;   M.S.,   Ohio    State   University,    1947;    ph.d., 
Pennsylvania  State   College,    1950. 

-*  20 


vernon  E.  krahl,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy,  School  of  Medicine 

b.s.,    University  of  Pittsburgh,    1939;   M.S.,    1940;   ph.d.,    University   of  Maryland, 
1946. 

robert  w.  krauss,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

b.a.,  Oberlin  College,    1947;   M.S.,   University  of  Hawaii,    1949;   ph.d.,   University 
of  Maryland,  1951. 

norman  c.  laffer,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

b.s.,   Allegheny   College,    1929;   M.S.,    University   of  Maine,    1932;    ph.d.,    Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,   1937. 

Robert  a.  LiTTLEFORD,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  M.S.,  1934;  ph.d.,  1938. 

Geoffrey  s.  s.  ludford,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  in  Institute   for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
b.a.,  Cambridge  University,  1948;  m.a.,  1952;  ph.d.,  1952. 

harry  p.  mack,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy,  School  of  Medicine 
m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

thomas  m.  magoon,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

b.a.,  Dartmouth  College,  1947;  m.a.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1951;  ph.d.,   1954. 

edward  a.  mason,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,    1947;  ph.d.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1950. 

Joseph  F.  mattick,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy 
b.s.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  ph.d.,  1950. 

elliott  m.  mcglvnes,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

b.a.,  University  of  Buffalo,    1943;  m.a.,   Brown   University,    1944;   ph.d.,    Harvard 
University,   1948. 

bruce  L.  melvin,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
b.s.,  University  of  Missouri,  1916;  m.a.,  1917;  ph.d.,   1921. 

Francis  m.  miller,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry,  School  of  Pharmacy 
B.s.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College,  1946;  ph.d.,  Northwestern  University,   1949. 

delbert  t.  morgan,  jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.s.,  Kent  State  University,   1940;  m.a.,   Columbia  University,    1942;  ph.d.,    1948. 

ray  a.  Murray,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricxdtural  Economics 

b.sc,  University  of  Nebraska,   1934;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,   1938;   ph.d.,    1949. 

leo  wtlliam  o'neill,  jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

a.b.,  University  of  Chicago,    1938;  m.a.,   University  of  Kansas  City,    1952;   ed.d., 
University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

Arthur  c.  parsons,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
a.b.,  University  of  Maryland,   1926;  m.a.,   1928. 

21    ► 


donald  j.  patton,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
s.b.,  Harvard  University,  1942;  a.m.,  1947;  ph.d.,   1949. 

hugh  b.  pickard,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
a.b.,  Haverford  College,  1933;  ph.d.,  Northwestern  University,   1938. 

henry  w.  price,  jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943;  M.S.,  1950. 

D.  Vincent  provenza,  Associate  Professor  of  Histology  and  Embryology 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1939;  M.S.,  1941;  ph.d.,  1952. 

William  r.  quinn,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

b.a.,  University  of  Virginia,    1922;  m.a.,    1923;   ph.d.,  Johns   Hopkins   University, 
1934. 

Robert  d.  rappleye,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  1947;  ph.d.,  1949. 

charles  w.  Reynolds,  Associate  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

a.b.,  University  of  Alabama,   1941;  B.s.,  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute,   1947;  M.S., 
1949;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,    1954. 

Robert  c  risinger,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.s.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College,   1940;  m.a.,  University  of  Chicago,   1947;  ed.d., 
University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

Robert  M.  rivello,  Associate  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1943;  M.S.,    1948. 

homer  w.  schamp,  jr.,  Associate  Professor  in  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 
a.b.,  Miami  University,   1944;  m.sc,  University  of  Michigan,   1947;  ph.d.,    1951. 

fern  d.  Schneider,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

b.s.,   Nebraska  Wesleyan   University,    1932;   m.a.,   George   Washington   University, 
1934;   ed.d.,   Columbia    University,    1940. 

Vincent  schultz,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Biometrics 

b.sc,  Ohio  State  University,   1946;  m.sc,  1948;  m.sc,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Insti- 
tute,   1954;  ph.d.,  Ohio  State  University,   1949. 

Paul  w.  shankweiler,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

ph.b.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1919;  m.a.,  Columbia  University  1921;  Diploma,  Union 
Theological  Seminary,  1922;  ph.d.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1934. 

Stanley  c.  shull,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
b.a.,  Bridgevvater  College,  1941;  m.a.,  University  of  Virginia,  1943;  ph.d.,  Cor- 
nell University,   1951. 

s.  F.  singer,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

b.e.e.,    Ohio    State    University,    1943;    a.m.,    Princeton    University,    1944;    ph.d., 

1948. 
Andrew  george  smith,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Pennsvlvania  State  University,   1940;   M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,    1947; 

ph.d.,    1950. 

««  22 


harold  d.  smith,  Associate  Professor  of  Agrictdtural  Economics  and  Marketing 
b.a.,  Bridgewater  College,  1943;  m.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  ph.d.,  Ameri- 
can University,  1952. 

allen  r.  solem,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

b.a.,   University  of  Minnesota,    1938;   m.a.,  Wayne  University,    1948;   ph.d.,   Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1953. 

warren  L.  strausbaugh,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Speech 
B.s.,  Wooster  College,  1932;  m.a.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1935. 

Edward  strickling,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
b.s.,  Ohio  State  University,  1937;  ph.d.,   1949. 

calvin  F.  stuntz,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
b.a.,  University  of  Buffalo,   1939;  ph.d.,   1947. 

fred  R.  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

b.a.,  University  of  Texas,  1929;  m.a.,   1935;  ed.d.,  University  of  Maryland,    1952. 

guy  paul  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 
a.b.,  West  Virginia  University,  1923;  a.m.,  1929. 

william  Francis  tierney,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 

b.s.,  Teachers  College   of  Connecticut,    1941;   m.a.,  Ohio    State   University,    1949; 
ed.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

edward  b.  truitt,  jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

b.s.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,   1943;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1950. 

orval    L.    ulry,    Associate   Professor   of   Education   and    Director   of   Summer 
Session 

b.sc.,  Ohio  State  University,  1938;  m.a.,  1944;  ph.d.,  1953. 

T.  c.  Gordon  wagner,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

b.s.,  Harvard  University,   1937;  m.a.,  University  of  Maryland,   1940;  ph.d.,    1943. 

kurt  weber,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

a.b.,  Williams  College,  1930;  b.a.,  Oxford  University,   1932;  m.a.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity,  1933;  ph.d.,   1940. 

pressley  a.  wedding,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  M.S.,  1952. 

Associate  Research  Professors 

harold  s.  mcconnell,  Associate  Research  Professor  of  Entomology 
b.s.,  Clemson  College,  1916;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931. 

shih-i  pai,  Associate  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for   Fluid  Dynamics  and 

Applied  Mathematics 
b.sc,  National  Central  University,  China,   1935;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1938;  ph.d.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 

23  ► 


Lawrence   e.   payne,  Associate  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 

b.s.,  Iowa  State  College,  1946;  M.S.,  1948;  ph.d.,   1950. 

Assistant   Professors 

j.  francis  allen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

b.s.,  Radford  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  ph.d.,  1952. 

frank  gibbs  Anderson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
a.b.,  Cornell  University,  1941;  ph.d.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1951. 

otho  T.  beall,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

a.b.,  Williams  College,  1930;  m.a.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  ph.d.,  University 
of    Pennsylvania,    1952. 

earl  s.  beard,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,  Baylor  University,   1948;  m.a.,  University  of  Iowa,  1950;  ph.d.,   1953. 

john  w.  brace,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

b.a.,  Swarthmore  College,  1949;  a.m.,  Cornell  University,  1951;  ph.d.,  1953. 

donald  M.  britton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticidture 

b.a.,  University  of  Toronto,  1946;  ph.d.,  University  of  Virginia,   1950. 

F.  Robert  brush,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
b.a.,  Princeton  University,  1951;  m.a.,  Harvard  University,  1953;  ph.d.,  1956. 

charles  h.  coates,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

b.s.,  United  States  Military  Academy,  1924;  m.a.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1952; 
ph.d.,  1955. 

Margaret  T.  cussler,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

m.a.,  New  York  State  College  for  Teachers,   1932;  m.a.,  Radcliffe  College,    1941; 
ph.d.,  1943. 

a.  morris  decker,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

b.s.,  Colorado  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,    1949;  M.S.,   Utah  State   Col- 
lege,  1951;  ph.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953. 

Charles  s.  dewey,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.a.,  Pomona  College,  1919;  a.m.,  Harvard  University,  1920;  ph.d.,  1924. 

norman  john  doorenbos,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry 
B.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1950;  M.S.,  1951;  ph.d.,   1953. 

Gertrude  ehrlich,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

b.s.,  Georgia  State  College  for  Women,   1943;  m.a.,   University  of  North  Carolina, 
1945;  ph.d.,   University  of  Tennessee,    1953. 

henry  c.  freimuth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Legal  Medicine,  School  of  Medicine 
b.s.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1932;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1933; 
ph.d.,   1938. 

**  24 


werner  h.  greub,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

diploma  in  mathematics,   Heidelberg  University,    1948;   philosophical  doctoh, 
1949;  habitation,  Zurich  University,   1954. 

Sidney  grollman,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947;  M.S.,   1949;  PH.D.,   1952. 

Horace  v.  Harrison,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

b.a.,  Trinity  University,  1932;  m.a.,  University  of  Texas,   1941;  ph.d.,   1951. 

guy  d.  hathorn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

a.b.,   University  of  Mississippi,    1940;   m.a.,    1942;  ph.d.,   Duke   University,    1950. 

Elizabeth  E.  haviland,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

b.a.,  Wilmington   College,   1923;  m.a.,  Cornell   University,   1926;  M.S.,   University 
of  Maryland,  1936;  ph.d.,  1945. 

H.  palmer  hopkins,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Education 

b.s.,   Oklahoma  Agricultural   and   Mechanical  College,    1936;   m.ed.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1948. 

Sidney  ishee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

b.s.,    Mississippi,    State    College,    1950;    m.s.,    Pennsylvania    State    College,    1952; 
ph.d.,   1957. 

richard  h.  jaquith,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

b.s.,    University  of  Massachusetts,    1940;   m.s.,    1942;   ph.d.,    Michigan   State    Uni- 
versity, 1955. 

wilhelmina  jashemski,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,  York  College,   1931;  a.m.,  University  of  Nebraska,   1933;  ph.d.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1942. 

William  Robert  jenkins,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

b.s.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1950;  m.s.,  University  of  Virginia,   1952;  ph.d, 
University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

emory  c.  leffel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1947;  ph.d.,  1953. 

Theodore  F.  leveque,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 

b.a.,  University  of  Denver,  1949;  M.S.,  1950;  ph.d.,  University  of  Colorado,  1954. 

william    v.    lovitt,    jr.,    Assistant    Professor   of    Legal    Medicine,    School   of 
Medicine 

b.s.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1941;  m.d.,  University  of  Colorado,  1944. 

Leonard  lutwack,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

b.a.,  Wesleyan  University,  1939;  m.a.,  1940;  ph.d.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950. 

william  mccullough  macdonald,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
b.s.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950;  ph.d.,  Princeton  University,   1955. 

walter  s.  measday,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

a.b.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,   1941;  ph.d.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology,   1955. 

25  ► 


burton  r.  pollack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology,  School  of  Dentistry 
d.d.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1946. 

donald  k.   pumroy,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

b.a.,  University  of  Iowa,    1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1951;  ph.d.,   Uni- 
versity of  Washington,  1954. 

Gordon  M.  ramm,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

b.a.,  University  of  Buffalo,   1949;  m.a.,   1950;  ph.d.,  New  York  University,   1954. 

marguerite  c.  rand,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
b.a.,  Pomona  College,   1919;  m.a.,  Stanford  University,   1921;  ph.d.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1951. 

Patrick  w.  riddle berger,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

b.a.,  Virginia  Military  Institute,   1939;  m.a.,  University  of  California,    1949;  ph.d., 
1953. 

john  m.  robinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

a.b.,  Middlebury  College,   1945;  ph.d.,  Cornell  University,   1949. 

wayne  c.  rohrer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

b.s.,  Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,    1946;  m.s.,    1948;  ph.d.,  Michi- 
gan State  University,  1955. 

george  l.  romoser,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Nutrition 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,   1951;  ph.d.,   1953. 

leonora  c.  rosenfield,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
b.a.,  Smith  College,  1930;  a.m.,  Columbia  University,  1931;  ph.d.,  1940. 

paul  william  santelmann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
b.s.,    University   of   Maryland,    1950;   M.S.,    Michigan    State   College,    1952;    ph.d., 
Ohio  State   University,    1954. 

Clifford  leroy  sayre,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
b.s.m.e.,  Duke  University,   1947;  M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,   1950. 

Walter  E.  schlaretzki,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

a.b.,  Monmouth  College,   1941;  a.m.,   University  of  Illinois,    1942;  ph.d.,   Cornell 
University,   1948. 

E.  Roderick  Shipley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology,  School  of  Dentistry 
a.b.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1938;  m.d.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  certifi- 
cate, University  of  Pennsylvania,    1947;  diplomats,  American  Board  of  Surgery, 
1948. 

hugh  d.   sisler,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949;  M.S.,   1951;  ph.d.,   1953. 


26 


merrilx  J.   snyder,   Assistant  Professor  of   Medicine  in  Clinical  Microbiology 
and  Instructor  in  Microbiology,  School  of  Medicine 

B.s.,    University   of   Pittsburgh,    1940;   M.S.,    University   of   Maryland,    1950;   ph.d., 

1953. 

david  s.  sparks,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,  Grinnell  College,   1944;  a.m.,  University  of  Chicago,  1945;  ph.d.,  1951. 

Guilford  L.  spencer,  ii,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

b.a.,  Williams  College,    1943;   M.S.,   Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,    1948; 
ph.d.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953. 

mabel  s.  spencer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics  Education 
b.s.,  University  of  West  Virginia,   1925;  m.s.,   1946. 

donald  stanger,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

b.s.,  New  Jersey   State  Teachers  College,    1948;  m.a.,  Columbia   University,    1949; 
ed.d.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954. 

roland  n.  stromberg,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

a.b.,    University   of   Kansas   City,    1939;    m.a.,    American    University,    1946;    ph.d., 
University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

benjamin  h.  sweet,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 

b.s.,  Tulane  University,  1946;  m.a.,  Boston  University,  1949;  ph.d.,  1953. 

Joseph  T.  vanderslice,  Assistant  Professor  in  the  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 
b.s.,  Boston  College,  1949;  ph.d.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1953. 

norma  wegner,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

a.b.,  Hunter  College,    1944;  a.m.,  Cornell   University,    1946;   ph.d.,   University  of 
Connecticut,  1955. 

john  i.  white,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology,  School  of  Medicine 
b.a.,  University  of  Illinois,   1939;  ph.d.,  Rutgers  University,   1950. 

jtjne  c.  wilber,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing 

b.s.,    University    of    Washington,    1936;    educ,    1937;    m.s.,    Syracuse    University, 
1940. 

frank  Herbert  wilcox,  jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry 

B.s.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1951;  m.s.,  Cornell  University,   1953;  ph.d.,   1955. 

robert  c.  wiley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

b.s.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  m.s.,  1950;  ph.d.,  Oregon  State  College,  1953. 

Francis  charles  wingert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry 
b.  of  sci.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1947;  ph.d.,  1955. 

Howard  e.  winn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

a.b.,  Bowdoin  College,  1948;  m.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1950;  ph.d.,  1955. 

27  ► 


Assistant  Research  Professors 

Francis  r.  hama,  Assistant  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics' 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

m.engr.,  Tokyo  Imperial  University,  1940;  d.sc,  University  of  Tokyo,  1952. 

martin  jay  swetnick,  Assistant  Research  Professor  of  Physics 

b.a.,  Brooklyn  College,  1945;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1947;  ph.d.,  1951. 

hans  F.  Weinberger,  Assistant  Research  Professor  in  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 

b.s.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1948;  sc.d.,  1950. 

Instructors 

Raymond  w.  hayward,  jr.,  btstructor  in  Physics 

b.s.,  Iowa  State  College,    1943;  ph.d.,  University  of  California,   1950. 

david  r.  lide,  jr.,  Instructor  in  Physics  (P.T.} 

b.s.,    Carnegie    Institute    of    Technology,    1949;    m.a.,    Harvard    University,    1951; 
ph.d.,  1952. 


Lecturers 

william  r.  ahrendt,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1941;  s.M.,  1942. 

alfrbd  h.  aitken,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  Lehigh  University,   1949;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,   1950;  ph.d.,    1955. 

arnold  M.  bass,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1942;  m.a.,  Duke  University,  1943;  ph.d.,  1949. 

joseph  Vincent  brady,  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

b.s.,  Fordham  University,  1943;  ph.d.,  University  of  Chicago,  1951. 

yaohan  chu,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

b.s.,    Chiao-Tung   University,    1942;   M.S.,    Massachusetts   Institute    of    Technology, 
1945;  sc.d.,  1953. 

ruth  m.  davis,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

a.b.,  American  University,  1950;  m.a.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952;  ph.d.,   1955. 

jacob  J.  freeman,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

b.s.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,   1933;  m.a.,  Columbia  University,    1935;  ph.d., 
Catholic  University,  1949. 

Abraham  s.  Friedman,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

a.b.,  Brooklyn  College,  1943;  ph.d.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950. 

■+  28 


MELVILLE  s.  green,  Lecturer  in  Pliysics 

ii.\.,   Columbia  College,    I1  14;  m.a.,   Princeton   University,    1947;   PH.D.,    1952. 

MARSHA!  i   cathcart  HARRINGTON,  Lecturer  in  Physics 
a.i:.,  Princeton  University,  1926;  a.m.,  1927;  ph.d.,  1932. 

CHARLES    M.   HERZFELD,  lecturer   in  Physics 

B.CH.B.,  Catholic  University,  1945;  ph.d.,  University  of  Chicago,  1951. 

robeut  jastrow,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

a.b.,  Columbia  College,  1944;  a.m.,  Columbia  University,  1945;  ph.d.,   1948. 

hoyt  lemons,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

B.in.,    Southern    Illinois    University,    1936;    m.a.,    University   of    Nebraska,    1938; 
PH.D.,    1941. 

richard  lindenberg,  Lecturer  in  Anatomy,  School  of  Dentistry 

graduation,    University   of    Munich    Medical    School,    1934;    m.d.,    University    of 
Berlin,   1944. 

ladislaus  l.  marton,  Lecturer  in  Physics 
ph.d.,  University  of  Zurich,   1924. 

eelix  w.  mcbryde,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

b.a.,  Tulane  University,  1930;  ph.d.,  University  of  California,  1940. 

irwin  oppenheim,  Lecturer  in  Physics 
A.n.,  Harvard  University,  1949. 

Raymond  c.  o'rourke,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  University  of  Michigan,  1945;  M.S.,  1947;  ph.d.,  1950. 

william  c.  overton,  jr.,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  North  Texas  State  College,  1941;  ph.d.,  The  Rice  Institute,  1950. 

richard  l.  petritz,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  Northwestern   University,   1944;  b.s.e.e.,   1946;  m.s.e.e.,   1947;  ph.d.,   1950. 

albert  w.  saenz,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  University  of  Michigan,   1944;  m.a.,   1945;  ph.d.,  1949. 

reece  I.  sailer,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 
b.a.,  University  of  Kansas,  1938;  ph.d.,  1942. 

earl  a.  schuchard,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
b.s.,  University  of  Washington,  1933;  M.S.,  1934;  ph.d.,   1940. 

maurice  m.  Shapiro,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,  University  of  Chicago,  1936;  m.s.,  1940;  ph.d.,  1942. 

r.  edwin  shutts,  Lecturer  in  Audiology  and  Speech  Pathology 

a.b.,  Indiana  State  Teachers'  College,   1933;  m.a.,  Northwestern  University,   1947; 
ph.d.,  1950. 

29  ► 


milton  M.  slawsky,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,    Rensseker    Polytechnic    Institute,     1933;    M.S.,    California    Institute    of    Tech- 
nology, 1935;  ph.d.,  University  of  Michigan,  1938. 

benjamin  L.  snavely,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

B.s.,  Lehigh  University,   1928;  ph.d.,  Princeton  University,   1935. 

george  Abraham  snow,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.,   City   College   of   New   York,    1945;   m.a.,   Princeton   University,    1947;   ph.d., 
1949. 

frank  stern,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.s.  Union  College,   1949;  ph.d.,  Princeton  University,   1955. 

william  h.  summerson,  Lecturer  in  Biochemistry  School  of  Medicine 
b.chem.,  Cornell  University,  1927;  m.a.,  1928;  ph.d.,  1937. 

Horace  M.  Trent,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

b.a.,  Berea  College,  1928;  m.a.,  Indiana  University,   1929;  ph.d.,  1934. 

john  l.  vanderslice,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

b.s.,    University   of   Pennsylvania,    1928;   a.m.,    1930;    ph.d.,   Princeton    University, 
1934. 

Walter  w.  wada,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

e.a.,  University  of  Utah,   1943;  m.a.,  University  of  Michigan,  1946;  ph.d.,   1951. 

j.  henry  wills,  Lecturer  in  Physiology,  School  of  Medicine 

b.s.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,   1934;  M.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,   1936; 
ph.d.,  University  of  Rochester,    1941. 

norman  m.  wolcott,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

b.a.,   Harvard   Universitv,    1949;   m.a.,    1930;  ph.d.,   Oxford   University  (England), 
1955. 


Research  Associates 

elnar  hlnnov,  Piesearch  Associate  in  Physics 

b.a.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1952;  m.a.,  Duke  University,  1954;  ph.d.,   1956. 

aktra   isihara,    Research  Associate   in   the  Institute   for   Fluid   Dynamics    and 
Applied  Mathematics 

M.S.,  University  of  Tokyo,  1942;  d.sc,  1952. 


30 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  SUPPLEMENT  TO  GENERAL  CALENDAR 

1958 

October    3     Friday    Last     day     to    file     applications    for    admis- 
sion   to   candidacy   for   Doctor's   d< 
on  June  6,    1959  and  Master's  degrees 
on  January  28,   1959. 

October    7     Tuesday    Modern     language     examination     for    Ph.D. 

requirement. 

December   3    Wednesday     Last    day    to    file    applications    for    diplomas 

at  the  office  of  the  Registrar  for  de- 
grees on  January  28,   1959. 

1959 

January    7    Wednesday     Last    day  to  deposit   theses   in  the  office  of 

the  Graduate  School  for  students  com- 
pleting requirements  for  degrees  on 
January  28,  1959. 

February    10     Tuesday    Modern    language     examination     for     Ph.D. 

requirement. 

February   13    Friday    Last   day    to   file   applications    for   admission 

to  candidacy  for  Master's  degrees  on 
June  6,  1959. 

April    10     Friday    Last    day    to    file    applications    for    diplomas 

at  the  office  of  the  Registrar  for  degrees 
on  June  6,  1959. 

May    15    Friday   Last   day   to  deposit   theses   in    the   office   of 

the  Graduate  School  for  students  com- 
pleting requirements  for  degrees  on 
June   6,   1959. 

June  2    Tuesday    Modern    language     examination     for    Ph.D. 

requirement. 

June   8    Monday     Last   day    to   file    applications   for   admission 

to  candidacy  at  June  meeting  of  the 
Graduate  Council. 

July    3    Friday   Last  day  to  file  applications  for  diplomas  at 

the  office  of  the  Registrar  for  degrees 
on  July  31,  1959. 

July    17    Friday   Last   day   to   deposit  theses   in   the  office   of 

the  Graduate  School  for  students  com- 
pleting requirements  for  degrees  on 
July  31,   1959. 


31 


THE  GRADUATE  COUNCIL 

Ex-Officio  Members 

wilson  h.  elkins,  d.phil.,  President  of  the  University 

harry  c.  byrd,  ll.d.,  d.sc,  President  Emeritus 

R.  lee  hornbake,  ph.d.,  Dean  of  the  Vacuity 

ronald  bamford,  ph.d.,  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

charles  o.  appleman,  ph.d.,  Dean  Emeritus 

Augustus  j.  prahl,   ph.d.,   Associate  Dean  and  Secretary   of   the  Graduate 
Faculty  Assembly 

Appointed  Members  Term 

Expires 

noel  E.  foss,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Pharmacy  (Baltimore) 1958 

Frederic  T.  mavis,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 1961 

michael  j.  pelczar,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Bacteriology 1960 

leon  p.  smith,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 1959 

Elected  Members 

franklin  d.  cooley,  ph.d.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 1961 

Dudley  dillard,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Economics 1960 

nathan  l.  drake,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 1961 

Frederick  p.  Ferguson,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Physiology  (Baltimore)  .  .  1958 

hugii  g.  gauch,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Botany 1961 

irving  c.  kaut,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 1960 

monroe  h.  martin,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 1958 

benjamin  H.  massey,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 1961 

robert  h.  oster,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Physiology  (Baltimore) 1960 

elmer  plischke,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 1959 

henry  r.  reed,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 1959 

clyne  s.  shaffner,  ph.d.,  Professor  of  Poultry  Physiology 1958 

Gladys  wiggin,  ph.d.,   Professor  of  Education 1959 

^   32 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

The  graduate  school  was  established  in  its  present  form  in  1918  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Graduate  Council  with  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  serving  as  chairman.  It  was  created  for  the  purpose  of  administer- 
ing and  developing  programs  of  advanced  study  and  research  for  graduate 
students  in  all  branches  of  the  University.  Prior  to  the  present  organization 
some  advanced  degrees  were  awarded  but  they  were  under  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  individual  departments  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  general  faculty. 
Despite  the  large  expansion  of  graduate  programs  into  new  areas  as  the  Uni- 
versity has  grown,  the  spirit  of  each  program  is  essentially  that  of  indi- 
vidual study  under  competent  supervision.  The  Graduate  School  is  not  an  ex- 
tension of  the  undergraduate  program  but  was  created  rather  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  those  who  in  the  future  will  carry  on  the  spirit  of  individual  inquiry. 
Thus  it  promotes  and  provides  an  atmosphere  of  research  and  scholarship  for 
both  the  students  and  the  faculty;  in  particular,  it  stimulates  that  harmonious 
relationship  between  the  two  which  results  in  the  advancement  of  learning.  At 
the  present  time  over  fifty  departments  are  authorized  to  offer  graduate  pro- 
grams leading  to  one  or  more  of  the  advanced  degrees  awarded  by  the  Uni- 
versity. 

The  Graduate  Council  consists  of  ex-officio,  elected  and  appointed  mem- 
bers of  the  Graduate  Faculty  and  is  charged  with  the  formulation  of  the 
overall  policies  of  the  Graduate  School.  It  meets  regularly  in  March,  June 
and  November  to  consider  all  matters  relating  to  graduate  work  brought  to  its 
attention  by  the  University  Administration,  the  Graduate  Faculty  and  the 
Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  It  may  also  be  called  for  special  meetings 
throughout  the  year  if  urgent  business  must  be  transacted. 

The  Graduate  Faculty  consists  of  regular  and  associate  members  chosen 
in  accordance  with  the  Plan  of  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  and  is 
listed  in  the  front  of  this  catalog.  The  direction  of  individual  programs  and 
theses  is  primarily  assigned  to  the  regular  members  of  the   Graduate  Faculty. 

The  Graduate  Faculty  Assembly  consists  of  the  regular  members  of  the 
Graduate  Faculty  and  meets  once  each  year.  Special  meetings  may  be  called 
by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  if  necessary.  In  accordance  with  the 
University  Faculty  Organization  Plan,  it  has  authority  over  the  educational 
policy  of  the  Graduate  School,  may  review  actions  taken  by  the  Graduate 
Council  and  serves  as  a  referendum  body  on  questions  referred  to  it  by  the 
Graduate  Council. 

The  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  serves  as  chairman  and  executive 
officer   of    both    the   Graduate   Council   and    the   Graduate    Faculty   Assembly. 

The  following  standing  committees  are  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School:  The  Committee  on  Publications,  Committee  on  Language 
Requirements,   Committee  on  Graduate  Programs  and  Standards   for  Graduate 

33  ► 


Academic   Information 

Work,  Committee  on  Fellowships  and  Student  Welfare,  Committee  on  Re- 
search, Committee  on  Procedures,  Committee  on  the  Graduate  Faculty,  and 
the  Committee  on  Elections.  They  report  annually  to  the  Graduate  Council 
and  reports  may  be  requested  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  or  by  the 
Graduate  Faculty  Assembly. 

LOCATION 

The  office  of  the  Graduate  School  is  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the 
Skinner  Building  on  the  College  Park  campus.  This  campus  is  located  in 
Prince  Georges  County  on  a  large  tract  of  rolling  wooded  land  less  than  eight 
miles  from  Washington,  D.  C.  and  approximately  thirty-two  miles  from  Balti- 
more and  is  served  by  excellent  transportation. 

The  Baltimore  campus  of  the  University  is  located  at  the  corner  of  Lom- 
bard and  Green  Streets,  and  on  this  campus  the  various  departments  in  the 
Schools  of  Medicine,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy  and  Nursing  offer  their  graduate 
programs. 

LIBRARIES 

The  libraries  of  the  University  are  located  on  both  the  College  Park  and 
Baltimore  campuses.  They  consist  of  the  General  Library,  the  Library  Annex 
and  the  many  college  and  departmental  libraries  which  house  special  collec- 
tions. Because  of  the  location  of  the  university  the  large  libraries  of  Balti- 
more and  Washington  are  a  valuable  asset  to  graduate  work.  Arrangements 
can  be  made  for  personal  work  in  the  Enoch  Pratt  Library  of  Baltimore,  the 
Library  of  Congress,  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  Library 
and  the  manv  fine  collections  of  other  government  agencies  in  Washington. 

MISCELLANEOUS  INFORMATION 

For  information  in  reference  to  the  University  grounds,  buildings,  equip- 
ment, transcripts  of  records,  off-campus  housing,  meals,  athletics  and  recrea- 
tion, religious  denominational  clubs,  fraternities,  sororities,  societies  and  spe- 
cial clubs,  student  publications,  University  supply  store,  write  to  the  Director 
of  University  Relations  for  the  General  Information  Catalog. 

Academic  Information 

ADMISSION 

An  applicant  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  hold  a  Bachelor's 
or  a  Master's  degree  from  a  college  or  university  of  recognized  standing. 
The  applicant  shall  furnish  an  official  transcript  of  his  collegiate  record  which 
for  unconditional  admission  must  show  creditable  completion  of  an  adequate 
amount  of  undergraduate  preparation  of  high  quality  for  graduate  work  in 
his  chosen  field.    Application  for  admission  to   the  Graduate  School  should  be 

•<  34 


Academic  Information 

made  not  later  than  September  1  for  the  fall  term  and  not  later  than  January  1 
for  the  spring  term  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  office  of  the  Dean.  Admission 
to  the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the  Summer  School  bulle- 
tin, which  is  generally  soon  after  June  1. 

After  approval  of  the  application  a  matriculation  card,  signed  by  the  Dean, 
is  issued  to  the  student.  This  card  permits  him  to  register  in  the  Graduate 
School.  It  is  his  certificate  of  membership  in  the  Graduate  School  and  should 
be  retained  by  the  student  to  present  at  each  succeeding  registration. 

Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  docs  not  necessarily  imply  admission 
to  candidacy  for  an  advanced  degree. 

REGISTRATION 

All  students  pursuing  graduate  work  in  the  University,  even  though  they 
are  not  candidates  for  higher  degrees,  are  required  to  register  in  the  Graduate 
School  at  the  beginning  of  each  session.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given 
unless  the  student  matriculates  and  registers  in  the  Graduate  School.  This 
applies  especially  to  those  students  who  register  through  the  College  of  Special 
and  Continuation  Studies  at  locations  away  from  the  campus. 

The  program  of  work  for  each  session  is  arranged  by  the  student  with 
the  major  department  and  entered  upon  two  course  cards  which  are  signed 
first  by  the  professor  in  charge  of  the  student's  major  subject  and  then  by  the 
Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  One  card  is  retained  by  the  Dean.  The  student 
takes  the  other  card,  and  his  matriculation  card,  to  the  Registrar's  office,  where 
the  registration  is  completed.  Students  will  not  be  admitted  to  graduate  courses 
until  the  Registrar  has  certified  to  the  instructor  that  registration  has  been 
completed.  Course  cards  may  be  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  office  or  at  the 
Dean's  office.  The  heads  of  departments  usually  keep  a  supply  of  these  cards 
in  their  respective  offices. 

A  time  schedule,  supplementing  this  catalog,  is  issued  shortly  before  the 
beginning  of  each  semester,  showing  the  hours  and  location  of  class  meetings. 
This  schedule  is  available  at  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 


GRADUATE  COURSES 

Graduate  students  must  elect  for  credit  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  re- 
quirements for  higher  degrees  only  courses  designated  For  Graduates  or  For 
Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates.  Students  who  are  inadequately  pre- 
pared for  graduate  work  in  their  chosen  fields  or  who  lack  prerequisites  for 
minor  courses  may  elect  a  limited  number  of  courses  numbered  from  1  to  99 
in  the  general  catalogue,  but  graduate  credit  will  not  be  allowed  for  these  courses. 
Courses  that  are  audited  are  registered  for  in  the  same  way  as  other  courses,  and 
the  fees  are  the  same. 

35   ► 


Academic   Information 


PROGRAM  OF  WORK 


The  professor  who  is  selected  to  direct  a  student's  thesis  work  is  the  student's 
adviser  in  the  formulation  of  a  graduate  program,  including  suitable  minor  work, 
which  is  arranged  in  cooperation  with  the  instructors.  To  encourage  thorough- 
ness in  scholarship  through  intensive  application,  graduate  students  in  the  regular 
sessions  are  limited  to  a  program  of  fifteen  credit  hours  per  semester.  If  a  student 
is  preparing  a  thesis  during  the  minimum  residence  for  the  Master's  degree,  the 
registration  in  graduate  courses  should  not  exceed  twelve  hours  for  the  semester 
since  registration  in  research  is  required. 

SUMMER  SESSION 

The  University  conducts  a  six-weeks  summer  session  at  College  Park,  with 
a  comprehensive  undergraduate  and  graduate  program.  The  University  publishes 
a  separate  bulletin  giving  full  information  on  this  summer  session.  This  bulletin 
is  available  upon  application  to  the  Director  of  the  Summer  Session,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park. 

GRADUATE  WORK  IN  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  AT  BALTIMORE 

Graduate  courses  and  opportunities  for  research  are  offered  in  the  professional 
schools  at  Baltimore.  Students  pursuing  graduate  work  in  the  professional  schools 
must  register  in  the  Graduate  School  and  meet  the  same  requirements  and  proceed 
in  the  same  way  as  do  graduate  students  in  the  other  departments  of  the 
University. 

OAK  RIDGE   INSTITUTE 

The  University  is  one  of  the  sponsoring  institutions  of  the  Oak  Ridge  Institute 
of  Nuclear  Studies  located  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee.  One  of  the  features  of  this 
affiliation  is  the  opportunity,  in  the  appropriate  fields,  for  graduate  students  to 
do  their  research  problems  and  prepare  their  theses  under  a  cooperative  arrange- 
ment. Such  opportunity  is  limited  to  those  who  have  completed  their  course 
work  on  the  campus,  are  working  in  a  field  where  facilities  are  available,  and 
generally  are  candidates  for  the  doctoral  degree.  Successful  applicants  will  re- 
ceive Oak  Ridge  Graduate  Fellowships  with  varying  stipends  depending  upon 
their  marital  status  and  dependents.  Detailed  information  can  be  obtained  from 
the  Graduate  School  office  or  from  Dr.  N.  L.  Drake,  Department  of  Chemistry, 
Councilor  for  the  University. 

FOREIGN    STUDENTS 

Graduate  students  from  foreign  countries  where  English  is  not  the  native 
tongue  should  be  adequately  prepared  to  read  and  write  in  this  language. 
Admission  to  graduate  study  implies  that  the  student  is  aware  of  this  requirement 
and  is  prepared  to  fully  participate  in  the  course  of  study  and  research  work  that 
is  assigned.  A  foreign  student  adviser  is  available  to  all  graduate  students  from 
other  countries  to  discuss  matters  of  immigration. 

*  36 


Academic  Information 

Since  the  admission  and  stay  of  foreign  students  are  in  part  dependent  on 
regulations  issued  by  the  United  States  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service, 
it  is  advisable  for  all  graduate  students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate 
School  to  consult  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser  in  regard  to  their  immigration 
status.  Students  wishing  to  come  to  the  United  States  with  a  student  visa  must 
secure  an  Immigration  1-20  Form  from  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  in  order 
to  secure  the  proper  visa  from  the  American  consul.  Students  with  student  visas 
already  studying  in  the  United  States  who  wish  to  transfer  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  must  also  secure  an  1-20  Form  from  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  in  order  to  request  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service  to  grant 
permission  for  the   transfer. 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  see  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser  as  soon 
as  possible  after  arriving  at  the  University.  The  Adviser  will  be  able  to  assist 
not  only  with  various  problems  regarding  immigration,  housing,  fees,  etc.,  but 
also  with  more  general  problems  of  orientation  to  life  in  the  University  and  the 
community. 

GRADUATE  WORK  BY  SENIORS  IN  THIS  UNIVERSITY 

A  senior  of  this  University  who  has  nearly  completed  the  requirements  for  the 
undergraduate  degree  may,  with  the  approval  of  his  undergraduate  dean,  the 
head  of  the  department  concerned,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  register 
in  the  undergraduate  college  for  graduate  courses,  which  may  later  be  trans- 
ferred for  graduate  credit  toward  an  advanced  degree  at  this  University,  but  the 
student  must  be  within  seven  credit  hours  of  completing  his  undergraduate  work 
and  the  total  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  must  not  exceed  fifteen 
credits  for  the  semester.  Excess  credits  in  the  senior  year  cannot  later  be  used 
for  graduate  credit  unless  such  pre-arrangement  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to 
register  for  graduate  credit  should  apply  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  for 
information  about  procedure. 

ADMISSION  TO   CANDIDACY  FOR  ADVANCED  DEGREES 

Application  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  Master's  and  for  the  Doctor's 
degree  is  made  on  application  blanks  which  are  obtained  at  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  These  are  filled  out  in  duplicate  by  the  student 
and  submitted  to  his  major  department  for  further  action  and  transmission  to 
the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  All  applications  for  admission  to  candidacy 
must  be  approved  by  the  Graduate  Council. 

Admission  to  candidacy  in  no  case  assures  the  student  of  a  degree,  but  merely 
sicmifies  he  has  met  all  the  formal  requirements  and  is  considered  by  his  instruc- 
tors sufficiently  prepared  and  able  to  pursue  such  graduate  study  and  research 
as  are  demanded  by  the  requirements  of  the  degree  sought.  The  candidate  must 
show  superior  scholarship  in  graduate  work  already  completed. 

Application  for  admission  to  candidacy  is  made  at  the  time  stated  in  the 
sections  dealing  with  the  requirements  for  the   degree  sought. 

37  ► 


Academic  Information 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  DEGREES  OF  MASTER  OF  ARTS 
AND  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE 

advancement  to  candidacy.  Each  prospective  candidate  for  the  Master's 
degree  is  required  to  make  application  for  admission  to  candidacy  not  later  than 
the  date  on  the  calendar  for  the  semester  in  which  the  degree  is  sought.  (See 
Graduate  School  Supplement  to  the  General  Calendar  in  the  front  of  this  Cata- 
log.) He  must  have  completed  at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  An  average  grade  of  "B"  in  all  major  and  minor 
subjects  is  the  minimum  requirement. 

minimum  residence.  A  residence  of  at  least  two  semesters,  or  equivalent, 
at  this  institution,  is  required. 

course  requirements.  A  minimum  of  twenty-four  semester  hours,  exclu- 
sive of  thesis  and  registration  for  research,  with  a  minimum  average  grade  of  "B" 
in  courses  approved  for  graduate  credit,  is  required  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Master  of  Science.  The  student  is  also  required  to  register  for  six 
semester  hours  for  research  and  thesis  work.  The  total  number  of  credit  hours 
required  for  the  degree  is  thirty.  If  the  student  is  inadequately  prepared  for  the 
required  graduate  courses,  either  in  the  major  or  minor  subjects,  additional  courses 
may  be  required  to  supplement  the  undergraduate  work.  Of  the  twenty-four 
hours  required  in  graduate  courses,  not  less  than  twelve  and  not  more  than 
sixteen  semester  hours  must  be  earned  in  the  major  subject.  The  remaining  credits 
must  be  outside  the  major  subject  and  must  comprise  a  group  of  coherent  courses 
intended  to  supplement  and  support  the  major  work.  Not  less  than  one-half  of 
the  total  required  course  credits  for  the  degree,  or  a  minimum  of  twelve,  must 
be  selected  from  courses  numbered  200  or  above.  No  credit  for  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of  Science  may  be  obtained  for  correspondence  courses 
or  those  taken  by  examination.  The  entire  course  of  study  must  constitute  a 
unified  program  approved  by  the  student's  major  adviser  and  by  the  Dean  of 
the  Graduate  School.  All  requirements  for  the  degree  must  be  completed  within 
an  eight-year  period. 

transfer  of  credit.  Credit  not  to  exceed  six  semester  hours,  obtained  at 
other  recognized  institutions,  may  be  transferred  and  applied  to  the  course  re- 
quirements of  the  Master's  degree,  provided  that  the  work  was  of  graduate 
character,  and  provided  that  it  is  approved  for  inclusion  in  the  student's  gradu- 
ate program  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  This  transfer  of  credit  is  submitted 
to  the  Graduate  Council  for  approval  when  the  student  applies  for  admission 
to  candidacy  for  the  degree.  Acceptance  of  the  transferred  credits  does  not  reduce 
the  minimum  residence  requirement.  The  candidate  is  subject  to  final  examina- 
tion by  this  institution  in  all  work  offered  for  the  degree. 

thesis.  In  addition  to  the  twenty-four  semester  hours  in  graduate  courses, 
a  satisfactory  thesis  is  required  of  all  candidates  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science.  (Exceptions  may  be  made  in  the  cases  of  candidates  for 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  American  Civilization.     See  page  40).  The  thesis 

-*   38 


Academic   Information 

must  demonstrate  the  student's  ability  to  do  independent  work  and  it  must  be 
acceptable  in  literary  style  and  composition.  With  the  approval  of  the  student's 
major  professor  and  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  the  thesis  in  certain  cases 
may  be  prepared  in  absentia  under  direction  and  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
faculty  of  this  institution. 

The  original  copy  of  the  thesis  must  be  deposited  in  the  office  of  the  Graduate 
School  not  later  than  the  date  specified  in  the  calendar  in  the  front  of  this 
catalog.  The  date  published  is  the  deadline  for  the  acceptance  of  theses  but  they 
may  be  deposited  earlier.  The  thesis  should  not  be  bound  by  the  student,  as 
the  University  later  binds  all  theses  uniformly.  An  abstract  of  the  contents  of 
the  thesis,  not  to  exceed  250  words  in  length,  must  accompany  it.  A  manual 
giving  full  directions  for  the  physical  make-up  of  the  thesis  should  be  consulted 
by  the  student  before  the  typing  of  the  manuscript  is  begun.  Students  may 
obtain  copies  of  this  manual  from  the  Student's  Supply  Store  at  nominal  cost. 

final  examination.  The  final  oral  examination  is  conducted  by  a  com- 
mittee appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  The  student's  adviser 
acts  as  the  chairman  of  the  committee.  The  other  members  of  the  committee 
are  persons  under  whom  the  student  has  taken  most  of  his  major  and  minor 
courses.  The  chairman  and  the  candidate  are  notified  of  the  personnel  of  the 
examining  committee  at  least  one  week  prior  to  the  period  set  for  oral  examina- 
tions unless  an  emergency  arises.  The  chairman  of  the  committee  selects  the 
exact  time  and  place  for  the  examination  and  notifies  the  other  members  of  the 
committee  and  the  candidate.  The  examination  is  normally  conducted  at  the 
end  of  the  semester,  but  upon  recommendation  of  the  student's  adviser,  an  ex- 
aming  committe  may  be  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  at  any 
time  when  all  other  requirements  for  the  degree  have  been  completed.  A  report 
of  the  committee  is  sent  to  the  Dean  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  examination. 
A  special  form  for  this  purpose  is  supplied  to  the  chairman  of  the  committee 
and  the  approval  must  be  unanimous.  Such  report  is  the  basis  upon  which 
recommendation  is  made  to  the  faculty  that  the  candidate  be  granted  the  degree 
sought.  The  period  for  the  oral  examination  is  usually  about  one  hour,  but  the 
time  should  be  long  enough  to  insure  an  adequate  examination. 

The  examining  committee  also  approves  the  thesis,  and  it  is  the  candidate's 
obligation  to  see  that  each  member  of  the  committee  has  ample  opportunity 
to  examine  a  copy  of  the  thesis  prior  to  the  date  of  the  examination. 

A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  final  examination  until  all  other  require- 
ments for  the  degree  have  been  met.  In  addition  to  the  oral  examination  a 
comprehensive  written  examination  may  be  required  at  the  option  of  the  major 
department. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE    DEGREES  IN  AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION 

Studies  in  the  American  Civilization  program  are  intended  to  prepare  the 
candidate  for  teaching  and  research  in  American  culture.    The  program  is  par- 

39  ► 


Academic   Information 

ticularly  designed  for  the  teacher  or  student  whose  intellectual  interest  is  not 
limited  to  a  single  academic  department.  For  instance,  the  historian  who  likes 
literature,  the  literary  critic  who  wishes  to  study  the  social  background  of  litera- 
ture, the  political  scientist  who  wishes  to  know  more  about  the  history  of  this 
country,  and  the  sociologist  who  wants  to  study  the  roots  of  sociology  in  America, 
all  may  find  the  American  Civilization  program  the  proper  one  for  them.  The 
four  cooperating  departments  of  English,  History,  Government  and  Politics, 
and  Sociology  offer  the  basic  work  in  the  program,  and  the  student  will  stress  the 
work  of  one  of  those  departments  when  he  determines  his  course  of  graduate 
studies.  All  students,  however,  will  be  expected  to  understand  the  development 
of  American  institutions  and  to  show  some  proficiency  in  the  literary,  social, 
economic,  and  political  history  of  the  United  States. 

The  study  of  American  Civilization  brings  in  many  different  fields,  so  a 
student  has  an  unusually  wide  opportunity  to  plan  a  program  suited  to  his  in- 
dividual need.  To  help  him  do  this,  a  committee  representing  the  departments 
whose  American  fields  he  intends  to  study  is  set  up  shortly  after  he  registers.  The 
chairman  of  the  committee  is  from  the  department  of  the  student's  greatest 
interest  and  acts  as  his  adviser.  The  committee  also  prepares  and  reads  the 
student's  comprehensive  examination  and  reads  the  thesis  if  one  is  submitted. 

The  candidate  for  a  degree  must  pass  a  final  written  examination  testing  his 
understanding  of  American  Civilization  in  terms  of  his  individual  program  of 
studies. 

master  of  arts.  With  the  approval  of  his  advisers  and  committee,  a  candi- 
date for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  American  Civilization  may 
elect  in  lieu  of  the  thesis  six  additional  hours  of  course  work,  to  include  at  least 
two  substantial  seminar  papers.  The  total  number  of  credit  hours  required  for 
the  degree  would  then  be  thirty  semester  hours. 

Each  candidate  must  present  credits  for  at  least  fifteen  semester  hours  of 
work  in  two  of  the  four  cooperating  departments,  and  credits  for  at  least  fifteen 
semester  hours  in  supporting  courses  (nine  hours  if  a  thesis  is  elected).  Sup- 
porting courses  will  normally  be  in  such  fields  as  European  or  Latin-American 
history,  English  literature,  comparative  literature,  philosophy,  art,  education, 
sociology,  economics,  and  government  and  politics. 

Each  candidate  must  demonstrate  in  a  written  examination  that  he  possesses 
a  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language. 

All  other  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and 
Master  of  Science  in  other  fields. 

doctor  of  philosophy.  The  American  Civilization  program  cuts  across 
several  fields;  therefore,  a  faculty  committee  representing  the  departments  in 
which  the  student  plans  to  study  will  be  appointed  shortly  after  the  student 
registers.  The  chairman  of  the  committee  is  from  the  department  of  the  student's 
major  interest  and  acts  as  his  adviser.   The  committee  is  responsible  for  helpino 

-<  40 


Academic  Information 

the  student  to  integrate  his  program.  Working  through  the  student's  adviser, 
the  committee  aids  in  planning  the  student's  over-all  program,  prepares  and 
grades  any  comprehensive  examinations,  and  reads  the  dissertation. 

The  general  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  American 
Civilization  are  the  same  as  those  for  the  doctoral  degree  in  other  fields. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THIi    DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

The  Master  of  Education  degree  is  designed  to  increase  competency  in  applied 
areas  within  the  general  field  of  education.  Thirty  semester  hours  of  course  work 
are  required.  Of  the  thirty  hours,  one-half  must  be  in  courses  numbered  200 
and  above,  and  one-half  must  be  in  Education.  Subject  to  the  foregoing  limita- 
tions, courses  in  departments  other  than  Education  may  be  selected  by  the 
student  and  his  adviser. 

In  connection  with  course  work  there  are  required  two  seminar  papers,  the 
nature  and  form  of  which  are  prescribed  in  a  Statement  of  Policy  issued  by  the 
Department  of  Education. 

The  procedure  for  advancement  to  candidacy  and  the  transfer  of  credits, 
is  the  same  as  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science.  The 
nature  of  the  comprehensive  examination,  and  other  matters  pertaining  to  de- 
gree requirements,  are  described  elsewhere  in  these  announcements  and  in  the 
Statement  of  Policy  referred  to  above. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 

DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  is  designed  primarily  to 
train  students  for  positions  of  responsibility  in  business  and  government.  The  aim 
is  to  develop  technical  competence  plus  a  thorough  knowledge  and  appreciation 
of  the  art  of  management.  The  study  of  administrative  policies  and  practices 
encourages  interest  and  realistic  thinking  in  management  problems  and  respon- 
sibilities. 

The  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business  Administration 
includes  advanced  study  of  business  organization  and  administration  in  the  fields 
of  accounting  and  statistics,  finance,  general  business,  industrial  management, 
insurance  and  real  estate,  marketing,  personnel  relations,  public  utilities  and 
transportation. 

Those  students  whose  major  undergraduate  work  has  been  in  arts,  agri- 
culture, science,  education,  or  engineering  subjects  are  required  to  complete 
certain  basic  core  course  requirements  in  business  and  economics  before  under- 
taking specialized  graduate  work  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business  Admin- 

41   ► 


Academic  Information 

istration.    The  core   course   requirements   are  listed  below.    Responsible   experi- 
ence of  exceptional  value  and  importance  may  be  substituted  for  specific  courses. 

Principles    of   Economics 6  hours  Marketing    Management    ....3   hours 

Principles  of  Accounting... 6  or  8   hours  Personnel   Management    3   hours 

Statistics    3   hours  Money  and  Banking    3   hours 

Business   Law    3   or   4  hours 

The  other  requirements  for  the  degree  are  the  same  as  for  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE    DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF   PHILOSOPHY 

advancement  to  candidacy.  Candidates  for  the  Doctor's  degree  must  be 
admitted  to  candidacy  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  final  examination. 
Applications  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  Doctor's  degree  are  made  in 
duplicate  by  the  student  and  submitted  to  his  major  department  for  further 
action  and  transmission  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  Blanks  may  be 
obtained  at  the  office  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Before  admission  to  candidacy  the  applicant  must  have  demonstrated 
to  the  head  of  the  Foreign  Language  Department  that  he  possesses  a  read- 
ing knowledge  of  at  least  two  foreign  languages  from  the  list  approved  by  his 
major  department,  one  of  which  must  be  either  French  or  German.  Preliminary 
examinations  or  such  other  substantial  tests  as  the  departments  may  elect  are 
also  required  for  admission  to  candidacy. 

The  student  must  complete  all  of  his  program  for  the  degree,  including 
the  thesis  and  final  examination,  during  a  four-year  period  after  admission 
to  candidacy.  Failure  to  do  so  requires  another  application  for  admission  to 
candidacy  with  the  usual  preliminary  examination  unless  the  Graduate  Council 
rules  otherwise. 

residence.  The  equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time  graduate  study  and 
research  is  the  minimum  required.  Of  the  three  years  the  equivalent  of  at 
least  one  year  must  be  spent  in  residence  at  the  University.  On  a  part-time 
basis  the  time  needed  will  be  correspondingly  increased.  All  work  at  other 
institutions  offered  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  is  submitted  to  the  Graduate  Council  for  approval,  upon 
recommendation  of  the  department  concerned,  when  the  student  applies  for 
admission  to  candidacy  for  the  degree. 

The  Doctor's  degree  is  not  given  merely  as  a  certificate  of  residence  and 
work,  but  is  granted  only  upon  sufficient  evidence  of  high  attainments  in 
scholarship,  and  ability  to  carry  on  independent  research  in  the  special  field 
in  which  the  major  work  is  done. 

major  and  minor  subjects.  The  candidate  must  select  a  major  and  one 
or  two  closely  related  minor  subjects.  At  least  twenty-four  semester  hours 
of  course    work,    exclusive   of    research,    are   required   in    the    minor.     Of    the 

M  42 


Academic   Information 

twenty-four  semester  hours  at  least  eight  hours  must  be  at  the  200-level 
unless  speeial  permission  is  granted  beforehand.  If  two  areas  arc  chosen 
for  the  minor  requirement,  not  less  than  nine  semester  credit  hours  may 
be  presented  in  cither  area.  The  remainder  of  the  required  residence  is  devoted 
to  intensive  study  and  research  in  the  major  field.  The  amount  of  required 
course  work  in  the  major  subject  will  vary  with  the  department  and  the  indi- 
vidual candidate.  The  candidate  must  register  for  a  minimum  of  twelve  semes- 
ter hours  of  research. 

thesis.  The  ability  to  do  independent  research  must  be  shown  by  a  dis- 
sertation on  some  topic  connected  with  the  major  subject.  An  original  type- 
written copy  and  one  clear,  plain  carbon  copy  of  the  thesis,  together  with  an 
abstract  of  the  contents,  not  to  exceed  600  words  in  length,  must  be  deposited 
in  the  office  of  the  Dean  not  later  than  the  date  specified  in  the  calendar  in 
the  front  of  this  catalog.  1  he  date  published  is  the  deadline  for  the  acceptance 
of  theses  but  they  may  be  deposited  earlier.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
student  also  to  provide  copies  of  the  thesis  for  the  use  of  the  members  of 
the  examining  committee  prior  to  the  date  of  the  final  examination. 

The  original  copy  should  not  be  bound  by  the  student,  as  the  University 
later  binds  uniformly  all  theses  for  the  general  University  library.  The  carbon 
copies  are  bound  by  the  student  in  cardboard  covers  which  may  be  obtained  at 
the  Students'  Supply  Store.  The  abstracts  are  published  by  Universitv  Micro- 
films. 

A  manual  giving  full  directions  for  the  physical  make-up  of  the  thesis 
should  be  consulted  by  the  student  before  typing  of  the  thesis  is  beoun.  Stu- 
dents may  obtain  copies  of  this  manual  at  the  Students'  Supply  Store. 

final  examination.  The  final  oral  examination  is  held  before  a  committee 
appointed  by  the  Dean.  One  member  of  this  committee  is  a  representative  of 
the  graduate  faculty  who  is  not  directly  concerned  with  the  student's  gradu- 
ate work.  One  or  more  members  of  the  committee  may  be  persons  from  other 
institutions  who  are  distinguished  scholars  in  the  student's  major  field. 

The  duration  of  the  examination  is  approximately  three  hours,  and  covers 
the  research  work  of  the  candidate  as  embodied  in  his  thesis,  and  his  attain- 
ments in  the  fields  of  his  major  and  minor  subjects.  The  other  detailed  pro- 
cedures are  the  same  as  those  stated  for  the  Master's  examination. 

RULES  GOVERNING  LANGUAGE  EXAMINATIONS  FOR 
CANDIDATES  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

1.  A  candidate  for  the  Doctor's  degree  must  show  in  a  written  examina- 
tion that  he  possesses  a  reading  knowledge  of  French  and  German.  With 
the  approval  of  the  major  department  and  the  Graduate  Council,  in  special 
cases  another  foreign  language  may  be  substituted  for  either  French  or  Ger- 
man. The  passages  to  be  translated  will  be  taken  from  books  and  journals  ap- 
proved by  the  student's  major  department.    The  Foreign  Langtiage  Department 

43   ► 


Academic  Information 

will  select  material  amounting  to  approximately  500  words  from  the  litera- 
ture submitted  and  present  to  the  students  in  each  field  a  common  examina- 
tion in  mimeographed  form.  The  examination  aims  to  test  ability  to  use  the 
foreign  language  so  that  the  student  may  be  able  to  read  some  of  the  original 
basic  literature  in  the  field.  It  is  presumed  that  the  candidate  will  know 
sufficient  grammar  to  distinguish  inflectional  forms  and  that  he  will  be  able 
to  translate  readily  in  two  hours  500  words  with  the  aid  of  a  dictionary. 

2.  Students  planning  to  take  the  examination  must  register  personally  in 
the  office  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  at  least  three  weeks  in  ad- 
vance of  the  test. 

3.  Examinations  are  held  at  the  office  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  October,  February  and  June,  at  2:00  P.M. 

4.  There  is  no  limitation  on  the  number  of  times  the  examination  may 
be  taken  but  a  $5.00  fee  will  be  charged  for  the  second  and  subsequent 
examinations. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE    DEGREE   OF   DOCTOR  OF   EDUCATION 

The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  offered  for  students  who  hold  or  ex- 
pect to  hold  teaching  or  administrative  positions  in  education  and  who  desire 
to  develop  exceptional  competence  in  special  areas.  The  ability  to  explore  and 
solve  practical  educational  problems  is  emphasized.  The  requirements  are  the 
same  as  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  except  as  specified  below. 

foreign  languages.  When  the  program  of  study  and  research  does  not 
involve  the  use  of  foreign  languages  the  requirement  may  be  waived  by  the 
Department  of  Education. 

major  and  minor  subjects.  The  candidate  must  select  one  major  area  and 
one  minor  area  in  which  he  expects  to  develop  exceptional  competence.  The 
minor  may  be  a  single  area  or  may  consist  of  a  group  of  related  areas  selected 
to  broaden  the  candidate's  understanding  of  education.  In  addition  to  the 
major  and  minor,  other  areas  if  desired  may  be  included  in  the  program  also. 
The  amount  of  course  work  required  in  the  major,  minor,  and  related  areas 
will  vary  according  to  the  needs  of  each  individual  candidate. 

project.  Instead  of  completing  a  thesis  as  required  for  a  candidate  for 
the  decree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  a  candidate  for  this  degree  must  demon- 
strate exceptional  competence  to  work  through  field  problems  by  completing 
a  project  in  the  major  area.  A  Committee  on  Doctoral  Research  is  appointed 
for  each  candidate.  The  committee  is  composed  of  three  members,  at  least 
two  of  whom  are  from  the  faculty  of  the  College  of  Education.  The  com- 
mittee passes  upon  the  student's  plans  for  research.  The  specialist  in  the 
student's  major  area  serves  as  sponsor  and  provides  detailed  guidance  for  the 
project. 

*  44 


Academic   Information 

The  regulations  governing  submission  and  form  of  copies  of  the  project 
are  the  same  as  for  the  thesis  submitted  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

written  examinations.  Written  examinations  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Education  parallel  those  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  education. 

final  oral  examination.  The  final  examination  covers  the  project  and 
its  relationship  to  the  general  field  in  which  it  lies  and  the  candidate's  at- 
tainments in  related  areas. 


GRADUATE  FEES 

The  fees  paid  by  graduate  students  are  as  follows: 

Matriculation  fee  of  $10.00.  This  is  paid  once  only,  upon  first  registration 
in  the  Graduate  School. 

Diploma  fee  for  Master's  degree,  $10.00. 

Graduation  fee  for  Doctor's  degree  including  a  hood,  microfilming  and 
binding  of  thesis,  $50.00. 

At  College  Park 

A  fixed  charge,  each  semester,  of  $10.00  per  semester  credit  hour  for  stu- 
dents carrying  ten  hours  or  less;  for  students  carrying  more  than  ten  hours, 
$100.00  for  the  semester. 

Foreign  Language  Examination  (first  examination  without  charge),  $5.00. 

Testing  fee  for  Education  majors,  $5.00. 

Laboratory  fees,  where  charged,  range  from  $1.00  to  $20.00  per  course  per 
semester. 

Infirmary  Fee,  (Voluntary)  $5.00. 

The  Infirmary  services  normally  furnished  the  undergraduate  students 
are  available  to  graduate  students  who  elect  to  pay  the  fee  of  $5.00  for  the 
year  (not  including  Summer  School),  provided  that  the  fee  is  paid  not  later 
than  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  classes  in  the  regular  academic  session.  A 
graduate  student  entering  in  February  may  benefit  in  the  same  manner  by 
the  payment  of  $2.50.  This  fee  will  not  be  remitted  for  Graduate  Assistants, 
Scholarship  or  Fellowship  students. 

There  is  a  $3.00  fine  for  violation  of  the  University  parking  regulations. 
All  graduate  students  are  expected  to  abide  by  these  regulations,  regardless  of 
full-time  or  part-time  attendance.  The  failure  to  register  for  a  parking  permit 
entails  a  $5.00  fee. 

45  ► 


Academic   Information 

At  Baltimore 

The  fees  for  graduate  work  at  the  professional  schools  in  Baltimore  are 
determined  by  the  individual  school  concerned.  Students  should  consult  the 
catalog  of  the  respective  school  in  which  they  intend  to  pursue  their  work. 

living  expenses  and  self-help.  The  University  in  no  way  assumes  re- 
sponsibility for  the  housing  of  graduate  students. 

Board  and  lodging  are  available  in  many  private  homes  in  College  Park  and 
vicinity.  The  cost  of  board  and  room  varies  from  about  $105.00  to  $140.00 
a  month,  depending  upon  the  desires  of  the  individual.  A  list  of  accommodations 
is  maintained  by  the  housing  bureau  in  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Men. 

Application  for  student  employment,  aside  from  fellowships  and  assistant- 
ships,  may  be  made  through  the  offices  of  the  Dean  of  Men  and  the  Dean  of 
Women,  or  to  department  heads. 

FELLOWSHIPS  AND   ASSISTANTSHIPS 

fellowships.  A  number  of  fellowships  have  been  established  by  the  Uni- 
versity. The  stipend  for  the  University  fellows  is  $800.00  for  nine  months  and 
the  remission  of  all  graduate  fees  except  the  diploma  fee.  Several  industrial 
and  special  fellowships,  with  varying  stipends,  are  also  available  in  certain 
departments. 

University  Fellows  are  permitted  to  carry  a  full  graduate  program,  and 
they  may  satisfy  the  residence  requirement  for  higher  degrees  in  the  normal 
time. 

Applications  for  fellowships  are  made  on  blanks  which  may  be  obtained 
from  the  office  of  the  Graduate  School.  The  application,  with  the  necessary 
credentials,  is  sent  by  the  applicant  directly  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Applications  are  forwarded  by  the  Dean  to  the  departments  for  their  con- 
sideration and  recommendation.  The  awards  of  University  fellowships  are  on  a 
competitive  basis. 

graduate  assistantships.  A  number  of  teaching  and  research  assistant- 
ships  are  available  in  several  departments.  The  compensation  is  $180.00  per 
month  unless  otherwise  specified  and  varies  with  the  nature  and  amount  of 
service  required  and  with  the  terms  of  appointment.  The  amount  of  credit  al- 
lowed toward  a  degree  is  normally  a  maximum  of  ten  credit  hours  in  a  regular 
semester.  The  research  assistants  usually  participate  in  research  that  meets 
the  requirements  for  a  Master's  or  a  Doctor's  degree. 

Applications  for  graduate  assistantships  are  made  directly  to  the  depart- 
ments concerned  and  appointments  are  made  through  the  regular  channels  for 
staff  appointments.  Further  information  regarding  these  assistantships  may  be 
obtained  from  the  departments  concerned. 

^  46 


Academic   Information 


COMMENCEMENT 


Attendance  is  required  at  the  June  commencement  if  the  degree  is  con- 
ferred at  that  time. 

Application  for  diploma  must  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  eight 
weeks  before  the  date  at  which  the  candidate  expects  to  obtain  a  degree  ex- 
cept during  the  Summer  Session. 

Academic  costume  is  required  of  all  candidates  at  the  June  commence- 
ment. Those  who  so  desire  may  purchase  or  rent  caps  and  gowns  at  the 
Students'  Supply  Store.  Orders  must  be  filed  eight  weeks  before  the  date  of 
convocation  but  may  be  cancelled  later  if  the  student  finds  himself  unable 
to  complete  his  work  for  the  degree. 


METHOD  OF  NUMBERING  COURSES  AND  COUNTING  CREDIT  HOURS 

Courses   for   Advanced    Undergraduates   and    Graduates   are   numbered    100 
to  199;  courses  for  Graduates  only  are  numbered  200  and  upward. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester. 

A  course  with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

The  number  of  semester  hour  credits  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numerals  in 
parentheses  after  the  title  of  the  course.   Examples: 
Course  101.  Title  (3).  First  semester. 

If  a  laboratory  course: 

Course  101.   Title  (3).    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first 
semester. 

(This  is  a  semester  course:  offered  once  a  year.) 

Course  101.  Title  (3).   First  and  second  semester. 

(This  is   a    semester   course,    repeated   each   semester,    and   except   for    re- 
search, seminar,  and  certain  problem  courses,  must  be  taken  only  one  semester.) 

Course  103,  104.  Title  (3,  3).  Three  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters. 

If  a  laboratory  course: 

Course  103,   104.    Title  (3,  3).   One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week, 
first  and  second  semesters. 

(This    is   a    course    extending    through    two    semesters    and    carrying    three 
semester  credits  each  semester.) 

47  ► 


Academic  Information 

Course  103,  104.   Title  (3,  3).   Three  hours  a  week,  second  and  first  semesters. 

(This  is  a  course  extending  through  two  semesters,  but  it  begins  with  the 
second  semester.) 

Course  105,  f,  s.   Title  (3,  3).   Three  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters. 

(This  is  alternate  way  of  listing  a  two-semester  course.) 

GRADES 

The  following  symbols  are  used  for  grades:  A,  B,  C  and  S— Passing;  D  and 
F— Failure;  I— Incomplete.  Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an  overall 
B  average,  every  credit  hour  of  C  in  course  work  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit 
hour  of  A.  A  grade  of  A  in  thesis  research  will  not  balance  a  grade  of  C  in 
a  course.   All  incomplete  grades  must  be  removed  before  the  degree  is  conferred. 


^  48 


CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 
AERONAUTICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Sherwood,  Coming  and  Shen. 
Associate  Professor:  Rivello. 
Lecturers:  Pai,  Hama  and  Kurzweg. 

The  Department  of  Aeronautical  Engineering  offers  courses  and  oppor- 
tunities for  research  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Aeronautical 
Engineering.  Steps  are  being  taken  toward  the  expansion  of  graduate  work 
to  include  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  for  study  in  this  department  is  based 
primarily  on  the  student  having  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Aeronautical 
Engineering  in  addition  to  the  requirements  for  admission  under  General  Regu- 
lations. However,  a  student  without  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Aero- 
nautical Engineering  may  be  accepted  for  graduate  study  if  he  has  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  an  allied  field  of  science  and  shows  evidence  of  sufficient 
preparation  for  graduate  work  in  his  chosen  field  of  Aeronautical   Engineering. 

Students  may  elect  off-campus  graduate  courses  given  by  the  University, 
but  off-campus  credit  may  count  toward  the  course  requirement  only  if  taken 
after  graduate  admission  has  been  obtained.  For  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science,  a  minimum  of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  instruction,  exclusive 
of  research,  from  resident  faculty  members  of  this  department  must  be  in- 
cluded in  the  student's  program  and  passed  with  a  grade  of  "B"  or  higher. 
An  acceptable  thesis  written  under  the  guidance  of  the  graduate  faculty  is 
also  required. 

Facilities  for  graduate  research  include  a  complete  subsonic  laboratory 
consisting  of  a  7.75  x  11  ft.,  wind  tunnel  and  related  shops,  offices  and  photo- 
graphic equipment.  For  high  speed  research,  a  6"  x  6"  supersonic  wind  tunnel 
is  available  with  Schlieren  optical  system,  instantaneous  strain-gauge  type 
pressure  pick-ups,  remote  angle  of  attack  control  and  other  accessories.  A  100 
h.  p.  rotary  vacuum  pump  provides  adequate  pumping  capacity  for  10  second 
runs  at  2  minute  intervals. 

The  general  aerodynamics  laboratory  is  equipped  with  the  following  major 
items:  a  two  foot  subsonic  wind  tunnel,  a  ballistics  range  for  measuring  super- 
sonic drag  of  projectile-shaped  bodies,  a  water  table  for  simulating  compressible 
flow  by  hydraulic  analogy,  a  large  electrolytic  tank  for  the  solution  of  potential 
flow  problems,  manometer  boards,  and  high  speed  flash  photographic  equipment. 

The  structures  laboratory  has  a  400,000  pound  capacity  universal  testing 
machine,  hydraulic  tension-compression  jacks  and  pumps,  and  lead  shot  bags 
for  applying  structural  loading.  Traction  dynamometers  and  SR4  tension- 
compression  load  cells  are  available  to  measure  loads.  The  laboratory  has  SR-4 

49  ► 


Aeronautical  Engineering 

strain  indication  equipment,  extensometers,  compressometers,  Huggenberger  ex- 
tensometers,  and  a  recording  oscillograph  for  measuring  strain.  Dial  gages  and  a 
transit  are  available  for  measuring  deflections. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Aero.  E.   101.     Aerodynamics  1.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.  Sherwood. 

Aero.  E.  102.     Aerodynamics  11.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.   Continuation  of  Aero.  E.  101.  Sherwood. 

Aero.  E.  105.     Airplane  Fabrication  Shop.  (2) 

One  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Shop  2.  Schreier. 

Aero.  E.  106.     Airplane  Fabrication.  (I) 

One  lecture  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Aero.  E.   105.  Schreier. 

Aero.  E.  107,  108.     Airplane  Design.  (4,  4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  supervised  calculation  periods  per  week,  first  and  second  semes- 
ters. Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  101,  Aero.  E.  104,  and  M.  E.  22,  23.  Aero  E.  102  and 
Aero.  E.   113  to  be  taken  concurrently.  Corning. 

Aero.  E.   109,  110.     Aircraft  Power  Plants  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, M.  E.  100.  Schreier. 

Aero  E.  Ill,   112.     Aeronautical  Laboratory  (2,  2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite, 

Aero.  E.  101.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Aero.  E.  102  and  Aero.  E.  113.         Staff. 

Aero.  E.  113,  114.     Mechanics  of  Aircraft  Structures.  (3,  4) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  M.  E.  22,  23  and  Math.  64.  Rivello. 

Aero.  E.  115.     Aerodynamics  111.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Elementary  theory  of  the  flow  of  a  compressible  gas  at  subsonic  and 

supersonic  speeds.    Prerequisite,  Aero.  E.   102.  Sherwood. 

Aero.  E.  117.     Aircraft  Vibrations.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  113,  Math.  64.  Rivello. 

For  Graduates 

Aero.  E.  200,  201.     Advanced  Aerodynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.   101,    102, 

115,  Math.  64.  Pai. 

Aero.  E.  202,  203.     Advanced  Aircraft  Structures.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  113,  114.  Rivello. 

*   50 


Aeronautical  Engineering 

Aero.  E.  204.     Aircraft  Dynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Math.  64  and  Aero.  E.   114.  Shen. 

Aero.  E.  205.     Aircraft  Dynamics.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Math.  64,  Aero.  E.  114  and  Aero.  E.  101.  Shen. 

Aero.  E.  206,  207.     Advanced  Aircraft  Power  Plants.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites, 
M.  E.  100;  Aero.  E.  109,  110. 

Aero.  E.  208.     Advanced  Aircraft  Design.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  107,  108;  Math.  64. 

Corning. 
Aero.  E.  209.     Stability  and  Control.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  101,  102,  115. 

Corning. 
Aero.  E.  210.     Aerodynamic  Theory.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  101,   102,  Math.  64.  Shen. 

Aero.  E.  211.     The  Design  and  Use  of  Wind  Tunnels  (Supersonic).  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Kurzweg. 

Aero.  E.  212,  213.     Bodies  at  Supersonic  Speeds.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  degree  in  Aero.  E.  or  M.  E.  or  equivalent, 

and  consent  of  instructor.  Kurzweg. 

Aero.  E.  214.     Seminar. 

(Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  Aero.  Engr.   staff.)    First  and   second 

semesters.    Prerequisite,  graduate  standing. 

Aero.  E.  215.     Research. 

(Credit  in   accordance   with   work   outlined  by  Aero   Engr.   staff.)    First   and  second 

semesters.    Prerequisite,  graduate  standing. 

Aero.  E.  216.     Selected  Aerohallistics  Problems.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  degree  in  Aero.  E.  or  M.  E.  or  equivalent  and  consent  of 

instructor.  Kurzweg. 

Aero.  E.  217.     Aerodynamics  of  Viscous  Fluids.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Aero.  E.  101,  115,  Math.  64.  Shen. 

Aero.  E.  218.     Selected  Topics  in  Aerodynamic  Theory.  (3) 

First  or  second  semesters.    Topics  of  current  interest  and  recent  advances  in  the  field 

of  aerodynamics.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  210,   115.  Shen. 


51 


Agriculture 

AGRICULTURE 

Associate  Professor:  Schultz. 

Agr.  100.     Introductory  Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Introduction  to 
fundamental  concepts  underlying  the  application  of  biometrical  methods  to  agricultural 
problems  with  emphasis  on  graphical  presentation  of  data,  descriptive  statistics,  chi- 
square  and  t-tests,  and  linear  regression  and  correlation.  Schultz. 

Agr.  200.     Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Agr.  Biom.  100  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  Agr.  100  with  emphasis  on  analysis 
of  variance  and  co-variance,  multiple  and  curvilinear  regression,  sampling,  experi- 
mental design  and  miscellaneous  statistical  techniques  as  applied  to  agricultural 
problems.  Schultz. 

Agr.  202,  203.     Advanced  Biological  Statistics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course 
dealing  with  specialized  experimental  designs,  sampling  techniques  and  elaborations 
of  standard  statistical  procedures  as  applied  to  the  animal  and  plant  sciences.       Schultz. 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS  AND  MARKETING 

Professors:  Beal  and  Walker. 

Visiting  Professor:  Taylor. 

Associate  Professors:  Hamilton,  Murray,  Shull  and  Smith. 

Assistant  Professor:   Ishee. 

Lecturer:  Whipple. 

The  Department  offers  a  course  of  study  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Although  the  major  field  is  Agricultural 
Economics,  thesis  topics  may  be  selected  and  courses  concentrated  in  Farm 
Management,  Farm  Taxation,  Farm  Finance,  Marketing,  Land  Economics, 
Agricultural  Policy  and  Foreign  Agricultural  Trade. 

Department  requirements,  supplementary  to  the  Graduate  School,  have 
been  formulated  for  the  guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  Copies  of 
these  requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Agricultural 
Economics  and  Marketing. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

A.  E.  101.     Marketing  of  Farm  Products.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Econ.  31,  32,  or  Econ.  37.  Taylor. 

A.  E.  103.     Cooperation  in  Agriculture.  (3) 

First  semester.  Smith. 

A.  E.  104.     Farm  Finance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Ishee. 

<+   52 


Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 


A.  E.  106.     Prices  of  Farm  Products.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

A.  E.  107.     Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  10S.     Farm  Management.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

A.  E.  109.     Research  Problem.  0-2) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

A.  E.  110.     Seminar.  (I,  J) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

A.  E.  111.     Land  Economics.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  112.     Economic  Development  of  American  Agriculture.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  114.     Foreign  Trade  in  Farm  Products.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  115.     Marketing  of  Dairy  Products.  (3) 
First   semester. 

A.  E.  116.     Marketing  of  Fruits  and  Vegetables.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

A.  E.  117.     Economics  of  Marketing  Eggs  and  Poultry.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

A.  E.  118.     Foreign  Agricidtural  Policies.  (3) 

First  semester. 

A.  E.  119.     Foreign  Agricultural  Economics.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poultry. 
See  Poultry  Husbandry,  P.  H.  104. 

Poultry  Industrial  and  Economic  Problems. 
See  Poultry  Husbandry,  P.  H.  107. 

Market  Milk. 

See  Dairy,  Dairy  109. 

Livestock  Markets  and  Marketing. 
See  Animal  Husbandry,  A.  H.  150. 


Hamilton. 
I  Iamilton. 

Staff. 
Hamilton. 

Ishee. 

Beal. 
Taylor. 

Beal. 


Smith. 
Whipple. 
Whipple. 


53  ► 


Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 

Meat  and  Meat  Products. 

See  Animal  Husbandry,  A.  H.  160. 

Advertising. 

See  Business  Administration,  B.  A.  151. 

Retail  Store  Management. 

See  Business  Administration,  B.  A.  154. 


For  Graduates 

A.  E.  200,  201.     Special  Problems  in  Farm  Economics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

A.  E.  202.     Seminar.  (J,  I) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

A.  E.  203.     Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  accomplished.  Staff. 

A.  E.  208.     Agricultural  Policy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Beal. 

A  E.  210.     Agricultural  Taxation.  (3) 

First  semester.  Walker. 

A.  E.  211.     Functional  Aspects  of  Farm  Taxation.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Walker. 

A.  E.  214.     Advanced  Agricultural  Marketing.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  215.     Advanced  Agricultural  Cooperation.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  216.     Advanced  Farm  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Ishee 

A.  E.  218.     Agricultural  Economics  Research  Techniques.  (3) 
First  semester. 

A.  E.  219.     Advanced  Land  Economics.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

A  E.  220.     World  Agricultural  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.  Taylor. 

^  54 


Agricultural  Education  and  Rural  Life 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION  AND  RURAL  LIFE 

Professor:   Ahalt. 

Assistant  Professor:    Hopkins. 

This  department  offers  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science. 
Students  may  work  full-time  towards  a  degree  or  they  may  complete  the  re- 
quirements on  a  part-time  basis,  taking  the  special  courses  offered  for  agri- 
cultural teachers  in  summer,  regular  six-week  summer  school  courses,  and 
courses  offered   in  the  evenings  and  on  Saturday  during  the  school  year. 

Some  students  profitably  elect  special  problems  courses,  mostly  in  agricul- 
ture, in  which  they  work  on  problems  in  their  local  school  and  community. 
All  students  are  required  to  enroll  in  a  minimum  of  twelve  semester  hours 
in  course  work  on  the  campus  at  College  Park. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

R.  Ed.   107.     Observation  and  Analysis  of  Teaching  in  Agriculture.  (3) 
Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Hopkins. 

R.  Ed.   109.     Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture.    (3) 

First  semester.  Ahalt,  Hopkins. 

R.  Ed.   111.     Teaching  Young  and  Adidt  Farmer  Groups.  Q) 

First  semester.  Hopkins. 

R.  Ed.    112.     Departmental  Management.   Q) 

Second  semester.    One  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  R.  Ed.   107,  109. 

Ahalt,  Hopkins. 
R.  Ed.  114.     Rural  Life  and  Edxication.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Ahalt. 

R.  Ed.   150.     Extension  Education.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Warner. 

R.  Ed.   160.     Agricultural  Information  Methods.  (2) 

First  semester.  Warner. 

For  Graduates 

R.  Ed.  201,  202.     Rural  Life  and  Education.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters,  alternate  years.   Prerequisite,  R.  Ed.  114,  or  equivalent. 

Ahalt,  Hopkins. 
R.  Ed.  207,  208.     Problems  in  Vocational  Agriculture.  (2,  2) 
First  and  second  semesters,  alternate  years.  Ahalt,  Hopkins. 

55  ► 


Agronomy— Crops  and  Soils 

R.  Ed.  S207  A-B.     Problems  in  Teaching  Vocational  Agriculture.  (1-0 
Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  S208  A-B.     Problems  in  Teaching  Farm  Mechanics.  (1,   1) 
Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  S209  A-B.     Adult  Education  in  Agricidture.  (1-1) 
Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  S210  A-B.     Land  Grant  College  Education.  (1-0 
Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  S211   A-B.     Agricidtural  Extension  Service  Education.   (1-0 
Summer  session  only. 

R.   Ed.  S212  A-B.     Educational  Functions  of  Rural  Institutions.  (1-0 
Summer  session  only. 

R.   Ed.  S213   A-B.     Supervision  and  Administration  of  Vocational  Agriculture 

(1-0 

Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  215.     Supervision  of  Student  Teaching.  (1) 

Arranged.  Ahalt. 

R.  Ed.  220.     Field  Problems  in  Rural  Education.  (1-3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  session.   Prerequisite,  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  study. 

Ahalt,  Hopkins. 
R.  Ed.  240.     Agricultural  College  Instruction.  (1) 
Second  semester.  Ahalt. 

R.  Ed.  250.     Seminar  in  Pmral  Education.   (l-l~) 

First  and  second   semesters.  Staff. 

R.  Ed.  S250  A-B.     Seminar  in  Rural  Education.  Cl-O 
Summer  session  only. 

R.  Ed.  251.     Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.   First  and  second  semesters  and  summer  session.       Staff. 

AGRONOMY— CROPS  AND  SOILS 

Professors:  Wagner,  Rothgeb  and  Street. 

Associate  Professors:    Axley,  Bourbeau  and  Strickling. 

Assistant  Professors:    Decker,  Santelmann. 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers  a  graduate  course  of  study  leading 
to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  and  to  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
The  student  may  pursue  major  work  in  the  Crops  Division  or  in  the  Soils 
Division   of  the   Department.    A   thesis  based  on  original   research   is   required 


56 


Agronomy— Crops  and   Soils 

for  each  degree.  Ample  laboratory  and  greenhouse  facilities  for  graduate  work 
are  available  on  the  campus.  The  Plant  Research  Farm,  the  Forage  Research 
Farm,  and  the  Tobacco  Experimental  Farm  offer  adequate  nearby  field  re- 
search facilities.  Many  projects  of  the  Department  are  conducted  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Agricultural  Research  Service  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture  with  headquarters  located   three  miles  from   the  campus. 

A.      CROPS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Agron.   103.     Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  117  or  Zool.  104.  (Not  offered  1959-60).       LeffeL 

Agron.    104.     Tobacco  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1.  Street. 

Agron.   107.     Cereal  Crop  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

(Not  offered   1959-60).  Santelmann. 

Agron.  108.     Forage  Crop  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

Decker. 
Agron.  109.     Turf  Management.  (2) 
First  semester.    Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1.    (Not  offered  1958-59). 

C )- 

Agron.   151.     Cropping  Systems.  (2) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Agron.  1  or  equivalent.     Wagner. 

Agron.  152.     Seed  Production  and  Distribution.  (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Agron.  1 

or  equivalent.    (Not  offered  1959-60).  Newcomer. 

Agron.   154.     Weed  Control.  (3) 

First  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron.  I 

or  equivalent.    (Not  offered   1958-59).  Santelmann, 

For  Graduates 

Agron.  201.     Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  (Not  offered  1958-59).       LeffeL 

Agron.  203.     Crop  Seminar,  (i,   1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Street 

Agron.  204.     Technic  in  Field  Crop  Research.   (2) 

Second  semester.   (Not  offered  1959-60).  ( ). 


57 


Agronomy— Cro-ps  and  Soils 

Agron.  205.     Biogenesis  of  Tobacco.  (2) 

First   semester.    Two   lectures    a  week.    Prerequisite,   permission  of  instructor.     (Not 

offered  1959-60).  Street. 

Agron.  206,  207.     Recent  Advances  in  Crop  Production.  (2,  2) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.     (Agron. 

206;  not  offered  in  1958-59).  Staff. 

Agron.  208.     Research  Methods.  (2-4) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff.  Staff. 

Agron.  209.     Research  in  Crops.  (1-8*) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Credit  according  to  work  accomplished.  Staff. 

Agron.  S210.     Cropping  Systems.  (I) 

Summer  session  only.  Wagner. 

Agron.  211.     Biosynthesis  of  Tobacco.  (2) 

First   semester.    Two  lectures   a  week.    Prerequisite,   permission   of  instructor.    (Not 

cffered    1958-59).  Street. 

B.      SOILS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Agron.  SI  10.     Soil  Management.  (I) 

Summer  session   only.  Strickling. 

Agron.  111.     Soil  Fertility  Principles.  (3) 

First  semester.    Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron.  10.    Not  offered  1959-60). 

Strickling. 
Agron.    112.     Commercial  Fertilizers.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron.    10  or  permission   of 
instructor.  Axley. 

Agron.  113.     Soil  Conservation.  (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron. 

10  or  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered  1959-60).  Bentz. 

Agron.   114.     Soil  Classification  and  Geography.  (4) 

Second   semester.    Three   lectures   and    one  laboratory  period    a    week.     Prerequisite, 

Agron.  10,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Bourbeau. 

Agron.   116.     Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

First  semester.   One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite  Agron.  10, 

or  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered  1959-60).  Axley. 

Agron.  117.     Soil  Physics.  (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron. 

10  and  a  course  in  Physics,  or  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered  1958-59). 

Strickling. 

M  58 


American  Civilization 

Agron.   118.     Special  Problems  in  Soils.  (I) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Agron.   10  and  permission  of  instructor.  Staff. 

Agron.  119.     Soil  Mineralogy.  (4) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,   per- 
mission of  instructor.    (Not  offered   1958-59).  Bourbeau. 

For  Graduates 

Agron.  250.     Advanced  Soil  Mineralogy.  (3) 

First  semester.    Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron.  10,  Agron.   119  and  per- 
mission of  instructor.    (Not  offered   1959-60).  Bourbeau. 

Agron.  251.     Advanced  Methods  of  Soil  Investigation.  (3) 

First  semester.    Three  lectures  a   week.    Prerequisite,   Agron.    10   and   permission    of 

instructor.    (Not  offered  1958-59).  Axley. 

Agron.  252.     Advanced  Soil  Physics.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron. 

10  and  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered   1958-59).  Strickling. 

Agron.  253.     Advanced  Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Agron. 

10  and  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered   1959-60).  Axley. 

Agron.  255.     Soil  Seminar,  (i,    i) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Agron.   10  and  permission  of  instructor. 

Axley,  Bentz. 
Agron.  256.     Soil  Research.  (2-12) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Credit  according  to  work  done.  Staff. 


AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION 

Professor:   Bode  and  cooperating  specialists. 

The  American  Civilization  program  offers  work  leading  to  both  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  departments  of  English, 
History,  Government  and  Politics,  and  Sociology  join  to  offer  integrated  plans 
of  study.  In  his  class  work  the  student  will  emphasize  the  offerings  of  any  one 
of  these  departments.  For  lists  of  courses  from  which  his  particular  program 
is  to  be  developed,  he  is  to  see  principally  the  listings  of  the  four  departments 
just  mentioned.  His  adviser  will  be  the  chairman  of  the  department  whose 
work  the  student  plans  to  emphasize,  or  if  not  the  chairman  then  someone 
appointed  by  him. 

59  ► 


Animal   Husbandry 

Amer.  Civ.  137,  138.  Conference  Course  in  American  Civilization.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Four  American  classics,  drawn  from  the  fields  of  the 
cooperating  departments,  are  studied  in  detail  each  semester.  Specialists  from  the  ap- 
propriate departments  lecture  on  these  books.  The  classics  for  this  year  are  Franklin's 
Autobiography,  The  Life  and  Writings  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  De  Tocqueville's  Democ- 
racy in  America,  Schlesinger's  The  Age  of  Jackson,  for  the  first  semester;  and  for  the 
second  semester,  Thoreau's  Walden,  Howells'  The  Rise  of  Silas  Lo.pham,  Veblen's 
The  Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,  and  Warner's  Democracy  in  Jonesville.  The  Con- 
ference course,  or  either  semester  of  it,  may  be  chosen  by  a  student  outside  the  pro- 
gram as  an  elective.  It  also  counts  as  major  credit  for  the  four  cooperating  depart- 
ments.   The  course  meets  like  a  seminar,  once  a  week. 

ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY 

Professors:    Foster  and  Green. 

Assistant  Professors:  Leffel  and  Wingert. 

The  Department  of  Animal  Husbandry  offers  work  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Although  the  major  field  is 
Animal  Husbandry,  course  work  and  thesis  problems  are  offered  in  the  fields 
of  animal   breeding,  nutrition,  livestock  management,  and  meats. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

A.  H.  111.     Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.   Prerequisite,  Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34;  A.  H.  110  or 

permission  of  instructor.   Graduate  credit  allowed  with  permission  of  instructor.      Leffel. 

A.  H.  120.     Principles  of  Breeding.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Zcol.  104  and  A.  H.  130  or 
A.  H.  131  or  A.  H.  132  or  Dairy  101.  Graduate  credit  (1-3  hours)  allowed  with  per- 
mission   of   instructor.  Green. 

A.  H.  SI 30.     Beef  Cattle.  (2) 

Summer  session  only.    This  course  is  designed  primarily   for  teachers  of  Vocational 

Agriculture  and  Extension   Service  Workers.    Prerequisite,   permission   of  instructor. 

Foster. 
A.  H.  150.     Livestock  Markets  and  Marketing.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  A.  H.  1.  Graduate  credit  allowed 
with  permission  of  instructor.  Wingert. 

For  Graduates 

A.  H.  200,  201.     Special  Problems  in  Animal  Husbandry.  (2-2,  2-2) 
First  and   second   semesters.    Work  assigned  in   proportion   to  amount  of  credit.    Pre- 
requisite, approval  of  staff.  Staff. 

A    H.  202,  203.     Seminar.  Ql,  O 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

•4  60 


Botany 

A.  H.  204.     Research.  (1-6) 

First    and   second    semesters.     Credit   to    be   determined    by   amount    and   character   of 

work  done.  Staff. 

A.  II.  205.     Advanced  Breeding.  (2) 

I  wo  lectures   a   week,  second    semester.    Prerequisites,   A.    H.    120  or   equivalent   and 

biological  statistics.  Green. 

A.  H.  206.     Advanced  Livestock  Management.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,   approval 

of  staff.  Staff. 

BOTANY 

Professors:    Bamford,  Gauch,  Cox,  Appleman   (Emeritus'),  and  Norton,   (Emer- 
itus'). 
Associate  Professors:   Brown,  Krauss,  D.  T.  Morgan,  and  Pxappleye. 
Assistant  Professors:  Sisler  and  Jenkins. 

The  Department  of  Botany  offers  a  graduate  course  of  study  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  and  to  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
The  student  may  pursue  major  work  in  any  one  of  the  three  main  divisions 
of  the  department,  namely:  Plant  Physiology,  Plant  Pathology,  or  Plant 
Morphology,  Cytology  and  Cytogenetics.  Since  a  thesis  based  on  original  re- 
search is  required  for  each  degree,  a  qualified  student  may  be  allowed  to  pur- 
sue a  problem  of  his  own  choosing,  but  it  is  more  probable  that  the  subject 
of  his  research  will  be  that  already  in  progress  since  the  department  is  devoted 
to  a  study  of  basic  agricultural  problems  as  well  as  projects  of  a  more  funda- 
mental nature. 

An  individual  employed  at  a  nearby  institution  may  submit  a  thesis  on  his 
research  work  at  the  institution  under  the  direction  of,  and  approved  by,  a 
member  of  the  faculty.  Laboratory  facilities  are  available  for  research  in 
each  division,  and  there  are  ample  greenhouses  and  plot  space  available  on  the 
campus  or  adjacent  University  farm  land. 

In  addition  to  the  normal  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School,  one  must 
possess  a  reading  knowledge  of  either  French  or  German,  before  the  Master 
of  Science  degree  is  granted. 

A.      PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Bot.  101.     Plant  Physiology.  (4) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.  1, 

and  general  chemistry.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Krauss. 

61  ► 


Botany 

Bot.  102.     Plant  Ecology.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   11, 

or    equivalent.     Laboratory    fee,    $5.00.  Brown. 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  200.     Plant  Biochemistry.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Bot.  101  and  elementary  organic  chemistry.       Wethercll. 

Bot.  201.     Plant  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 

First  semester.    Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   200  or  concurrent 

registration   therein.    Laboratory   fee  $10.00.  Wetherell. 

Bot.  202.     Plant  Biophysics.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Bot.   101,  and  elementary  physics,  or  equivalent.  (Not 

offered  1958-1959.)  Wetherell. 

Bot.  203.     Biophysical  Methods.  (2) 

Second  semester.   To  accompany  Bot.  202.    Same  prerequisites.    Laboratory  fee  $10.00. 

(Not  offered  1958-1959.)  Wetherell. 

Bot.  204.     Growth  and  Development.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,   12  semester  hours  of  plant  science.    (Not  offered    1958- 

1959.)  Krauss. 

Bot.  205.     Mineral  Nutrition  of  Plants.  (2) 

Second   semester.    Prerequisite,   Bot.    101,  or    equivalent.  Krauss. 

Bot.  206.     Research  in  .Plant  Physiology. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Gauch,  Krauss. 

Bot.  207.     Special  Topics  in  Plant  Physiology.  (2) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Bot.  208.     Seminar  in  Plant  Physiology.  (I) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Gauch,  Krauss. 

Bot.  209.     Physiology  of  Algae.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  201,  the 
equivalent  in  allied  fields  or  permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee  $10.00.  (Not 
offered  1958-1959.)  Krauss. 

B.      GENERAL  BOTANY  AND  MORPHOLOGY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  U nder graduates 

Bot.  111.     Plant  Anatomy.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  110, 

or  equivalent.   Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Rappleye. 

M  62 


Botany 

Bot.  113.     Plant  Geography.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,    Bot.    1,  or  equivalent.  Brown. 

Bot.  114.     Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   1  1 , 

or  permission  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Brown. 

Bot.  IIS.     Structure  of  Economic  Plants.  (3) 

Second  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot. 

111.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Rappleye. 

Bot.  116.     History  and  Philosophy  of  Botany,  (i) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,    15   semester  hours  of  botany.  Bamford. 

Bot.  117.     General  Plant  Genetics.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Bot.    1,   or   equivalent.  D.  T.  Morgan. 

Bot.  135.     Aquatic  Plants.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.    1, 

Bot.  11  or  equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.    (Not  offered  1958-1959.) 

Bot.  136.     Plants  and  Mankind.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.    1   or  equivalent.  Rappleye. 

Bot.  151S.     Teaching  Methods  in  Botany.  (2) 

Summer.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   1,  or  equivalent.    Laboratory   fee,  $5.00. 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  211.     Cytology.  (4) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Intro- 
ductory Genetics.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Bamford,  D.  T.  Morgan. 

Bot.  212.     Plant  Morphology.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisites,  Bot.  11, 

Bot.  Ill,  or  equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,   $5.00.  Rappleye. 

Bot.  213.     Seminar  in  Plant  Cytology  and  Morphology.  (I) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   permission  of  instructor. 

D.  T.  Morgan,  Rappleye. 

Bot.  214.     Research  in  Plant  Cytology  and  Morphology. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Bamford,  D.  T.  Morgan,  Rappteye. 

Bot.  215.     Plant  Cytogenetics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Introductory  Genetics.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Not  offered 

1958-1959.)  D.  T.  Morgan. 

Bot.  219.     Special  Topics  in  Plant  Morphology  and  Cytology.  (2) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,   permission  of  instructor. 

63  ► 


Botany 

C.       PLANT  PATHOLOGY 

For  Gradtiates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Bot.  122.     Research  Methods  in  Plant  Pathology.  (2) 

First  or  second   semester.    Two   laboratory  periods  a   week.    Prerequisite,   Bot.   20,   or 

equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Jenkins. 

Bot.  123.     Disease  of  Ornamental  Plants.  (2) 

Second  semester.     Prerequisite,   Bot.  20,  or  equivalent.    (Not  offered   1958-1959.) 

Wilson. 
Bot.  124.     Diseases  of  Tobacco  and  Agronomic  Crops.  (T) 
First   semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   20,   or  equivalent.  O.   D.   Morgan. 

Bot.  125.     Diseases  of  Fruit  Crops.  (2) 

First    semester.    Prerequisite.     Bot.    20,    or   equivalent.     (Not   offered    1958-1959.) 

Weaver. 
Bot.  126.     Disease  of  Vegetable  Crops.  (2) 
Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent.  Cox. 

Bot.  128.     Mycology.  (4) 

Second    semester.     Two    lectures    and   two    laboratory   periods    a    week.     Prerequisite, 

Bot.  2,  or  equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Wilson. 

Bot.  141.     Nematode  Diseases  of  Plants.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   20  or  permission  of  instructor.    (Not  offered    1958- 

1959).  Jenkins. 

Bot.  152S.     Pield  Plant  Pathology.  (I) 

Summer,  first  three  weeks,  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 

(Not  offered  1958.)  Cox,  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  221.     Virus  Diseases.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,   second  semester.    Prerequisites,   Bot. 

20,   101.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Sisler. 

Bot.  223.      Physiology  of  Fungi.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Organic  Chemistry  and  Botany   101   or  the  equivalent  in 

bacterial  or  animal  physiology.  Sisler. 

Bot.  224.     Physiology  of  Fungi  Laboratory.  (J) 

First  semester.    One  laboratory   period  a  week.    Prerequisite,   Bot.   223  or  concurrent 

registration  therein.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Sisler. 

Bot.  225.     Research  in  Plant  Pathology. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Staff. 

<4  64 


Business  Administration 


Bot.  226.     Plant  Disease  Control.  (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 

Bot.  228.     Special  Topics  in  Plant  Pathology.  (2) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Bot.  229.     Seminar  in  Plant  Pathology.  (I) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Bot.  241.     Plant  Neonatology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  per 

mission  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee  $10.00.    (Not  offered   1958-1959.)  Jenkins 


Cox. 


Cox. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Professors:    Frederick,   Clemens,  Cook,  Fisher,  Pyle,  Sweeney,  Sylvester,  Taff, 

Wedeherg  and  Wright. 
Associate  Professors:  Dawson  and  Gentry. 

The  degrees  of  Master  of  Business  Administration  is  conferred  on  those 
students  who  satisfactorily  complete  the  requirements  which  are  set  forth  in 
the  section  of  this  catalog  entitled,  "Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of 
Business  Administration." 


For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

B.  A.  110,  111.     Intermediate  Accounting.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better  in  B.  A.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Daiker. 

B.  A.  116.     Public  Budgeting.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  B.  A.  21  and  Econ.  32.  Wright. 

B.  A.  118.     Governmental  Accounting.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  111. 

B.  A.  121.     Cost  Accounting.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better  in  B.  A.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor.        Sweeney. 

B.  A.  122.     Auditing  Theory  and  Practice.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  111.  Wright. 

B.  A.  123.     Income  Tax  Accounting.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better  in  B.  A.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor.      Wedeberg. 

B.  A.  124,  126.     Advanced  Accounting.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.   111.  Wedeberg. 

B.  A.  125.     C.  P.  A.  Problems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  124,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Wedeberg. 

65  ► 


Business  Administration 


B.  A.  127.     Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   122. 

B.  A.  130.     Elements  of  Business  Statistics.  (3) 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.50. 

B.  A.  131.     Statistics  Laboratory. 

B.  A.  132,  133.     Advanced  Business  Statistics.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   130.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.50. 

B.  A.  140.     Financial  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  21,  Econ,  140. 

B.  A.  141.     Investment  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   140. 

B.  A.  142.     Banking  Policies  and  Practices.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  140. 

B.  A.  143.     Credit  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  140. 

B.  A.  148.     Advanced  Financial  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  140. 

B.  A.  149.     Analysis  of  Financial  Statements.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   140. 

B.  A.  150a.     Marketing  Principles  and  Organization.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

B.  A.  150.     Marketing  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   150a. 

B.  A.  151.     Advertising  Programs  and  Campaigns.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   150. 

B.  A.  152.     Advertising  Copy  Writing  and  Layout.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.    151. 

B.  A.  153.     Purchasing  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   150. 

B.  A.  154.     Retail  Store  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite.    Econ.  150. 

B.  A.  155.     Problems  in  Retail  Merchandising.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   154. 

B.  A.  156.     Marketing  Research  Methods.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.   130,  B.  A.   150. 


Wright. 
Nelson,  Cluse,  Calhoun. 

Nelson. 

Calhoun. 

Calhoun. 

Calhoun. 

Calhoun . 

Fisher. 

Fisher. 

Reid  and  Staff. 

Cook,  Reid. 

Gentry. 

Gentry. 

Gentry. 

Cook. 

Cook. 

Cook. 


66 


Business  Administration 

B.  A.  157.     Foreign  Trade  Procedure.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  150.  Dawson. 

B.  A.  15S.     Advertising  Problems.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  B.  A.  151  and  B.  A.  152.  Gentry. 

B.  A.  159.     Newspaper  Advertising.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   B.   A.    151.  Gentry. 

B.  A.  160.     Personnel  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.    160.  Tierney. 

B.  A.  163.     Industrial  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.    160.  Tierney. 

B.  A.  164.     Recent  Labor  Legislation  and  Court  Decisions.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  160.  Tierney. 

B.  A.  165.     Office  Management.  (3) 

Patrick. 
B.  A.  166.     Business  Communications.  (3) 

B.  A.  167.     job  Evaluation  and  Merit  Rating.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.   160.  Tierney. 

B.  A.  168.     Advanced  Office  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.   165.  Tierney. 

B.  A.  169.     Industrial  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  B.  A.  11  and  160.  Mueller. 

B.  A.  170.     Transportation  Services  and  Regtilation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.   32  or   37.  Taff. 

B.  A.  171.     Industrial  and  Commercial  Traffic  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  170.  Taff. 

B.  A.  172.     Motor  Transportation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  170.  Taff. 

B.  A.  173.     Overseas  Shipping.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.   170.  Dawson. 

B.  A.  174.     Commercial  Air  Transportation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   B.   A.    170.  Frederick. 

B.  A.  175.     Airline  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  174.  Frederick. 

B.  A.  176.     Problems  in  Airport  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.  A.  174.  Frederick. 


67   ► 


Business  Administration 


Motion  Economy  and  Time  Study.  (3) 
B.  A.  169. 


B.  A.  177. 
Prerequisite, 

B.  A.  178. 
Prerequisite, 

B.  A.  179. 
Prerequisite, 

B.  A.  180,  181.     Business  Law.  (4,  4) 


Production  Planning  and  Control.  (2) 
B.  A.  169. 

Problems  in  Supervision.  (3) 
B.  A.  169. 


B.  A.  184.     Public  Utilities.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  and  37. 

B.  A.  189.     Business  and  Government.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

B.  A.  190.     Life  Insurance.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or   37. 

B.  A.  191.     Property  Insurance.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

B.  A.  194.     Insurance  Agency  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  190  or  191. 

B.  A.  195.     Real  Estate  Principles.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

B.  A.  196.     Real  Estate  Finance.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

B.  A.  197.     Real  Estate  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  195  or  196. 


Mueller. 
Mueller. 
Mueller. 

Mounce. 
Clemens. 

Nelson. 


For  Graduates 

B.  A.  210.     Advanced  Accounting  Theory.  (2,  3) 
Prerequisite,  B.  A.  111. 

B.  A.  220.     Managerial  Accounting.   (3) 

B.  A.  221,  222.     Seminar  in  Accounting. 

B.  A.  226.     Accounting  Systems. 

B.  A.  228.     Research  in  Accounting. 


Wedeberg,  Fisher. 

Wedeberg,  Wright. 

Wedeberg,  Wright. 

Wedeberg,  Sweeney. 

Wedeberg. 


68 


B.  A. 

229. 

tion. 

B.  A. 

240. 

Prerequisite, 

B.  A. 

249. 

B.  A. 

250. 

B.  A. 

251. 

B.  A. 

252. 

B.  A. 

257. 

B.  A. 

258. 

B.  A. 

262. 

B.  A. 

265. 

B.  A. 

266. 

B.  A. 

267. 

B.A. 

269. 

B.  A. 

270. 

B.  A. 

271. 

B.  A. 

275. 

B.  A. 

277. 

B.  A. 

2S0. 

B.  A. 

284. 

B.  A. 

290. 

B.  A. 

295. 

B.  A. 

299. 

Business  Administration 
Studies  of  Special  Problems  in  the  fields  of  Control  and  Organiza- 


Seminar  in  Financial  Management.  (1-3) 
B.  A.   140. 


Mueller. 

Calhoun,  Fisher. 

Studies  of  Special  Problems  in  the  field  of  Financial  Administration. 

Fisher. 
Problems  in  Sales  Management.  (1-3) 

Cook,  Reid. 
Problems  in  Advertising.  (3) 

Gentry. 
Problems  in  Retail  Store  Management.  (3) 

Cook. 
Seminar  in  Marketing  Management. 

Cook,  Gentry,  Reid. 
Research  in  Marketing. 

Cook,  Gentry. 

Seminar  in  Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor  Relations.  (3) 

Development  and  Trends  in  Industrial  Management.  (3) 

Mueller. 
Research  in  Personal  Management. 

Research  in  Industrial  Relations. 

Studies  of  Special  Problems  in  Employer-Employee  Relationships. 

Seminar  in  Air  Transportation.  (3) 

Theory  of  Organization.   (3) 

Seminar  in  Motor  Transportation.   (3) 

Seminar  in  Transportation.  (3) 

Seminar  in  Business  and  Government  Relationships. 

Seminar  in  Public  Utilities.  (3) 

Seminar  in  Insurance.   (3) 

Seminar  in  Real  Estate.   (3) 

Thesis. 

Staff. 


Frederick. 

Mueller. 

Taff. 

Frederick. 

Staff. 

Clemens. 


69 


Chemical  Engineering 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:    Huff,  Bonney,  Pennington  and  Schroeder. 
Associate  Professor:    Duffey. 

This  Department  directs  the  programs  of  graduate  students  who  plan  to 
qualify  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Chemi- 
cal Engineering,  Nuclear  Engineering  or  in  Metallurgy. 

Departmental  regulations  have  been  assembled  for  the  guidance  of  candi- 
dates for  graduate  degrees  in  Chemical  Engineering  and  in  the  Metallurgical 
Option.  Copies  of  these  regulations  are  available  on  request  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Chemical  Engineering. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Under graduates 

Ch.  E.  103  f,s.     Elements  of  Chemical  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   1,  3;  Phys.  21;  Math.  21. 

Huff. 
Ch.  E.  104.     Chemical  Engineering  Seminar,  (i) 

One  hour  a  week,  both  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  Department.  The 
content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing  so  a  student  mav  receive  a  number  of 
credits  by  re-registering.  Reid. 

Ch.  E.  105  f,s.     Advanced  Unit  Operations.  (5,  5) 

Two  lectures  and  one  all-day  laboratory  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Ch.  E. 

103  f,s;  Chem.   187,   188,   189,   190.    Laboratory  fee,  $8.00   per  semester. 

Bonney  and  Staff. 
Ch.  E.  107.     Ftiels  and  Their  Utilization.  (3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Ch.  E.  103  f,s,  or  permission  of 
the  department.  Huff. 

Ch.  E.  109  f,s.    Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics.   (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.   103  f,s;  Chem.    187,   189, 

or  permission  of  the  department.  Bonney. 

Ch.  E.  112,  113.     Industrial  Chemical  Technology.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  both   semesters.    Prerequisite,   Ch.   E.    103   f,s,   or  simultaneous 

registration  therein,  or  permission  of  the  department.  Schroeder. 

Ch.  E.  116.  Applications  of  Advanced  Mathematical  Analysis  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisities,  Math.  20,  21  and  Ch.  E.  103 
f>s.  Reid. 

Ch.  E.  123.     Elements   of  Plant   Design.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites    Ch. 

E.  103  f,s,  Ch.  E.  110  or  Ch.  E.  116;  Chem.  189.  Schroeder. 

■<  70 


Chemical   Engineering 

Ch.  E.  131.     Chemical  Engineering  Economics.  (2) 

Second  semester,  two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  simultaneous  registration  in  or 
completion  of  Ch.  E.  108  f,s,  or  Ch.  E.  112,  113,  109  f,s,  and  123,  or  permission 
ol  instructor.  Schroeder. 

Ch.  E.   140.     Introduction  of  Nuclear  Technology.  (2) 

First  semester,  two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Math.  21  and  Phys.  21,  or  consent 

of  instructor.  Duffey. 

Ch.  E.  142.     Environmental  Considerations  of  Nuclear  Engineering.   (3) 

First   semester.    Three   lectures   a    week.    Prerequisite,    permission   of   instructor. 

Lieberman. 

Ch.  E.  145.  Applications  of  Differential  Equations  and  Statistics  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  (3) 

Second  semester,  one  lecture,  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E. 
103  f,s,  Ch.  E.  110  or  Ch.  E.   116  or  permission  of  instructor. 

Ch.  E.  148.     Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory.  (3) 

One  lecture,  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites  Chem.  3,  Physics  21,  Math. 

21,  Ch.  E.   140  or  equivalents  and  permission  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee  S8.00. 

Duffey  and  Bonney. 

For  Graduates 

Ch.  E.  201.     Graduate   Unit  Operations.   (5) 

One    hour    conference,    three    or    more    three-hour    laboratory    periods    a    week,    first 

semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.      Bonney. 

Ch.E.  202  f,s.     Gas  Analysis.   (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  one  semester,  to  be  ar- 
ranged.   Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  department.   Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.         Bonney. 

Ch.  E.  203.     Graduate  Seminar.  CO 

One  hour  a  week,  each  semester.  The  content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing, 
so  a  student  may  receive  a  number  of  credits  by  reregistering.  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  the  department.  Huff. 

Ch.  E.  205.     Research  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Prerequisites    and   credits  to  be   arranged   for   individuals.    Laboratory   fee,   $8.00   per 

semester.  Huff,  Bonney,  Duffey,  Schroeder,  Reid. 

Ch.  E.  207  f,s.     Advanced  Plant  Design  Studies.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  department. 

Huff,   Schroeder. 
Ch.  E.  209  f,s.     Plant  Design  Studies  Laboratory.  (3,  3) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  both  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
department.    Laboratory7  fee,  $8.00  per  semster.  Bonney. 

71  ► 


Metallurgical  Option 

Ch.  E.  210  f,s.     Gaseous  Fuels.  (2,  2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequsite,  permission   of  the  department. 

Huft. 
Ch.  E.  214.     Corrosion  and  Metal  Protection.  (4) 

Second  semester.   Four  lecture  hours  a  week.   Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  114  or  Chem.  187, 
189  or  Chem.  188,  190,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Huft 

Ch.  E.  216.      Unit  Processes  of  Organic  Technology.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the   Department. 

Bonnev. 
Ch.  E.  217.     Unit  Processes  of  Organic  Technology  Laboratory.  (2) 
Two   or  more   laboratory    periods   a   week,    second   semester.    Prerequisite,    permission 
of  the  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.  Bonnev. 

Ch.  E.  240,  241.     Advanced  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  both  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the   Department. 

Ch.  E.  250.     Chemical  Engineering  Practice.  (6) 

Four  hours  conference  and  forty  hours  a  week  of  work  in  laboratory  and  plant  for 

eight   weeks.    Prerequisite,   permission  of   the   department.    (Not    offered    1958T959). 

Ch.  E.  280,  281.     Graduate  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics.  (3,  3) 
Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  109,  f,s;  Ch.  E. 
110  or  Ch.  E.   116  or  permission  of  instructor.  Bonney. 

Ch.  E.  290.     Chemical  Engineering  Process  Kinetics.  (3) 

First  semester,  three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Reid. 

Ch.  E.  302,  303.     Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Three    lectures    a    week.     Prerequisite,    permission    of 

instructor.  Duffey. 

Ch.  E.  305.     Sub-critical    Nuclear    Reactor    Laboratory.    (3) 

One  lecture,  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.    148,   302,   303,  or 

equivalents,  and  permission  of  instructor.   Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.      Duffey  and  Bonney. 

Ch.  E.  311.     Nuclear  Separation  Engineering.  (2) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.     Duffev. 

Ch.  E.  315.     Non-power  Uses  of  Nuclear  or  High  Energy  Radiation.  (2) 
Second   semester.    Two   lectures   a   week.    Prerequisite,    permission   of   instructor. 

Duffey. 

METALLURGICAL  OPTION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Met.  104.     Senior  Metallurgical  Seminar,  (i,  I) 

One  hour  a  week.    The   content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing   so   a  student 

may  receive  a  number  of  credits  by  re-registration.  Costas. 

•*  72 


Metallurgical   Option 

Met.  150,  151.     Physical  Metallurgy.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,   Math.  21,   Phys.   21.  Pennington. 

Met.    152,  153.     Physical  Metallurgy  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  21,  Phys.  21,  Met.  150, 
151  (may  be  taken  concurrently).  These  courses  are  associated  with  Met.  1^0,  151, 
but  are  not  required  with  the  lecture  courses  except  in  the  case  of  Metallurgy  majors. 
Laboratory  lee,  $8.00  per  semester.  Pennington. 

Met.  164,  166.     Thermodynamics  of  Metallurgical  Processes.  (3,  3) 
Three   lectures  a   week.    Prerequisites,   Chem.    187,    189;   Chem.    188,    190. 

Pennington. 
Met.  168,  170.     Metallurgical  Investigations.  (2,  4) 

First  semester,  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  second  semester,  three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  concurrent  regis- 
tration  in   or   completion   of    Met.    182,    183.    Laboratory   fee,    $8.00   per   semester. 

Pennington. 
Met.  182,  183.     Optical  and  X-Ray  Metallography.  (4,  4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Met.  64,  66  (or  Met. 
150,  151;  Met.  152,  153);  Met.  68,  70;  or  permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$8.00  per  semester.  Park. 

Met.  188,  189.     Alloy  Steels  I,  U.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  graduate  or  undergraduate  standing.  (Met.  188 
i;:  not  prerequisite  to  Met.  189.  Offered  at  off -campus  installations  as  determined  by 
departmental  and   registration  requirements).  Loring. 

For  Graduates 

Met.  205.     Research  in  Metallurgy. 

Prerequisites  and   credits   to  be   arranged   for  individuals.    Laboratory  fee,    $8.00  per 

semester.  Pennington. 

Met.  220,  221.     Solid  Phase  Reactions.   (3,   3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.    187,   189;   Chem.    188,    190;   Met.    182, 

183;  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Moore. 

Met.  224,  225.     Advanced  X-Ray  Metallography.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  114,  115;  Met. 
182,   183.    Laboratory  fee,  $8.00  per  semester. 

Met.  228.     Seminar  in  Metallurgy.  (I,  i) 

One  meeting  a  week.  Required  of  graduate  students  in  Metallurgical  curriculum.  The 
content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing,  so  a  student  may  receive  a  number  of 
credits  by  re-registration.  Pennington. 

Met.  229.     Gases  in  Metals.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisites,  Met.  182,  183  or  permission 

of  the  instructor.  Pennington. 

73  ► 


Chemistry 

Met.  230,  231.     Mechanical  Metallurgy.   (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites  Math.   114,    115;  Met.    182,   133.  Moore. 

Met.  232,  233.     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy.  (3,  3) 

Three   lectures   a  week.    Required  of  graduate   students  in   Metallurgical   curriculum. 

Loring. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors:    Drake,  Lippincott,  Pratt,  Reeve,  Rollinson,  Svirbely,  Veitch,  White, 

and  Woods. 
Research  Professors:    Bailey  and  Slawsky* 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Jansen*,  Mason*,  Pichard,  S champ* ,  and  Stuntz. 
Assistant  Professors:    Dewey,  Jaquith  and  Vanderslice*. 

Departmental  regulations  have  been  assembled  for  the  guidance  of  candi- 
dates for  graduate  degrees.  Copies  of  these  regulations  are  available  from  the 
Department  of  Chemistry. 

Laboratory  fees  in  Chemistry  are  $10.00  per  laboratory  course  per  semester. 
A.      ANALYTICAL    CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  123.     Quantitative  Analysis.     (4) 

First  semester.    Two  lecturers  and   two  three-hour  laboratory   periods  per   week.    Pre- 
requisite, Chem.  21   or  equivalent.  Stuntz. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  theory  and  techniques  of  inorganic  quantitative  analysis, 
including  volumetric,  gravimetric,  electrometric  and  colorimetric  methods.  Required  of 
all  students  majoring  in  Chemistry.  Stuntz. 

Chem.  166,  167.     Food  Analysis.  (3,  3) 

First   and   second   semesters.    One  lecture    and   two   three-hour   laboratory   periods   per 

week.    Prerequisites,   Chem.   33,   34. 

For  Graduates 

Chem.  206,  208.     Spectrographs  Analysis.  (2,   I) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.   188,   190,  and  consent  of  the 

instructor.    Registration   limited.  White. 

Chem.  221,  223.     Chemical  Microscopy.  (2,  2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters. 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.    Registration  limited.  Stuntz. 


*Members  of  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics. 
74 


Chemistry 

Chem.  226,  228.     Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis.  (2,   2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second   semesters.    Prerequisite, 

consent  of  instructor.  Stunrz. 

Chem.  266.     Biological  Analysis.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.    Prerequisites,   Chem. 

19,    33,    34. 

A  study  of  analytical  methods  applied  to  biological  material. 

B.  BIOCHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  161,  163.     Biochemistry.   (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   33,   or  Chem. 

37.  Woods,  Veitch. 

Chem.  162,  164.     Biochemistry   Laboratory.   (2,   2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods   a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites, 

Chem.   34,  or  Chem.  38.  Woods,  Veitch. 

For  Graduates 

Chem.  261,  263.     Advanced   Biochemistry.   (2,   2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   143  or  consent 
or  instructor.  Veitch. 

Chem.  262,  264.     Advanced  Biochemistry'  Laboratory.   (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first    and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite, 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Veitch. 

Chem.  265.     Enzymes.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Chem.    163.  Veitch. 

Chew.  26S.     Special  Problems  in  Biochemistry .  (2-4) 

Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second  semesters.    Pre- 
requisites, Chem.   161,   162,  163,  164,  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Veitch. 

C.  INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  101.     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  37,  123.  Staff. 

Chem.  102.     Inorganic  Preparations.   (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  123. 

Jaquith. 

75  ► 


Chemistry 

Chem.  111.     Chemical  Principles.    (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  1 
and  3,  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  in  the  physical  sciences, 
since  the  course  content  is  covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum.  Jaquith. 

A  course  in  the  principles  of  chemistry  with  accompanying  laboratory  work 
consisting  of  simple  quantitative  experiments.  (Credit  applicable  only  toward 
degree  in  College  of  Education.) 

For  Graduates 

Chem.  201,  203.     The  Chemistry  of  The  Rarer  Elements.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  White. 

Chem.  202,  204.     Advanced   Inorganic   Laboratory.    (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters. 

Chem.  205.     Radiochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Rollinson. 

Chem.  207.     Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Rollinson. 

Chem.  209.     Non-aqueotis  Inorganic  Solvents.   (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  or  second  semester.  Jaquith. 

Chem.  210.     Radiochemistry  Laboratory,  (i   or  2) 

One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Registration   limited.    Prerequisites, 

Chem.  205  Cor  concurrent  registration  therein)*  and  consent  of  instructor.       Rollinson. 


D.      ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  141,  143.     Advanced   Organic  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,   first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,    Chem.    37,    38.    An 

advanced  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon.  Reeve. 

Chem.  144.     Advanced  Organic  Laboratory.  (2-4) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and   second   semesters.    Prerequisites, 

Chem.  37,  38.  Pratt. 

Chem.  146,  148.     The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds.  (2,  2) 
Two  three-hour   laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites, 
Chem.    141,   143,  or  concurrent  registration  therein.    The   systematic   identification   of 
organic  compounds.  Pratt. 

■<  76 


Chemistry 

Chetn.  150.     Organic  Quantitative  Analysis.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen, 
halogen  and  certain  functional  groups. 

This  course  may  be  substituted  for  Chcm.  144  in  the  chemistry  major  curriculum. 

Gerdeman. 

For  Graduates 

(One  or  more  courses  from  the  following  group  241-254  will  customarily  be 
offered  each  semester.  Two  of  these  courses  will  be  presented  in  the  academic 
year  1957-1958.) 

Chem.  240.     Organic  Chemistry  of  High   Polymers.    (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  141,  143.  An  advanced 
course  covering  the  synthesis  of  monomers,  mechanism  of  polymerization,  and  the 
correlation  between  structure  and  properties  in  high  polymers.  Prerequisities,  Chem. 
141   and   143.  Bailey. 

Chem.  241.     Stereochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Woods. 

Chem.  245.     The  Chemistry  of  the  Steroids.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Pratt. 

Chem.  249.     Physical  Aspects  of  Organic  Chemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Woods. 

Chem.  251.     The  Heterocyclics.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Pratt. 

Chem.  253.     Organic  Sulfur  Compounds.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Dewey. 

Chem.  254.     Advanced  Organic  Preparations.  (2  to  4) 

Two  or  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.        Pratt. 

Chem.  258.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds,  an  Advanced  Course. 
(2  to  4) 

Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.    141,   143,  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  Pratt. 

E.      PHYSICAL    CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  181,  183.     Elements  of  Physical  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   19;  Phys.  10, 

11;  Math.  10,  11.  Brown. 

77  ► 


Chemistry 

Chev.i.  182,  184.     Elements  of  Physical  Chemistry   Laboratory.   (7,    I) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,   first  and   second  semesters.    May  be  taken 

ONLY  when  accompanied  by  Chem.  181,  183.  Brown. 

Chem.  187,  189.     Physical  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Three   lectures  a  week,   first  and   second    semesters.     Prerequisites,    Chem.    19   or   21; 
Phys.  20,  21;  Math.  20,  21.    This  course  must  be  accompanied  by  Chem.   188,   190. 

Svirbely. 
Chem.  188,  190.     Physical   Chemistry   Laboratory.    (2,   2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and   second   semesters.    A   laboratory 
course  lor  students  taking  Chem.  187,  189.  Pickard. 

Chem.  192,  194.     Glassblowing  Laboratory.  Ql,  7) 

One   three-hour   laboratory    period   a   week,    first   and   second    semesters.     Prerequisite, 

consent  or  instructor.  Carruthers. 

For  Graduates 

The  common  prerequisites   for   the   following  courses   are    Chem.    187  and 
189. 

One  or  more  courses  of  the  group,  281-323,  will  be  offered  each  semester, 
depending  on  demand. 

Chem.  281.     Theory    of    Solutions.    (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.   307,  or  equivalent.  Svirbely. 

Chem.  285.     Colloid  Chemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Pickard. 

Chem.  287.     Infra-red  and  Raman  Spectroscopy.  (2) 

Two    lectures   a    week.     Prerequisites,    Chem.    141,    143,    187,    189    and    consent    of 

instructor.  Lippincott. 

Chem.  289.     Selected  Topics  in  Advanced  Colloid  Chemistry.  C2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  285.  Pickard. 

Chem.  295.     Heterogeneous  Equilibria.   (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Pickard. 

Chem.  299.     Reaction  Kinetics.  (3) 

Three   lectures  a  week.  Svirbely. 

Chem.  303.     Electrochemistry.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Pickard. 

Chem.  304.     Electrochemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 

Two    three-hour   laboratory    periods    a    week.     Prerequisite,    consent    of   instructor. 

Svirbely. 
Chem.  307.     Chemical  Thermodynamics.    (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Pickard. 

<  78 


Civil   Engineering 

Chem.  311.     Physiochemical  Calculations.   (2) 

Summer  school  only.  Pickard. 

Chem.  313.     Molecular  Structure.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Broun. 

Chem.  317.      Chemical    Crystallography.    (3) 

Three  lectures   per  week.    Prerequisite,   consent  of   instructor.  Brown. 

Chem.  319,  321.      Quantum  Chemistry.   (3,  2) 

Three  and   two  lectures  a   week.    Prerequisite,   Chem.   307,  or  equivalent. 

Lippincott,  Mason. 
Chem.  323.      Statistical  Mechanics  and  Chemistry.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  307  or  equivalent.  Broun. 

F.      SEMINAR  AND  RESEARCH 

Chem.  351.     Seminar.  (I) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Chem.  360.     Research. 

First  and  second  semesters,  summer  session.  Staff. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Mavis,  Allen,  Otts. 

Associate  Professors:   Barber,  Blackburn,   Cournyn,  Wedding. 

The  Civil  Engineering  Department  offers  graduate  work  in  the  following 
fields:  engineering  materials,  highway  engineering,  hydraulic  engineering,  sani- 
tary engineering,  soils  and  foundations,  and  structural  engineering,  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Science. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

C.  E.  100.     Seminar.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  Staff. 

C.  E.  101.      Construction  Planning.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  Staff. 

C.  E.  110.     Surveying  I.   (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a   week,   first  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent 

of  instructor.  Gohr  and  Staff. 

C.E.  111.     Surveying  11.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E. 

110,   or  equivalent.  Gohr  and   Staff. 

79   ► 


Civ/7  Engineering 

C.  E.  112.     Photogrammetry.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite, 

C.  E.   Ill,  or  equivalent.  Gohr. 

C.  E.  140.     Fluid  Mechanics.  (3) 

Two   lectures   and   one   laboratory    period   a    week,   first  and   second   semesters.    Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  21  and  consent  of  instructor.  Cournyn. 

C.  E.  141.     Fluid  Mechanics.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   C.  E.   20  and  consent  of  instructor. 

Cournyn. 
C.  E.  142.     Hydrology.  (3) 

Two    lectures    and    one    laboratory    period    a    week,    first    or    second    semester.     Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  140  or  C.  E.  141.  Cournyn. 

C.  E.  150.     Soil  Mechanics.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.   Prerequisites,  C.  E.  23, 

24  and  30,  or  equivalents.  Barber. 

C.  E.  160.     Structural  Analysis  I.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite, 

C.  E.  23,  or  equivalent.  Piper. 

C.  E.  161.     Structural  Analysis  11.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  160,  or  equivalent.  Piper. 

C.  E.  162.     Structural  Design  QSteeV).  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  160, 

or  equivalent.  Allen,  Piper. 

C.  E.  163.     Structural  Design  QConcrete~) .  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E. 

160  and  C.  E.   161.  Allen,  Piper. 

C.  E.  170.     Water  Suffly.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  140, 

or  equivalent.  Otts. 

C.  E.  171.     Sewerage.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E. 

140,  or  equivalent.  Otts. 

C.  E.  180.     Transportation.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  110,  or  equivalent.  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  181.     Highways.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E. 

150,  or  equivalent.  Barber. 

<  80 


Civil   Engineering 

For  Graduates 

C.  E.  220.     Advanced  Strength  of  Materials.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  23,  or  equivalent.  Wedding. 

C.  E.  22 1.     Experimental  Stress  Analysis.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  C.  E.  220,  or  consent  of  instructor  Wedding. 

C.  E.  230.     Advanced  Properties  of  Materials.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  30,  or  equivalent.  Wedding. 

C.  E.  23 1,  232.     Theory  of  Concrete  Mixtures  I,  11.  (3,  3) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Prerequisite,    C.    E.    30,    or    equivalent.     The    second 

semester  of  this  course  is   open  only  to  students  who  are  majoring  in  materials. 

Blackburn,  Wedding. 
C.  E.  240.     Hydraulic  Engineering.  (3) 
First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  140  or  141,  or  equivalent.  Cournyn. 

C.  E.  24 1.     Hydratdic  Machinery.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  140  or  141,  or  equivalent.  Cournyn. 

C.  E.  250.     Groundwater  and  Seepage.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  C.  E.  150.  Barber. 

C.  E.  252.     Soil  Mechanics.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  C.  E.  150,  or  equivalent.  Barber,  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  252.     Advanced  Foundations.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E.  150,   162  and  163,  or  equivalents. 

Barber. 
C.  E.  253.     Soil  Mechanics  Laboratory.  (3) 
First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.   150,  or  equivalent.  Barber. 

C.  E.  260.     Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  160,  or  equivalent.  Piper. 

C.  E.  261.     Advanced  Structural  Analysis  11.    (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  260,  or  equivalent.  Staff. 

C.  E.  262.     Advanced  Structural  Design.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.   Prerequisites,  C.  E.  162  and  163,  or  equivalents.  Staff. 

C.  E.  263.     Structural  Design  Problems.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E.  260  and  261.  Staff. 

C.  E.  270.     Advanced  Water  Supply.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  170,  or  equivalent.  Otts. 

C.  E.  271.     Advanced  Sewerage.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  171  or  equivalent. 


Comparative  Literature 

C.  E.  272.     Sanitary  Engineering  Design  I.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E.  170  and   171,  or  equivalents.  Otts. 

C.  E.  273.     Sanitary  Engineering  Design  11.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.   Prerequisites,  C.  E.  170  and  171,  or  equivalents.  Otts. 

C.  E.  274.     Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratory  I.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E.  170  and  171,  or  equivalents.  Otts. 

C.  E.  275.     Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratory  11.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  C.  E.   170  and   171,  or  equivalents.  Otts. 

C.  E.  277.     Advanced  Sanitation.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,   consent  of  instructor.  Otts. 

C.  E.  280.     Advanced  Highway  Engineering  1.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,   C.  E.   251,   or  equivalent.  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  281.     Advanced   Highway  Engineering  11.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  282.     Advanced  Highway  Engineering   Laboratory   1.   (]) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  283.     Advanced  Highway  Engineering  Laboratory  11.  (J) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Blackburn. 

C.  E.  298.     Seminar. 

First  or  second  semester.    Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  the  Department. 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  Staff. 

C.  E.  299.     Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.    Credit  in  accordance  with  work  done.  Staff. 

COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 

Professors:    Aldridge,  Vails,  Goodwyn,  Harman,  McManaway  (P. TO,  Murphy, 

Prahl,  Zeeveld,  and  Zucker. 
Associate  Professors:    Cooley,  Manning,   Parsons,   and   Weber. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Comp.  Lit.  101,  102.     Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative  Literature.   (3,   3) 
First  and   second   semester.  Zucker. 

Comp.  Lit.  103.     The  Old  Testament  as  Literature.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Zucker. 

Comp.  Lit.  105.     Romanticism  in  France.  (3) 

First  semester.  Parsons. 

**  82 


Dairy 

Comp.  Lit.  106.     Romanticism  in  Germany.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prahl. 

Comp.  Lit.  107.     The  Faust  Legend  in  English  and  German  Literature.  (3) 
First  semester.  Prahl. 

Comp.  Lit.  112.     Ibsen.  (3) 

First  semester.  Zucker. 

Comp.  Lit.  114.     The  Greek  Drama.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prahl. 

Comp.  Lit.  125.     Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

Cooley. 

In  addition,  the  following  courses  will  count  as  credit  in  Comparative 
Literature:  Eng.  104,  Eng.  113,  Eng.  121,  Eng.  129,  130,  Eng.  144,  Eng. 
145,  Eng.  155,  156,  Eng.  157;  Span.  109;  Speech  131,  132. 

For  Graduates 

Comp.  Lit.  258.     Folklore  in  Literature.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Goodwyn. 

The  following  courses  will  count  as  credit  in  Comparative  Literature:  Eng. 
201,  Eng.  204,  Eng.  206,  207,  Eng.  216,  217,  Eng.  227,  228,  Ger.  203,  Ger. 
204,  Ger.  208. 

DAIRY 

Professors:    Arhuckle  and  Shaw. 

Associate  Professors:    Davis,  Keeney  and  Mattick. 

The  Dairy  Department  offers  work  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  have  the  option  of  studying  in  one  of  two  major  fields:  Dairy  Pro- 
duction, which  is  concerned  with  breeding,  nutrition  and  physiology  of  dairy 
animals,  or  Dairy  Technology,  which  is  concerned  with  chemical,  bacterio- 
logical and  nutritional  aspects  of  dairy  products,  as  well  as  the  practical  industrial 
phases  of  milk  processing. 

Dairy  101.     Dairy  Production.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,   first  semester.     Prerequisites,  Dairy, 

1    and  A.   H.    110.  Davis. 

Dairy  103.     Physiology  of  Milk  Secretion.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Zool.  1,  Organic  Chemistry.  (Alternate  years,  given  in  1957-58.)  The  anatomy, 
evolution  and  metabolism  of  the  mammary  gland  including  hormonal  control  and  the 
biosynthesis  of  milk  constituents.  Shaw. 

83  ► 


Dairy 

Dairy  105.     Dairy  Cattle  Breeding.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Dairy 

1,  Zool.  104.  Davis. 

Dairy  108.     Dairy  Technology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  1, 

Microb.   133,  Chem.   1,  3.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Keeney. 

Dairy  109.     Market  Milk.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  1, 

Microb.   133,  Chem.   1,  3.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mattick. 

Dairy  110.     Concentrated  Milk,  Cheese  and  Butter.   (4) 

Fall  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  five-hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Dairy 
1,  Microb.  133  or  equivalent;  Chem.  1  and  3.  Methods  of  production  of  butter,  cheese, 
condensed  and  evaporated  milk  and  milk  products.  Consideration  is  given  to  the 
procedures  of  processing,  qualitv  control  and  the  physio-chemical  principles  involved. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mattick. 

Dairy  112.     Ice  Cream  Making.  (4) 

Two  lectures   and   two    laboratory   periods   a   week,   second   semester.    Laboratory   fee, 

$3.00.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  108.  Arbuckle. 

Dairy   114.     Special  Laboratory  Methods.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Dairy 

108,  Microb.  133,  Chem.  19,  31,  32,  33,  34.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Keeney. 

Dairy  116.     Dairy  Plant  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  at 
least  three  advanced  dairy  products  technology  courses.  Principles  of  dairy  plant  man- 
agement, record  systems;  personnel,  plant  design  and  construction;  dairy  machinery 
and  equipment.  Mattick. 

Dairy  201.     Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  one-hour  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  A.  H.  110  or  Dairy 
101,  Organic  Chemistry  and  permission  of  department.  (Alternate  years,  given  in 
1958-59).  Biochemical,  physiological  and  bacteriological  aspects  of  the  nutrition  of 
ruminants  and  other  animals.  Shaw  and  Davis. 

Dairy  202.     Advanced  Dairy  Technology.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  108,    114,  or  equivalent.  Keeney. 

Dairy  204.     Special  Problems  in  Dairying.  (1-5) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  professor  in  charge  of  work. 

Staff. 
Dairy  205.     Seminar.  (J) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Dairy  206.     Advanced  Dairy  Research  Seminar.  (I) 

Second  semester.    Discussion  of  fundamental  research  in  dairy  science.  Staff. 

Dairy  208.     Research.  (3-8) 

Credit  to  be  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  done.  Staff. 

-<  84 


Economics 

ECONOMICS 


Professors:    Dillard  and  Gruchy. 

Associate  Professors:    Grayson,  Gurley,  and  Hamburg. 

Assistant  Professor:  Measday. 


MASTER  OF  ARTS 

Requirements  for  the  Master's  degree  include  (1)  course  work  in  eco- 
nomics as  the  Department  deems  appropriate  in  view  of  the  candidate's  pre- 
vious training,  (2)  course  work  in  a  minor  subject,  (3)  a  thesis  on  a  topic 
approved  by  the  Department,  and  (4)  a  comprehensive  oral  examination  cover- 
ing the  major  and  the  minor  subjects  and  defense  of  the  thesis. 

DOCTOR   OF    PHILOSOPHY 

The  Ph.D.  degree  in  Economics  is  under  the  joint  direction  of  the  faculties 
of  the  Department  of  Economics  and  the  Department  of  Business  Organization 
and  Administration.  Before  being  advanced  to  candidacy  doctoral  students 
must  pass  comprehensive  written  and  oral  examinations  in  five  of  the  following 
fields:  (1)  Accounting,  (2)  Comparative  Economic  Systems  and  Economic 
Planning,  (3)  Economic  Development,  (4)  Economic  Theory  (required),  (5) 
Financial  Administration,  (6)  History  of  Economic  Thought  (required),  (7) 
Industrial  Administration,  (8)  Insurance  and  Real  Estate,  (9)  International 
Economics,  (10)  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations,  (11)  Marketing,  (12)  Money 
and  Banking,  (13)  Public  Finance  and  Fiscal  Policy,  (14)  Public  Utilities  and 
Social  Control  of  Business,  (15)  Transportation,  (16)  Any  other  field,  includ- 
ing the  minor,  approved  by  the  faculty.  Students  should  consult  with  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty  concerning  the  choice  of  fields  and  the  choice  of  courses 
within  these  fields. 

Six  semester  hours  of  Statistics  with  grades  of  "B"  or  better  must  be  pre- 
sented. Normally  the  foreign  language  requirements  are  taken  before  the  compre- 
hensive examinations. 

Further  information  concerning  requirements  and  procedures  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Departments  administering  the  program. 

Ear  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Econ.  102.     National  Income  Analysis.   (3) 
First  and   second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Econ.    32. 

Econ.  131.     Comparative  Economic  Systems.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Gruchy. 

Econ.  132.     Advanced  Economic  Principles.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Grayson. 

85   ► 


Economics 

Econ.  134.     Contemporary  Economic  Thought.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Gruchy. 

Econ.  136.     International  Economic  Policies  and  Relations.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

Econ.  137.     The  Economics  of  National  Planning.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Econ.   32  or   37.  Gruchy. 

Econ.  138.     Economics  of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.   32  or  37.  Dodge. 

Econ.  140.     Money  and  Banking.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Staff. 

Econ.  141.     Theory  of  Money,  Credit,  and  Prices.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  and   140.  Gurley. 

Econ.  142.     Public  Finance  and  Taxation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   Econ.   32  or   37.  Grayson. 

Econ.  147.     Business  Cycles.  (3) 

First   semester.     Prerequisite,    Econ.    140.  Hamberg. 

Econ.  149.     International  Finance  and  Exchange.   (3) 

Second   semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.    140.  Econ.    136  recommended. 

Econ.  160.     Tabor  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Staff. 

Econ.  170.     Monopoly  and  Competition.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Econ.  32  or  37.  Smith. 

Econ.  171.     Economics  of  American  Industries.  (3^) 

Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Clemens. 

For  Graduates 

Econ.  200.     Micro-Economic  Analysis.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.    132  or  equivalent.  Grayson. 

Econ.  202.  Macro-Economic  Analysis.  (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,   Econ.    132.     Recommended   Econ.    147.  Dillard. 

Econ.  204,  205.     Seminar  in  Economic  Development.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Econ.  230.     History  of  Economic  Thought.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.   132  or  consent  of  instructor.  Dillard. 


86 


Education 

Econ.  23 I.     Economic  Theory  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  230  or  consent  of   instructor.  Dillard. 

Econ.  232,  233.     Seminar  in   bistitutional  Economic  Theory.  (3,  3) 
First    and    second   semesters.     Prerequisite,    Econ.    132    or   consent    of    instructor. 

Gruchy. 
Econ.  236.     Seminar  in  International  Economic  Relations.  (3) 

Econ.  237.     Seminar  in  Economic  Investigation.  (3) 

Staff. 
Econ.  240.     Seminar  in  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy.  (3) 
First  semester.  Gurley. 

Econ.  247.     Economic  Growth  and  Instability.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  a   course   in   Business  Cycles   or  consent   of  instructor. 

Hamberg. 

Econ.  270.     Seminar  hi  Economics  and  Geography  of  American  Industries.  (3) 

Clemens. 
Econ.  299.     Thesis. 

Arranged.  Staff. 


EDUCATION 

Professors:  Anderson,  Brown,  Byrne,  Denemark,  Grentzer,  Hovet,  Kurtz,  Maley, 
Mershon,  Mohr,  Morgan,  Newell,  Patrick,  Perkins,  Prescott,  Schindler,  Van- 
Zwoll,  Waetjen  and  Wiggin. 

Associate  Professors:  Blough,  Brandt,  O'Neill,  Risinger,  Schneider,  Thompson, 
Tierney  and  Ulry. 

Assistant  Professor:    Spencer. 

Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Education 

A  student  in  Education  has  the  option  of  qualifying  for  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Arts  or  Master  of  Education. 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  the  Graduate 
School,  applicants  for  unconditional  admission  with  a  major  in  Education  must 
have  had  sixteen  semester  hours  of  acceptable  undergraduate  work  in  Educa- 
tion and  must  meet  other  standards  set  by  this  department  of  the  Graduate 
School. 

During  the  first  semester  of  graduate  work,  the  student  is  required  to  take 
a  test  battery,  at  a  fee  of  $5.00,  and  to  submit  professional  recommendations. 
Not  later  than  the  completion  of  the  first  two  courses,  the  student  must  select 

87  ► 


Education 

a  major  adviser  and  a  major  area  the  course  requirements  for  which  must  be 
met  for  favorable  consideration  for  graduation.  Following  is  a  list  of  the  major 
areas: 

Adult  Education  History,  Philosophy,  and  Compara- 

Business   Education  tive  Education 

Educational   Administration  and               Home   Economics   Education 

Supervision  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and 

Elementary  School  Curriculum  Instruction 

and  Instruction  Human  Growth  and  Development 

Guidance    and    Personnel  Industrial   Arts   Education 

Higher  Education  Nursing    Education 

Music  Education  Vocational   Industrial   Education 

The  time  limit  for  completing  either  degree  is  the  same  as  that  prescribed 
for  the  Master  of  Arts  and  the  Master  of  Science  degrees  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Master  of  Arts  Requirements 

No  student  is  recommended  to  the  Graduate  Council  for  advancement  to 
candidacy  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  until  he  has  successfully  passed  the 
qualifying  examination  and  has  completed  at  least  twelve  hours  of  satisfactory 
graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  candidate  must  meet  all 
requirements  including  thesis  and  successful  passing  of  the  oral  examination 
as  prescribed  by  the  Graduate  School  for   the  Master  of  Arts  degree. 

Master  of  Education  Requirements 

A  student  may  be  recommended  for  advancement  to  candidacy  on  the  basis 
of  course  work  plus  recommendations  of  his  major  adviser  and  the  Education 
Master's  Committee  acting  for  the  Department  of  Education.  The  Master  of 
Education  candidate  wall  write  two  seminar  papers  and  will  take  a  final  compre- 
hensive examination  covering  all  course  work.  The  final  examination  must 
be  taken  by  the  full-time  student  in  the  second  semester  of  course  work  and 
by  the  part-time  student  during  the  time  he  is  enrolled  for  the  last  six  hours 
of  course  work. 

Currently  both  the  qualifying  and  the  comprehensive  examinations  are 
administered  on  the  third  Saturday  of  January  and  May  and  on  the  Saturday 
preceding  the  last  week  of  the  Summer  Session. 

For  further  information  respecting  the  Masters  Degrees  in  Education,  see 
the  statement  of  policy  issued  by  the  Department  of  Education. 


Education 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  and  Doctor  of  Education 

Each  candidate  is  required  to  achieve  exceptional  ability  in  at  least  one 
major  area  and  one  minor  area  of  competence. 

The  candidate  should  choose  his  major  from  the  following  list  of  areas: 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  I  Iistory,   Philosophy,  and  Comparative 
Educational  Administration  Education 

and  Supervision  Human  Development  Education 

Elementary  Education  Industrial  Arts  Education 

Guidance  and  Personnel  Secondary  Education 

"Physical  Education,  Recreation,  Vocational-Industrial  Education 
and  Health 

Minors  may  be  chosen  from  fields  other  than  Education  as  approved  by  the 
Committee  on  Candidacy,  from  the  foregoing  list  of  major  areas,  or  from  the 
following  list: 

Adult  Education  Higher  Education 

** Agricultural  Education  Home  Economics  Education 

Business  Education  Music  Education 

In  addition  to  the  general  University  requirements  for  a  Doctor's  degree, 
the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  The  preliminary  examination  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  Doc- 
tor's degree  will  cover  the  student's  preparation  in  major  and  minor  fields, 
and  will  include  such  other  examinations  as  may  be  required  by  the  faculty. 
A  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  in  order  to  have  the  department's 
official  permission  to  be  a  candidate  for  a  Doctor's  degree. 

2.  A  comprehensive  examination  covering  the  general  fields  of  major  and 
minor  study  must  be  passed  by  each  candidate,  after  which  the  final  examina- 
tion is  administered  by  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School. 

In  general  the  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  are  the 
same  as  those  for  the  degree  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  most  important  differ- 
ences between  the  two  degrees  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  purpose  of  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  to  prepare  persons  of 
exceptional  competence  to  work  in  the  field.  The  emphasis  for  this  degree  is 
placed  on  broad  understanding,  whereas  that  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  is  placed  on  specialized  research. 

2.  A  reading  knowledge  of  foreign  languages  is  required  for  the  decree  of 
Doctor  of  Education  only  when  needed  for  research  and  study  in  the  doctoral 
program. 

*The  Ph.D.  Program  in  this  area  is  administered  under  a  separate  department  of  the 
Graduate  School. 

"Administered  under  a  separate  department  of  the  Graduate  School. 

89   ► 


Education 

3.  In  order  to  meet  the  residence  requirements,  a  candidate  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree  must  spend  at  least  two  semesters  in  full-time  study  on  the  College 
Park  campus.  A  candidate  for  the  Ed.D.  degree  may  substitute  two  summers 
of  residence  for  one  semester  of  residence,  or  four  summers  for  two  semesters. 

4.  The  doctoral  study  for  the  Ed.D.  consists  of  a  project  rather  than  a 
dissertation.  The  project  requires  research  to  meet  a  practical  field  problem. 
Credit  of  six  to  nine  hours  is  allowed  for  a  project  as  compared  with  twelve 
to  eighteen  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


A.      HISTORY,    PRINCIPLES,    CURRICULUM,    AND   ADMINISTRATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Ed.   100.     History  of  Education  in  Western  Civilization.    (3) 

FA.  102.     History  of  Education  in  the  United  States.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Wiggin 

Ed.  107.  Philosophy  of  Education.   (2-3) 

Ed.   121.  The  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.    (2) 

Ed.  122.  The  Social  Shtdies  in  the  Elementary  School.   (2) 

Ed.  123.  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum.    (3) 

Ed.   124.  Arithmetic  in  the  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

Ed.  125.  Art  in  Elementary  Schools.  (2) 

Ed.  127.  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools.    (2-6) 

Ed.   130.  The  Junior  High  School.    (2-3) 


Wiggin. 


Wiggin. 

O'Neill. 

Denecke. 

Schindler. 

Lembach. 


Ed.    133.     Methods  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Schools.  (2-3) 

Risinger. 

Ed.    134.     Materials  and  Procedures  for  the  Secondary  School  Core   Program 

(3) 
Fee  $1.00.  Schneider. 

Ed.    137.     Methods  of  Teaching   Mathematics  and  Science   in   the   Secondary 

School.    (2-3) 
Laboratory  fee,  $2.00. 

Ed.   140.     Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.    (3) 

Graduate  credit  is  allowed  only  by  special  permission.  Staff. 


<4  90 


Education 
Ed.  141.     Methods  of  Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools.   (3) 

Denemark. 


Bryan. 
Ed.  145.     Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education.    (2-3) 


Ed.  147.     Audio-Visual  Education.    (3) 

Laboratory  fee,   $1.00.  Maley. 

Ed.   150.      Educational  Measurement.    (2) 

Ed.  153.     The  Teaching  of  Reading.    (2) 

Schindler,  Matson. 
Ed.   154.     Remedial  Reading  Instruction.    (2) 

Schindler. 

Ed.     155.     Laboratory    Practices    in    Reading    for    Elementary    and    Secondary 
Schools.   (2-4) 

Schindler. 
Ed.  160.     Educational  Sociology.    (2) 

Risinger. 

Ed.   161.     Principles  of  Guidance.    (3) 

Byrne. 
Ed.   162.     Mental  Hxgiene  in  the  Classroom.    (2) 

Denecke. 

Ed.  163,  164,  165.     Community  Study  Laboratory  1,  11  and  111.  (2,  2,  2) 

Schindler. 
Ed.   170.     Introduction  to  Special  Education.    (2) 

Ed.  171.     Education  of  Retarded  and  Slow-Learning  Children.    (2) 

Haring. 
Ed.  187.     Field  Experience  in  Education.    (1-4) 

Ed.  188.     Special  Problems  in  Education.    (T3) 

Staff. 
Ed.  189.     Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes.    (.1-6") 

Staff. 

Ed.   190.     Problems  and  Trends  in   Contemporary  American  Education.    (2-4) 

Denemark,  B lough. 

For  Graduates 
Ed.  202.     The  Junior  College.    (2) 

Ed.  203.     Problems  in  Higher  Education.    (3) 

Ed.  205.     Comparative  Education.    (3) 

Ed.  206.     Seminar  in  Comparative  Education.    (2) 


Wiggin. 
Wiggin. 
Wiggin. 
Wiggin. 
91   ► 


Education 

Ed.  207.     Seminar  in  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education.    (2) 

Wiggin. 
Ed.  209.     Adult  Education.   (3) 

Wiggin. 

Ed.  210.     The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public  Education.    (3) 

Newell. 

Ed.    211.     The   Organization,   Administration,   and   Supervision   of   Secondary 
Schools.  (2) 

Schneider. 
Ed.  212.     School   Vinance  and  Business   Administration.   (3) 

VanZwoll. 
Ed.  214.     School  Plant  Planning.    (2) 

VanZwoll. 
Ed.  216.     High  School  Supervision.    (2) 

Schneider. 
Ed.  217.     Administration  and  Stipervision  in  Elementary  Schools.   (2) 

Denecke. 
Ed.  218.     School   Surveys.    (2-6) 

Newell. 

Ed.  219.     Seminar  in  Educational  Administration  and  Supervision.    (2-4) 

Newell,  VanZwoll. 
Ed.  220.     Pupil  Transportation.    (2) 


Ed.  221.  Advanced  School  Plant  Planning.    (2) 

Ed.  223.  Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships.    (2-6) 

Ed.  224.  Apprenticeship  in  Education.    (6-9~) 

Ed.  225.  School  Public  Relations.    (3) 

Ed.  226.  Child  Accounting.    (2) 

Ed.  227.  Public  School  Personnel  Administration.    (3) 

Ed.  228.  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel.    (2) 

Ed.  229.  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education.    (2) 

Ed.  230.  Elementary  School  Supervision.    (2) 

Ed.  234.  The  School  Curricidum.  (2-3) 

Ed.  235.  Principles  of  Curriculum  Development.    (3) 

Ed.  237.  Curriculum  Theory  and  Research.    (2) 

M  92 


VanZwoll. 

Newell. 

Staff. 

VanZwoll. 

VanZwoll. 

VanZwoll. 

Byrne. 

Denecke. 

Hovet. 

Hovet,  Anderson. 

Hovet. 


UNIVERSITY    OF 

College  Park  Campu 


MARYLAND 

;  1958-1959 


BUILDING  CODF  IF  ITERS  FOR  (  LASS  H  HEDI  LEJ 

a.             Art.  J.  Socn.c-W.no,  Scon   Kc;    Hall 

HA         Nur.cn   School 

AR          Armory 

B            Mime 

IB           Adminutration 

C             Chcmi.try 

Col         Coliseum 

D             Dairy  —  Turner  Laboratory 

DD         Aviation  Psychology   Laboratory 

DW          Dean  of  Women 

E              Agronomy  — Botany -H.J.  Patter.on   Hall 

EF.          Coun.cling  Ccn.e. 

F              Horticulture— Holzaplcl   Hall 

FE           Temporary  Dormitory 

C            journalism 

CC         Activities  Building— Cole  Building 

H             Home  Economic.- Margaret  Brent   Hall 

1               Agricultural   Engr.  —  Shmer  l.aboratur> 

J              Engr.  Claisroom  Bldg. 

K             Zoology  —  SlUcitcr  Hall 

L             Library— Shoemaker  Building 

H             Morrill  Hall 

S             tocography 

O             Agriculture—  S.  mom  Hall 

P              lnduitnal   Arts  Jc  Education— J.  M.  Patterson 

Bldg. 

<i            Bu.ineu  Jc   Public  Admini.tration  — Talialerro  Hall 

K             Clauroom   Building— Wood.  Hall 

S               Engr.  Laboratories 

r             Education-Stinner  Building 

I             Chem.  Engr. 

V             Wind    Tunnel 

W             Prcinlcert   Field  Hniac 

X             Judging  Paolion 

1               Mathematics 

Z             Ph...c 

II            Poultry -Joll  Hall 

JJ             Engine.  Research  Lab.  (Molecular  Phy.ic.) 

Sororities  Not  Shown 

Phi  Sigma  Sigma 

Alpha  Chi  Omega 

Alpha  Xi  Delta 

Fraternities  Not  Show  n 

Alpha  Epiilon  Pi 

/.eta  Beta    1  lu 

Phi  Kappa  Gamma 

Tau   Eptilnn  Phi 
J 

Education 

Ed.  239.     Seminar  in  Secondary  Education.    (2) 

Ed.  242.     Coordination  in  Work-Experience  Programs.    (2) 

Brown. 

Ed.  243.     Problems  of  Teaching  Arithmetic  in  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

Schindler. 

Ed.  244.     Problems  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  in  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

Ed.  245.     Introduction  to  Research.    (2) 

Hovet. 

Ed.  246.     Problems  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

O'Neill. 
Ed.  247.     Seminar  in  Science  Education.    (2) 

Blough,  Ulry. 

Ed.  248.     Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education.    (2) 

See  Ind.  Ed.  248.  Brown,  Maley. 

Ed.  250.     Analysis  of  the  Individual.    (3) 

Byrne. 
Ed.  253.     Guidance  Information.  (2) 

Byrne. 
Ed.  254.     Organization  and  Administration  of  Guidance  Programs.    (2) 

Byrne. 

Ed.  260.     School  Counseling:  Theoretical  Foundations  and  Practice.    (3) 
Prerequisites,  Ed.   161,  250,  253  for  majors.  Byrne. 

Ed.  261.     Practicum  in  School  Counseling.    (2) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  260.  Byrne. 

Ed.  263,  264.     Aptitudes  and  Aptitude  Testing.   (2,  2) 
COffered  in  Baltimore.) 

Ed.   267.     Curriculum  Construction  Through  Community  Analysis.    (2) 

Ed.  268.     Seminar  in  Educational  Sociology.    (2) 

Ed.  269.     Seminar  in  Guidance.    (2) 

Registration  only  on  approval  of  instructor.  Byrne. 

Ed.  278.     Seminar  in  Special  Education.    (2) 

Denecke. 
Ed.  279.     Seminar  in  Adult  Education.   (2) 

Wiggin. 
Ed.  280.     Research  Methods  and  Materials.    (2) 

Ed.  281.     Source  Materials  in  Education.   (2) 

Wiggin. 

93  ► 


Education 

Ed.  287.     Internship  in  Education.    (12-16) 

Ed.  288.     Special  Problems  in  Education,    (il-6^) 

Staff. 
Ed.  289.     Research-Thesis.   O^ 

Staff. 
Ed.  290.     Doctoral  Seminar.    (1-3) 

Staff. 

B.      BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

B.  Ed.   101.     Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills.    (2) 

Patrick. 

B.  Ed.  102.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  Bookkeeping  and  Related 
Subjects.   (2) 

Patrick. 
B.  Ed.  104.     Basic  Business  Education  in  the  Secondary  Schools.    (2) 

Patrick. 

For  Graduates 
B.  Ed.  200.     Administration  and  Supervision  of  Business  Education.    (2) 

B.  Ed.  255.     Principles  and  Problems  of  Business  Education.    (2) 

B.  Ed.  256.     Curriculum  Development  in  Business  Education.    (2-6) 


Patrick. 


Hymes. 
Hymes. 


C.      CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
C.  Ed.   100.     Child  Development  I— Infancy.    (3) 

C.  Ed.   101.     Child  Development  ll-Early  Childhood.    (3) 

C.  Ed.   110.     Child  Development  III.    (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  Hymes,  Broome. 

C.  Ed.  115.     Children's  Activities  and  Activities  Materials.    (3) 
Laboratory  fee,   $5.00.    Second  semester. 

C.  Ed.  116.     Creative  Mxisic  for  Young  Children.    (2-3) 

Brown. 

C.  Ed.    119.     Curriculum,   Instruction,  and   Observation— Cooperative   Nursery 
School.    (2-3) 


94 


Education 

C.  Ed.   140.     Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation— Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation   (Nursery  School  and  Kindergarten').    (3) 

Stant,  Glass. 
C.  Ed.   145.     Guidance  in  Behavior  Problems.    (2) 

Glass. 
C.  Ed.  160.     Methods  and  Materials  in  Parent  Education.    (2-3) 


D.      HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
H.  E.   Ed.    102.     Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics.    (3) 
H.  E.  Ed.   120.     Evaluation  of  Home  Economics.  (3) 
H.  £.  Ed.  140.      Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.    (3) 


Spencer. 
Spencer. 
Spencer. 


For  Graduates 

H.  E.  Ed.  200.     Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education.    (2) 

Spencer. 

H.  E.  Ed.  202.     Trends  in  the  Teaching  and  Supervision  of  Home  Economics. 

Spencer. 

E.      HUMAN    DEVELOPMENT   EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101.     Principles  of  Human  Development  I  and  II.    (3,  3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104.     Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II  and  III.  (2,  2,  2) 

H.  D.  Ed.    112,   114.   116.     Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development  I,  II, 

III  O,  3,  3) 
Summer. 

H.  D.   IB,   115,   117.      Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  I,  II,  III.    (3,  3,  3) 
Summer. 

For  Graduates 
H.  D.  Ed.  200.     Introduction  to  Human  Development  and  Child  Study.    (3) 
H.  D.  Ed.  201.     Biological  Bases  of  Behavior.    (3) 
H.  D.  Ed.  202.     Social  Bases  of  Behavior.   (3) 
H.  D.  Ed.  203.     Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior.    (3) 

95  ► 


Education 

H.  D.  Ed.  204,  205.     Physical  Processes  in  Human  Development.    (3,  3) 

H.   D.   Ed.  206,  207.     Socialization   Processes   in   Human   Development   I,  11. 
(3,3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  208,  209.     Self  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  and  11.  (3,  3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  210.     Affectional  Relationships  and  Processes  in   Human  Develop- 
ment.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  211.     Peer-culture  and  Group  Processes  in  Human  Development.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  212,  214,  216.     Advanced  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Develop- 
ment I,  11,  111.   (3,  3,  3) 
Summer. 

H.  D.  Ed.  213,  215,  217.     Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  I,  11,  III. 

(3,  3,  3) 
Summer. 

H.  D.  Ed.  218.     Workshop  in  Human  Development.   (6)     Prerequisites,  H.  D. 

Ed.  212,  213,  214,  215,  216,  217. 
Summer. 

H.  D.  Ed.  220.     Developmental  Tasks.    (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  230,  231.     Field  Program  in  Child  Study  I  and  U.    (2-6) 

H.  D.  Ed.  250a,  250c.     Direct  Study  of  Children.  (I,   7,   I) 

H.  D.   Ed.  260.     Synthesis  of  Human  Development  Concepts.    (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  270.     Seminars  in  Special  Topics  in  Human  Development.    (2-6) 

F.      INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

hid.  Ed.   105.     General  Sliop.    (2) 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

bid.  Ed.  140.  Curricidum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.    (3) 

Ind.  Ed.  143.  Industrial  Safety  Education  1.    (2) 

Ind.   Ed.    144.  Industrial  Safety  Education   11.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  150.  Training  Aids  Development.    (3) 

Ind.  Ed.  157.  Tests  and  Measurements.   (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  161.  Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  164.  Shop  Organization  and  Management.    (2) 

^  96 


Education 

Ind.  Ed.  165.     Modem  Industry.   (2) 

Ind.  Ed.   166.     Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  167.     Problems  in  Occupational  Education.    (2) 
Offered  in  Baltimore. 

Ind.  Ed.   168.  Trade  or  Occupational  Analysis.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  169.  Course  Construction.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  170.  Principles  of  Vocational  Education.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  171.  History  of  Vocational  Education.   (2) 

For  Graduates 

Ind.  Ed.  207.     Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts  Education.  (3) 

Ind.  Ed.  214.     School  Shop  Planning  and  Equipment  Selection.    (3) 

Ind.  Ed.  216.     Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts.    (2) 

Ind.   Ed.    220.     Organization,    Administration,    and   Supervision   of   Vocational 
Education.    (2) 

Ind.  Ed.  240.     Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education.    (2) 

Staff. 
Ind.  Ed.  241.     Content  and  Method  of  Industrial  Arts.    (3) 

Ind.  Ed.  248.     Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education.    (2) 
G.      MUSIC   EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Mus.  Ed.  125.     Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School.    (2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Mus.  Ed.   128.     Music  for  the  Elementary  Classroom  Teacher.    (2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Mus.  Ed.  132.     Music  in  the  Secondary  School.    (2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Mus.  Ed.   139.     Music  for  the  Elementary  School  Specialist.    (2-3) 

Mus.  Ed.  155.       Organization  and  Technique  of  Instrumental  Class  Instruction. 

(2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Henderson. 

Mus.  Ed.   163.     Band  Techniques  and  Administration.    (2) 

Prerequisites,  Mus.  81  and  161.  Henderson. 

97  ► 


Electrical  Engineering 

Mus.  Ed.  170.     Methods  and  Materials  for  Class  Piano  Instruction.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  171.     String  Teaching  in  the  Public  Schools.    (2) 

Mus.  Ftd.  175.     Methods  and  Materials  in  Vocal  Music  for  the  High  School.  (2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Grentzer. 

Mus.  Ed.   180.      Instrumental  Seminar.    (2) 

Prerequisite,    consent    of   instructor.  Jordan. 

For  Graduates 

Mus.  Ed.  200.     Research  Methods  in  Music  and  Music  Education.    (3) 

Grentzer. 

Mus.  Ed.  201.     Administration  and  Supervision  of  Music  in  the  Public  Schools 
(3) 

A  Ins.  Ed.  204.     Current  Trends  in  Music  Education.    (2) 

Grentzer. 

Mus.  Ed.  205.  Seminar  in  Vocal  Music  in  the  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  206.  Choral  Conducting  and  Repertoire.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  207.  Seminar  in  Vocal  Music  in  the  Secondary  Schools.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  208.  The  Teaching  of  Music  Appreciation.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  209.  Seminar  in  Instrumental  Music.    (2) 

Mus.  Ed.  210.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Orchestration  and  Band  Arranging.   (2) 

H.      NURSING  EDUCATION 

Courses  in  nursing  offered  by  the  School  of  Nursing. 

I.      SCIENCE   EDUCATION 

Sci.  Ed.  105.     Workshop  in  Science  for  Elementary  Schools.    (2) 

Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Blough. 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:   Corcoran,  Reed,  and  Weber. 

Associate  Professors:    Price,  Wagner,  Trent  and  Schuchard. 

Lecturers:  Ahrendt,  Chu,  Freeman  and  Vanderslice. 

A  written  qualifying  examination  is  required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
Master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering.  This  examination  will  be  held  Saturday, 
October  4,    1958.    Off -campus  and  part-time  students   must   have   satisfactorily 

<  98 


Electrical  Engineering 

completed  a  minimum  of  nine  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  before 
being  admitted  to  the  written  qualifying  examination.  Full-time  students  having 
less  than  nine  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  are  permitted  to  take  this 
examination  by  special  arrangement.  The  student  must  have  been  admitted 
to  the  Graduate  School  (Electrical  Engineering)  before  taking  this  examination. 

Students  working  toward  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  electrical  engineer- 
ing must  take  a  minimum  of  six  semester  hours  of  course  work  from  resident 
professors  of  electrical  engineering.  Students  working  toward  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  must  take  a  minimum  of  twenty-four  semester  hours  of 
course  work  from  resident  professors  of  electrical  engineering;  students  presenting 
a  minor  in  electrical  engineering  must  include  at  least  six  semester  hours  of 
electrical  engineering  from  resident  professors. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

E.  E.  100.     Alternating-Current  Circuits.    (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 

Prerequisites,  Math.  21,  Phys.  21,  and  E.  E.   1.  Price,  Simons. 

E.  E.  101.     Engineering  Electronics.    (4) 

Three   lectures   and   one  laboratory   period  a   week,   second   semester.     Laboratory   fee, 

$4.00.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.   100.  Price,  Simons. 

E.    E.    102.     Alternating-Current   Machinery.     (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.  Laboratory  fee  $4.00. 
Prerequisites,  E.  E.  65  and  E.  E.   100.  Hodgins. 

E.  E.  J  03.     Engineering  Analysis.    (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  100.  Corcoran,  Reed. 

E.  E.   104.     Communications.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisites,  E.  E.  60  and  E.  E.  100.        Reed. 

E.  E.   J  05,   106.     Piadio  Engineering.    (4,  4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory 

fee,   $4.00.    Prerequisite,    E.    E.    101.  Wagner,    Price. 

E.  E.  107.     Electrical  Measurements.    (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one    laboratory   period   a   week,   second   semester.     Laboratory   fee, 

$4.00.    Prerequisites,  E.  E.  100  and  Math.  64.  Thompson. 

E.  E.   108.     Electric  Transients.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a   week,    first   semester.    Prerequisite,    E.   E.    101    and   Math.    64. 

Reed,  Price. 

E.  E.  109.     Pulse  Techniques.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.   E.   108  and  Math.  64. 

Schuiman. 

99  ► 


Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  110.     Transistor  Circuitry.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.   101.         Corcoran,  Reed. 

E.  E.  114.     Applied  Electronics.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.   101.  Staff. 

E.  E.  115.     Feedback  Control  Systems.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101  and  E.  E.  108.      Price. 

E.  E.  116.     Feedback  Control  Systems  Laboratory.    (i) 

One  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Price. 

E.  E.  117.     Power  Transmission  and  Distribution.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  concurrent  registration  in  E.  E.  102. 

Reed. 

E.  E.   120.     Electromagnetic  Waves.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.   64  and  senior  standing 

in   electrical  engineering  or   physics.  Reed. 

E.  E.  230.     Electronic  Analog  Computers.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  E.  E.  101  and  Math.  64.       Chu. 

E.  E.   131.     Electronic  Digital  Compiiters.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  E.  E.  101  and  Math.  64.       Chu. 

E.  E.  160,  161.     Vacuum  Tubes.    (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   Math.  64  and   senior 

standing  in   electrical   engineering   or  physics.  Weber. 

For  Graduates 

E.  E.  200.     Symmetrical  Components.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.   102.  Reed. 

E.  E.  201.     Electromagnetic  Theory.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  E.  E.  120  or  E.  E.  215.     Weber. 

E.  E.  202,  203.     Transients  in  Linear  Systems.    (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   undergraduate  major 

in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or  physics.  Wagner. 

E.  E.  206,  207.  Microwave  Engineering.   (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester;  two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week, 

second    semester.  Laboratory   fee,    second    semester,    $4.00.  Prerequisite,    E.    E.    201, 

or  E.  E.  216.  Weber. 

E.  E.  209.     Stability  in  Power  Systems.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  200.  Reed. 

<   100 


English  Language  and  Literature 

E.  E.  212,  213.     Servomechanisms.    (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major 

in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or  physics.  Price,  Ahrendt. 

E.  E.  215,  216.     Radio  Wave  Propagation.    (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major 

in  electrical  engineering,  physics,  or  mathematics.  Reed. 

E.  E.  218,  219.     Signal  Analysis  and  Noise.    (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major 

in  electrical  engineering  or  physics.  Weber,   Freeman. 

E.  E.  220,  221.     Theory  of  Communication.   (3,  3) 

Three  lectures   a   week,   first  and  second   semesters.    Prerequisites,   E.   E.    218,    219. 

Weber,  Freeman. 
E.  E.  222.     Graduate  Seminar.   CO 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  approved  application  for  candidacy  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering.         Graduate  Staff. 

E.  E.  230.     Mathematics  of  Circuit  Analysis.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in  electrical 

engineering  or  physics.  Vanderslice. 

E.  E.  23 1.     Active  Network  Analysis.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.   230. 

Corcoran,  Vanderslice. 
E.  E.  232,  233.     Network  Synthesis.   (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  E.  E.  231  or  equiva- 
lent. Vanderslice. 

E.  E.  235.     Application  of  Tensor  Analysis.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  202  or  E.  E.  230.     Wagner. 

E.  E.  250.     Electrical  Engineering  Research. 

Prerequisite,  approved  application  for  candidacy  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering.  Six  semester  hours  are  required 
of  M.S.  degree  candidates  and  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  are  required  of 
Ph.D.  candidates.  Graduate  Staff. 

ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

Professors:  Murphy,  Aldridge,  Bode*  Harmon,  McManaway  QP.T.'),  and  Zeeveld. 
Associate  Professors:  Cooley,  Manning,  and  Weber. 
Assistant  Professors:  Beall  and  Lutwack. 

Master  of  Arts 

1.    Students  must  demonstrate  a  reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German 
before  they  will  be  recommended  for  admission  to  candidacy. 

*On  leave,  first  semester  1958-1959. 

101    ► 


English  Language  and  Literature 


2.  Candidates  must  pass  a  final  written  examination  covering  the  English 
language  and  the  whole  course  of  English  and  American  literature. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy 

1.  Students  must  demonstrate  a  reading  knowledge  of  German  and  French 
before  they  will  be  permitted  to  take   the  preliminary  qualifying  examination. 

2.  Students  must  pass  a  preliminary  qualifying  examination  before  they 
will  be  recommended  for  admission  to  candidacy.  They  are  expected  to  take 
this  examination  by  the  time  they  have  completed  a  full  year  of  residence  beyond 
the  Master  of  Arts  requirement. 

3.  Candidates  must  pass  a  comprehensive  written  examination  covering 
linguistics  and  the  whole  course  of  English  and  American  literature. 

Eng.    101.     History  of  the  English  Language.    (3) 
Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2). 


Eng.  102.     Old  English.    (3) 
First  semester.    Summer  School  (2). 

Eng.  103.     Beowulf.    (3) 
Second  semester. 

Eng.  104.     Chaucer.    (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2). 

Eng.  110,  111.     Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama.    (3,   3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Eng.  112.     The  Poetry  of  the  Renaissance.    (3) 
(Not  offered  1958-1959.) 

Eng.   113.     Prose  of  the  Renaissance.  (3) 
(Not  offered  1958-1959.) 

Eng.  IIS,  116.     Shakespeare.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2,  2). 

Eng.  120.     English  Drama  from  1660  to  1800.    (3) 
Second  semester. 

Eng.  121.     Milton.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2). 

Eng.  122.     Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Cenhiry,   1600-1660.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Eng.    123.     Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,   1660-1700.    (3) 
(Not  offered    1958-1959). 


Harman. 


Ball. 


Ball. 

Harman. 

Zeeveld,  Mish. 

Zeeveld. 

Zeeveld,  Mish. 

Zeeveld. 

Ward. 

Murphy. 

Murphy. 

Aldridge. 


•<  102 


English  Language  and  Literature 


Eng.  125,  126.     Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3, 
Eng.    125,   Summer  School    (2).    First  and  second   semesters. 

Eng.  129,  130.     Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period.  (3,  3) 
Summer  School  (2,  2).    First  and  second  semesters. 

Eng.  134,  135.     Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.    (3,  3) 
First  and   second  semesters.     Summer   School   (2,   2). 

Eng.  139,  140.     The  English  Novel.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Eng.  140,  Summer  School  (2). 

Eng.  143.     Modern  Poetry.    (3) 
First  semester.    Summer  School   (2). 

Eng.  144.     Modem  Drama.   (3) 
First  semester. 

Eng.  145.     The  Modern  Novel.    (3) 
Second  semester. 

Eng.  148.     The  Literature  of  American  Democracy.    (3) 
(Not  offered  1958-1959.) 

Eng.  150,  151.     American  Literature.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2,  2).  Mannin 

Eng.  155,  156.     Major  American   Writers.    (3,   3) 
First  and   second   semesters.     Summer   School    (2,    2). 

Eng.  157.     Introduction  to  folklore.    (3) 
First  semester.    Summer  School  (2). 

Eng.   170.     Creative  Writing.    (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Eng.    171.     Advanced  Creative  Writing.    (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Eng.  172.     Playwriting.    (2) 
(Not  offered  1958-1959.) 


3) 

Aldridge. 

Weber. 

Cooley. 

Ward,  iMish. 

Fleming. 

Weber. 

Andrews. 

g,  Gravely,  Lutwack. 

Gravely,   Manning. 

Cooley. 

Fleming. 

Fleming. 

Fleming 


For  Graduates 


Eng.  200.     Research.    0-6~) 
Arranged. 


Eng.  201.     Bibliography  and  Methods.   (3) 
First  semester. 


Staff. 

Mish. 
103   ► 


Entomology 

Eng.  202.     Middle  English.   (3) 

First   semester.     Summer   School   (2).  Harman. 

Eng.  203.     Gothic.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Harman. 

Eng.  204.     Seminar  in  Medieval  Literature.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Cooley. 

Eng.  206,  207.     Seminar  in  Renaissance  Literature.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Eng.  206,  Summer  School  (2).  McManaway,  Zeeveld. 

Eng.  210.     Seminar  in  Seventeenth  Century  Literature.    (3) 

Summer  School  (2).   Second  semester.  Murphy,  Mish. 

Eng.  212,  213.     Seminar  in  Eighteenth  Century  Literature.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Aldridge. 

Eng.  214,  215.     Seminar  in  Nineteenth  Century  Literature.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Eng.  214,  Summer  School  (2).  Cooley,  Weber. 

Eng.  216,  217.     Literary  Criticism.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Murphy. 

Eng.  225,  226.     Seminar  in  American  Literature.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2,  2).  Bode,  Lutwack. 

Eng.  227,  228.     Problems  in  American  Literature.    (3,  3) 

(Not  offered  1958-1959.)  Eng.  227,  Summer  School  (2).  Aldridge. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professors:  Bickley,  Ditman  and  Langford. 
Associate  Professor:  McConnell. 
Assistant  Professor:  Haviland. 
Lecturer:  Sailer. 

The  Department  of  Entomology  offers  work  toward  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  who 
are  not  employed  by  the  Department  are  expected  to  register  for  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours  credit  during  two  semesters  at  College  Park. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Ent.  100.     Advanced  Apiculture.    (3) 

One   lecture   and   two  three-hour   laboratory   periods   a   week,    second   semester.     Pre- 
requisite, Ent.  4.   Laboratory  fee,  $3,00.    (Not  offered  in  1958-1959.)  Abrams. 

**    104 


Entomology 

Ent.    101.     Economic  Entomology.    (3) 

Lectures,  demonstrations  and  field  trips,  second  semester.    Prerequisite  consent  of  the 

department.    (Alternate  years;  not  offered  in  1958-1959.) 

Ent.   105.     Medical  Entomology.    (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite, 

Ent.   1  or  consent  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Bickley. 

Ent.  106.     Advanced  Insect  Taxonomy.    (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  3.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $3.00.  Bickley. 

Ent.  107.     Insecticides.    (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department.  Shepard. 

Ent.   109.     Insect  Physiology.    (2) 

Two   lectures  and   occasional   demonstrations,   second    semester.     Prerequisite,   consent 

of  the  department.  Munson. 

Ent.  110,  111.     Special  Problems.   (1,  O 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  to  be  determined  by  the  department.       Staff. 

Ent.  112.     Seminar.    (I,  i) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Ent.  113.     Entomological  Literature.    (J) 

Second  semester.   (Not  offered  in  1958-1959.)  Bickley. 

Ent.  115.     Quarantine  Procedures.    (2) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department.  Johnson. 

Ent.   116.     Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Greenhouse  Plants.    (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite, 

Ent.  1  or  consent  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Haviland. 

Ent.  117.     Insect  Pests  of  Field  Crops  and  Stored  Products.    (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite, 

Ent.   1  or  consent  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Harrison. 

Ent.  118.     Insect  Pests  of  Fruit  and  Vegetable  Crops.    (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Ent.  1  or  consent  of  the  department.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Not  offered  in  1958- 
1959.)  Harrison. 

Ent.  119.     Insect  Pests  of  Domestic  Animals.    (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first   semester.    Prerequisite, 

Ent.    1   or  consent  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Haviland. 

105   ► 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 

For  Graduates 

Ent.  201.     Adiwnced  Entomology. 

Credit    and    prerequisites    to    be    determined    by    the    department.     First    and    second 

semesters.  Staff. 

Ent.  202.     Research. 

Credit    and    prerequisites    to    be    determined    by    the    department.     First    and    second 

semesters.  Staff. 

Ent.  203.     Advanced  Insect  Morphology.    (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory 

fee,  $3.00. 

Ent.  205.     Insect  Ecology.    (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee, 

$3.03.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department.  Sailer. 

Ent.  206.     Bionomics  of  Mosquitoes.   (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory 

fee,  S3.00.    (Not  offered  in   1953-1959.)  Bickley. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURE 

Professors:  Zucker,  Falls,  Goodwyn,  Prahl  and  Smith. 
Associate  Professors:   Parsons  and  Quynn. 
Assistant  Professors:  Rand  and  Rosenfield. 

Master  of  Arts 

Candidates  must  pass,  in  addition  to  written  examinations  in  the  courses 
pursued,  a  written  examination  based  on  the  reading  lists  in  their  respective 
fields  of  French,  German  and  Spanish,  established  by  the  Department.  The 
examination  will  test  the  general  familiarity  of  the  candidate  with  his  respec- 
tive field  and  his  powers  of  analysis  and  criticism.  The  oral  examination  will 
deal  chiefly  with  the  field  of  his  thesis. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy 

Candidates  must  pass  a  comprehensive  written  examination  at  least  three 
months  before  the  degree  is  awarded.  This  examination  will  include  linguistics 
and  each  of  the  major  literary  fields. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  courses  in  Comparative  Literature  listed  on  page 
82. 

^   106 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 
A.      FRENCH 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

French  0.      Intensive  Elementary  French.    (0) 

Graduate  students  should  register  as  auditors  only.  Intensive  elementary  course  in  the 
French  language  designed  particularly  for  graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire  a 
reading  knowledge.    (Offered  in  the  Summer  Session  only.)  Kramer. 

French  100.    French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Century.    (3) 

First  semester.  Falls. 

French   101,  102.     French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century.    (3,   3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Quynn,  Rosenfield. 

French   103,   104.     French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Falls,  Bingham. 

French  105,   106.     French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Bingham,  Quynn. 

French  107,  108.     French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Falls. 

French  121,  122.     Advanced  Composition.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Falls. 

French   161,   162.     French  Civilization.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Rosenfield. 

French   171.     Practical  French  Phonetics.   (3) 

First  semester.  Smith. 

French  199.     Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  French  Literature.    (I) 

Second    semester.    Especially   designed  for  French  majors.    Weekly   lectures.         Falls. 

For  Graduates 
The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

French  201.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  work  accomplished.  Staff. 

French  203,  204.     George  Duhamel,  Poet,  Dramatist,  Novelist.    (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Falls. 

French  205,  206.     French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Smith,  Bulatkin. 

French   207,   208.     The  French  Novel  in   the   First  Half  of  the  Nineteenth 

Century.   (2,  2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Falls. 

107  ► 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 

French  209,  210.     The  French  Novel  in  the  Second  Half  of  the  Nineteenth 

Century.  (2,  2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Falls. 

French  211.     Introduction  to  Old  French.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Smith,  Bulatkin. 

French  215,216.     Moliere.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Quynn. 

French  221,  222.     Reading  Course. 

(Arranged.)  Staff. 

French  230.     Introduction  to  European  Linguistics.  (3) 

Smith,  Bulatkin. 
French  251,  252.     Seminar.   (3,  3) 
Required  of  all  graduate  majors  in  French.  Staff. 

B.      GERMAN 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

German  0.     Intensive  Elementary  German.    (0) 

Graduate  students  should  register  as  auditors  only.  Intensive  elementary  course  in 
the  German  language  designed  particularly  for  graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire 
a  reading  knowledge.    (Offered  in  the  Summer  Session  only.)  Kramer. 

German  101,  102.     German  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.    (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prahl,  Schweizer. 

German  103,  104.     German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.    (3,  3) 
First   and   second  semesters.  Prahl,   Schweizer. 

German  105,   106.     Modern  German  Literature.  (3,  3) 

First   and   second  semesters.  Prahl,   Dobert. 

German  107,  108.     Goethe's  Faust.    (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Zucker. 

Attention   is   called  to   Comp.    Lit.    106,   Romanticism   in    Germany,   and   Comp. 
Lit.  107,  The  Faust  Legend  in  English  and  German  Literature. 

German  121,  122.     Advanced  Composition.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Kramer,  Dobert. 

German  161,  162.     German  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prahl. 

German  199.     Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  German  Literature.    (I) 
Second  semester.    Especially  designed  for   German  majors.    Weekly  lectures. 

Schweizer. 
-<  108 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 

For  Graduates 
The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  whieh  courses  will  be  offered. 


German  201.      Research. 

Credits   determined   by   work   accomplished. 

German  202,  203.     The  Modern  German  Drama.    (3,  3) 
First  and    second   semesters. 

German  204.     Schiller.   (3) 

German  205.     Goethe's  Works  outside  of  Faust.   (2) 
Second    semester. 

German  206.     The  Romantic  Movement.    (3) 

German  208.     The  Philosophy  of  Goethe's  Faust.    (3) 
First  semester. 

German  221,  222.      Reading  Course. 
(Arranged).    First   and   second   semesters. 

German  230.     Introduction  to  European  Linguistics.    (3) 
First  semester. 

German  232.     Middle  High  German.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

German  251,  252.     Seminar.    (3,  3) 
Required   of   all    graduate   majors   in    German. 


Staff. 
Zucker. 

Prahl. 
Zucker. 

Prahl. 
Zucker. 

Staff. 

Smith,  Bulatkin. 

Schweizer. 

Staff. 


C.      SPANISH 

Spanish  101.     Epic  and  Ballad.  (3) 
First   semester. 

Spanish  102.     The  Spanish  Popular  Ballad.   (3) 
Second  semester. 

Spanish  104.     The  Drama  of  the  Golden  Age.    (3) 
Second  semester. 

Spanish  108.     Lope  de  Vega.   (3) 
First  semester. 

Spanish  109.     Cervantes.    (3) 
Second  semester. 


Parsons. 

Goodwyn. 

Parsons. 

Parsons. 

Rand. 
109   ► 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 


Spanish   110.     Modern  Spanish  Poetry.    (3) 

First  semester.  Rand. 

Spanish  111.     The  Spanish  Novel  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.    (3) 

First  semester.  Parsons. 

Spanish  112.     Modern  Spanish  Drama.    (3) 

First  semester.  Nemes. 

Spanish   113.     The  Spanish  Novel  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Rand. 

Spanish  115.     Modern  Spanish  Thought.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Rand. 

Spanish  121,  122.     Advanced  Composition.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Goodwyn. 

Spanish  151.     Spanish- American  Novel.    (3) 

First  semester.  Nemes. 

Spanish  152.     Spanish-American  Poetry.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Nemes. 

Spanish  153.     Spanish-American  Essay.    (3) 

First  semester.  Nemes. 

Spanish  161,   162.     Spanish  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Rand. 

Spanish  163,   164.     Latin-American  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Goodwyn. 


Spanish  199.     Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  Spanish  Literature.    (I) 
Second   semester.    Especially  designed   for  Spanish   majors.    Weekly   lectures. 


Parsons. 


For  Graduates 


Spanish  201.     Research. 

Credit  determined  by  work  accomplished. 

Spanish  202.     The  Golden  Age  in  Spanish  Literature.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Spanish  203,  204.     Spanish  Poetry.    (3,  3) 
First  and   second  semesters. 


Staff. 
Goodwyn. 
Goodwyn. 


110 


Geography 

Spanish  211.      Introduction  to  Old  Spanish.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Parsons,  Bulatkin. 

Spanish  221,  222.     Reading  Course. 

(Arranged).  Staff. 

Spanish  230.     Introduction  to  European  Linguistics.    (3) 

Smith,    Bulatkin. 
Spanish  251,  252.     Seminar.  (3,  3) 
Required  or  all  graduate   majors   in   Spanish.  Staff. 

D.  RUSSIAN 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Russian  101,  102.     Modern  Russian  Literature.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Boborykine. 

Russian  103,   104.     Russian  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Boborykine. 

E.  CHINESE 

Chinese  101,  102.     Readings  from  Chinese  History.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second   semesters.  Chen. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors:  Van  Roy  en  and  Hu. 

Consulting  Professors:  Roterus  and  Whipple. 

Lecturers  with  rank  of  Professor:  Lemons  and  McBryde. 

Associate  Professors:   Augelli  and  Patton. 

Students  seeking  graduate  degrees  in  geography  are  expected  to  have 
acquired  a  broad  foundation  in  the  subject  and  in  allied  fields.  This  foundation 
must  have  included  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  geography,  of  which  6 
semester  hours  shall  have  been  in  Morphology  and  Map  Reading  and  Inter- 
pretation, 6  semester  hours  in  Weather  and  Climate,  and  12  semester  hours  in 
Human,  Economic,  or  Regional  Geography.  In  addition  the  student  must  have 
taken  successfully  the  following  courses,  or  their  equivalents,  in  allied  fields: 
Anthropology  (3  semester  hours),  Economics  (6  semester  hours),  History  (6 
semester  hours),  Introductory  or  General  Botany  (3  semester  hours),  Sociology 
(3  semester  hours),  Foreign  Language  (12  semester  hours).  Students  who  do 
not  have  this  background  will  be  accepted  as  graduate  students  in  a  provisional 
status  only  and  will  be  required  to  make  up  their  deficiencies  before  being  ad- 
mitted to  candidacy  for  an  advanced  degree.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be  oiven 
for  courses  taken  to  make  up  for  deficiencies  in  background. 

Ill   ► 


Geography 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School, 
candidates  for  the  Master's  degree  in  geography  are  required  to  have  taken 
successfully:  one  field  course  (Geography  170  or  200,  or  equivalent),  a  course 
in  cartography,  a  course  in  soils,  and  one  seminar.  In  addition  to  the  final 
oral  examination,  the  candidate  for  the  Master's  degree  in  geography  is  required 
to  pass  satisfactorily  a  written  examination  covering  the  field  in  which  he  has 
worked,  his  understanding  of  basic  principles,  and  his  power  of  reasoning. 

A  graduate  student  seeking  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  geography 
must  take  a  comprehensive  written  and  oral  examination  to  determine  whether 
he  has  sufficiently  broad  and  profound  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the 
entire  field  of  geography  to  qualify  as  a  candidate  for  the  Doctor's  degree. 

Geog.   100.     Regional  Geography  of  Eastern  Anglo- America.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Geog.   1,  2  or  Geog.   10  or  permission  of  instructor. 

McArthur. 
Geog.   101.     Regional  Geography  of  Western  Anglo-America.    (3) 
Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Geog.   1,  2  or  Geog.   10  or  permission  of  instructor. 

McArthur. 
Geog.  103.     Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Materials.    (2) 
First  or  second  semester. 

Geog.  104.     Geography  of  Major  World  Regions.    (2) 
First  or  second  semester. 

Geog.   105.     Geography  of  Maryland  and  Adjacent  Areas.    (3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Geog.  110.     Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of  Caribbean  America.  (3) 
First  semester.  Augelli. 

Geog.   111.     Economic  and  Cidtural  Geography  of  South  America.    (3) 
Second  semester.  Augelli. 

Geog.  120.     Economic  Geography  of  Europe.    (3) 

First  semester.  Van  Royen,  Hooson. 

Geog.  122.     Economic  Resources  and  Development  of  Africa.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Van  Royen. 

Geog.  123.     Problems  of  Colonial  Geography.    (3) 
First  or  second  semester. 

Geog.   130,   131.     Economic  and  Political  Geography  of  Southern  and  Eastern 

Asia.   (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Hu. 

Geog.  134,  135.     Cidtural  Geography  of  East  Asia.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Hu. 

<  112 


Geography 

Geog.   140.     Soviet  Lands.    (3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Hooson. 

Geog.  146.     The  Near  East.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Geog.   150.     History  and  Theory  of  Cartography.    (3) 

Second  semester.  McBryde. 

Geog.   151,  152.     Cartography  and  Graphics  Practicum.    (3,  3) 

I  irst  and  second  semesters.    One  hour  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 

week.  Karinen. 

Geog.   153.     Problems  in  Cartographic  Representation  and  Procedure.  (3) 
First  or  second  semester.    Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week. 

Karinen. 
Geog.   154.     Problems  of  Map  Evaluation.    (3) 
First  or  second  semester.    Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week. 

Karinen. 
Geog.   155.     Problems  and  Practices  of  Photo  Interpretation.    (3) 
First  or  second  semester.    Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 

Ahnert. 

Geog.    160.     Advanced  Economic   Geography   I.     Agricultural   Resources.    (3) 
First  semester.   Prerequisite,  Geog.  1  and  2,  or  Geog.  10.  Van  Royen. 

Geog.   161.     Advanced  Economic  Geography  11.     Mineral  Resources.    (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Geog.   1   and  2,  or  Geog.    10.  Van  Royen. 

Geog.  170.     Local  Field  Course.  (3) 

First  semester.  Ahnert. 

Geog.  180.     History,  Nature  and  Methodology  of  Geography.    (3) 

First  semester.  Hu. 

Geog.  190.     Political  Geography.    £3) 

Second  semester.  Augelli. 

Geog.   195.     Geography  of  Transportation.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Patton. 

Geog.  197.      Urban  Geography.    (3) 

First  semester.  McArthur. 

Geog.  199.     Topical  Investigations.   QT^ 

First  and  second  semesters.    Restricted  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  with  credit 

for   at   least   24  hours    of  geography.  Staff. 

113   ► 


Geography 

For  Graduates 

Geog.  200.     Field  Course.  (3) 

Field  work  in  September,  conferences  and  reports  during  first  semester.  For  graduate 
students  in  geography.  Open  to  other  students  by  special  permission  of  the  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Geography. 

Geog.  210,  211.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Latin  America.   (3,   3) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Geog.  110,  111  or  consent  of  instructor. 

McBryde. 
Geog.  220,  221.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Europe  and  Africa.   (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Geog.   120,   121   or  consent  of  instructor. 

Van   Royen. 
Geog.  230,  231.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  East   Asia.    (3,   3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Hu. 

Geog.  240,  241.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  U.S.S.R.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  reading  knowledge  of  Russian  and  Geog.  140 

or  consent  of  instructor.  Staff. 

Geog.  246.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  Near  East.    (3) 

Staff. 
Geog.   250.     Seminar  in  Cartography. 
(Credit  to  be  arranged.)    First  or  second  semester.  McBryde,  Karinen. 

Geog.  260.     Advanced  General  Climatology.   (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,   Geog.   41,    or   consent   of   instructor.  Lemons. 

Geog.   261.     Applied  Climatology.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Geog.  41,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Lemons. 

Geog.  262,  263.     Seminar  in  Meteorology  and  Climatology.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second   semesters.    Prerequisite,   consent   of  instructor.  Lemons. 

Geog.  280.     Geomorphology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Van  Royen. 

Geog.  290,  291.     Selected  Topics  in  Geography.  (.1-3") 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   joint   consent   of  adviser   and   Head   of   the 

Department  of  Geography.  Staff. 

Geog.  292,  293.     Dissertation  Research. 

(Credit  to  be  arranged.)    First  and  second  semesters  and  summer. 


M    114 


Government  and  Politics 


GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

Professors:    Plischke,  Burdctte,   Steinmeyer,  and  Wengert. 

Associate   Professor:    Anderson. 

Assistant  Professors:   Harrison,  and  Hathorn. 

The   Department  of   Government  and  Politics  offers  a  graduate  course   of 
study   leading  to   the  degree  of  Master   of  Arts   and   the  degree  of   Doctor   of 
sophy.      For  the  Master's   degree,    the   student  may   either   pursue  a   gen- 
eral program  in  Government  and  Politics,  or  he  may  specialize  in  international 
affairs  or  in  public  administration. 

For  the  Master's  degree,  a  comprehensive  written  examination  is  given  on 
graduate  course  work  in  the  major  field.  At  the  discretion  of  the  Department, 
an  oral  examination  may  be  substituted  for  the  written  examination. 

The  doctoral  candidate  must  show  in  written  examinations  satisfactory7 
competence  in  five  of  the  following  fields:  (1)  Comparative  Government;  (2) 
International  Political  Affairs;  (3)  Local  Government;  (4)  Political  Theory; 
(5)  Public  Administration;  (6)  Public  Law;  (7)  Public  Policy.  No  candidate 
may  attempt  the  comprehensive  examinations  prior  to  completion  of  the 
language  requirements  for  the  doctorate,  and  no  candidate  may  attempt  the 
comprehensive  examinations  more  than  twice. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

G.  &  P.    101.      International  Political  Relations.   (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.  102.     International  Law.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   G.  &  P.    1. 

G.  &  P.    104.     Inter- American  Relations.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.   105.     Recent  Par  Eastern  Politics.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

G.   &  P.   106.     American  Foreign  Relations.   (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.   &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.   108.     International  Organization.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.    1. 

G.  &  P.   110.     Principles  of  Public  Administration.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.   111.     Public  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.    110   or  B.  A.    160. 


Harrison. 
Harrison. 
Harrison. 
Steinmeyer. 
Plischke. 
Plischke. 
Wengert. 
Wengert,  Alford. 


115 


Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  112.     Public  Financial  Administration.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  110  or  Econ.  142. 

G.  &  P.  124.     Legislatures  and  Legislation.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.  131,  132.     Constitutional  Law  (3,  3) 
First  and   second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   G.    &  P.    1. 

G.  &  P.  233.     Administration  of  Justice.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.   &   P.    1. 

G.  &  P.   141.     History  of  Political  Theory.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,   G.   &   P.    1. 

G.  &  P.  142.     Recent  Political  Theory.  (3) 
Second  semester.     Prerequisite,   G.   &   P.    1. 

G.  &  P.    144.     American  Political  Theory.  (3) 
First   semester.    Prerequisite,   G.   &   P.    1. 

G.  &  P.   154.     Problems  of  World  Politics.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1. 

G.  &  P.   174.     PoZirfcfll  Parries.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1 

G.  &  P.   178.     Public  Opinion.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.   1 

G.  &  P.   181.     Administrative  Law.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  G.   &   P.    1. 

G.   &  P.    797.      Comparative  Governmental  Institutions. 
Second   semester.    Prerequisite,   G.   &   P.    1. 


Wengert,  Alford. 

Burdette,  Hathorn. 

Hathorn. 

Anderson. 

Anderson. 

Anderson. 

Steinmeyer. 

Burdette,  Hathorn. 

Burdette,  Hathorn. 

Wengert. 


(3) 


Harrison. 


For  Graduates 

G.  &  P.  201.     Seminar  in  International  Political  Organization.  (3) 

Plischke. 
G.  &  P.  202.     Seminar  in  International  Law.  (3) 

Plischke,  Harrison. 

G.  &  P.  205.     Seminar  in  American  Political  Institutions.  (3) 

Burdette,   Hathorn. 
G.  &  P.  206.     Seminar  in  American  Foreign  Relations.  (3) 

Plischke. 
G.  &•  P.  207.     Seminar  in  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions.  (3) 

Steinmeyer,  Harrison. 


116 


History 

G.  &  P.  22  2.     Seminar  in  Federal-State  Relations.  (3) 

Wengert. 
G.  &  P.  2  73.     Problems  of  Public  Administration.  (3) 

Wengert. 
G.  &  P.  2/4.     Problems  of  Public  Personnel  Administration.   (3) 

Wengert. 

G.  &  P.  215.  Problems  of  State  and  Local  Government  in  Maryland.  (3) 
G.  &  P.  226.  Government  Administrative  Planning  and  Management.  (3) 
G.  &  P.  227.     Government  Corporations  and  Special  Purpose  Authorities.   (3) 

G.  &  P.  22  2.     SewM'war  in  Public  Opinion.  (3) 

Burdette. 
G.  &•  P.  223.     Seminar  in  Legislatures  and  Legislation.  (3) 

Burdette. 
G.  &  P.  224.     Seminar  in    Political  Parties   and  Politics.    (3) 

Burdette,   Hathorn. 
G.  &  P.  225.     Man  and  the  State.  (3) 

Anderson. 
G.  &  P.  232.     Seminar  in  Public  Law.   (3) 

G.  &  P.  252.      Bibliography  of  Government  and  Politics.  (3) 

G.  &  P.  262.     Problems  of  Government  and  Politics.  (3) 


Staff. 


G.  &  P.  282.     Department  Seminar.  (No  Credit") 

Registration  for  two  semesters  required  of  all  doctoral  candidates.  Staff. 

G.  &  P.  299.     Thesis  Course.  (Arranged) 

Staff. 


HISTORY 

Professors:   Gewehr,  Chatelain,  Merrill  and  Prange. 

Associate  Professors:  Bauer  and  Gordon. 

Assistant  Professors:    Beard,  Jashemski,  Riddleberger,   Sparks  and  Stromberg. 

Master  of  Arts 

1.  Eight  to  ten  hours  of  the  total  major  course  requirements  of  all  candi- 
dates for  this  degree  must  be  acquired  in  general  field  of  the  thesis,  i.e.,  either 
American  or  European  history. 


117  ► 


History 

2.  H.  287,  Historiography,  is  required  of  all  candidates  for  graduate  de- 
grees in  history. 

3.  Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  must  pass  a  three-hour  quali- 
fying written  examination.  This  examination  is  normally  taken  shortly  before 
the  final  oral  examination.  The  purpose  of  the  written  examination  is  to  de- 
termine the  student's  grasp  of  the  larger  field  in  which  the  thesis  lies,  (e.  g. 
American,  European,  English,  Latin-American).  The  examination  will  include 
not  only  factual  and  interpretative  material,  hut  also  bibliography  and  histori- 
ography-  However,  it  will  not  be  based  on  courses  as  such. 

4.  The  final  oral  examination  will  be  confined  to  the  general  field  of  the 
thesis,  and  the  thesis  itself.  It  is  understood  that  the  representative  of  the 
minor  field  may  examine  the  candidate  on  the  minor  subject  or  subjects  at  his 
discretion. 

5.  The  thesis  must  be  submitted  in  final  form  to  the  candidate's  committee 
three  weeks  prior  to  the  final  oral  examination. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy 

1.  At  least  thirty  hours  of  the  total  major  course  requirements,  including 
H.  287,  must  be  acquired  in  the  general  field  of  the  thesis,  i.e.,  American 
history  or  European  history. 

2.  At  least  ten  hours  of  the  thirty  required  for  a  minor  in  history  must 
be  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

3.  Recommendations  for  admission  to  candidacy  will  be  determined  by  the 
department  on  the  basis  of  achievement  which  the  student  is  required  to  sub- 
stantiate by  oral  or  written  examinations. 

4.  Before  confirmation  for  the  degree  the  student  must  pass  the  final  oral 
examination  required  by  the  Graduate  School. 

5.  The  thesis  must  be  submitted  in  final  form  to  the  candidate's  com- 
mittee five  weeks  prior  to  the  final  oral  examination. 

A.      AMERICAN  HISTORY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

H.  5,  6  are  prerequisites  for  courses  H.  101  to  H.  142,  inclusive. 

H.  101.     American  Colonial  History.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School.  (2)  Ferguson. 

H.  102.     The  American  Revolution.   (3) 

Second   semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Ferguson. 

M  118 


History 

H.  105.      Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to   1865.  (3) 
First   semester.     Summer   School    (2).  Chatelain. 

H.  106.     Social  and  Economic   History  of  the   United  States  Since   the  Civil 

War.  (3) 
Second    semester.    Summer    School    (2).  Chatelain. 

H.  114.     The  Middle  Period  of  American  History   1824-1860.   (3) 

First    semester.     Summer    School   (2).  Sparks. 

H.  115.     The  Old  South.  (3) 

First  semester.   Summer  School  (2).  Riddleberger. 

H.  116.     The  Civil  War.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Sparks. 

H.  117.     The  New  South.  (3) 

First  semester.   Summer  School  (2).  Riddleberger. 

H.  118,  119.     Recent  American  History.  (3,  3) 

Summer  School  (2,  2).  Merrill. 

H.  12 1.     History  of  the  American  Frontier.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisites,   H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent.    The 

Trans-Allegheny  West.    The   westward    movement    into    the    Mississippi    Valley. 

Gewehr. 
H.  122.     History  of  the  American  Frontier.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Summer  School  (2).  Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent.  The 
Trans-Mississippi  West.  Forces  and  factors  in  the  settlement  and  development  of  the 
Trans-Mississippi  West  to  about    1900.  Gewehr. 

H.  123.     The  New  West.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Bates. 

H.  124.     Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation  1865-1896.  (3) 

First   semester.     Summer   School    (2).  Merrill. 

H.  127,  128.     Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States.  (3,  3) 

First   and   second   semesters.  Wellborn. 

H.  129.     The  United  States  and  World  Affairs.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Wellborn. 

H.  133,  134.     The  History  of  Ideas  in  America.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second   semesters.    Summer  School   (2,  2).  Beard. 

H.  135,  136.     Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States.  (3,  3) 

First   and    second    semesters.  Gewehr. 

H.  141,  142.     History  of  Maryland.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2,  2).         Chatelain. 

119   ► 


History 

H.  145,   146.      Latin-American  History.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2).  Crosman. 

H.  147.     History  of  Mexico.  (3) 

First  semester.  Crosman. 


B.      EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

H.  1,  2  or  H.  53,  54  are  prerequisites  for  courses  H.   151  to  H.  191,  inclusive. 

H.  151.     History  of  the  Ancient  Orient  and  Greece.  (3) 

First  semester.  Jashemski. 

H.  153.     History  of  Rome.  (3) 

Second   semester.  Jashemski. 

H.  155.     Medieval  Civilization.  (3) 

First   semester.     Summer   School   (2).  Jashemski. 

H.  161.     The  Renaissance  and  Reformation.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School    (2).  Jashemski. 

H.  163,  164.     The  Middle  East.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Rivlin. 

H.  165.     Topics  from  Middle  Eastern  History  in  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth 

Centuries.  (3) 
First   semester.     Prerequisites,    H.    163,    164   or   the    equivalent   or   permission   of  the 
instructor.  Rivlin. 

H.  166.     The  French  Revolution.  (2) 

First    semester.     Summer   School    (2).    The   Enlightenment   and   the   Old   Regime   in 

France;   the  revolutionary  uprisings  from   1789  to   1799.  Gordon. 

H.  167.      Napoleonic  Europe.  (2) 

Second   semester.     Summer    School    (2).     European    developments    from    the    rise    of 

Napoleon  to  the  Congress  of  Vienna.  Gordon. 

H.  171,   172.     Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,   1815-1919.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2,  2).  Bauer. 

H.  175,  176.     Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prange. 

H.  185,  186.     History  of  the  British  Empire.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    H.   186,  Summer  School   (2).  Gordon. 

H.  187.     History  of  Canada.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  Q2~).  Gordon. 

M  120 


History 


H.   1S9.      Constitutional  History  of  Great   Britain.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Gordon. 

H.  191.     History   of  Russia.   (3) 

First  semester.  Bauer. 

H.  192.     Foreign  Policy  of  the  USSR.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisites,  H.   1,  2  and  H.   191.  Bauer. 

H.  193,  194.     History  of  European  Ideas  in  Modern  Times.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Stromberg. 

H.  195.     The  Far  East.  (3) 
First  semester.    Summer  School   (2). 

H.  196.     Southeast  Asia.  (3) 

Second    semester.     Summer    School    (2). 

H.  199.     Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 


Parmer. 


Parmer. 


Bauer,  Riddleberger. 


For  Graduates 


PL  200.     Research.  Q-6) 

Credit  apportioned  to  amount  of  research.    First   and   second   semesters.  Staff. 

H.  201.     Seminar  in  American  History.  (3) 

First  and  second   semesters.    Summer   School   (2).  Staff. 

H.  202.     Historical  Literature.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  School  (2).  Assignments  in  various  selected  fields 
of  historical  literature  and  bibliography  to  meet  the  requirements  of  qualified  graduate 
students  who  need  more  intensive  concentration.  Staff. 

H.  205,  206.     Topics  in  American  Economic  and  Social  History.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 


H.  208.     Topics  in  Recent  American  Hsitory.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

H.  211.     The  Colonial  Period  in  American  History.  (3) 
First  semester. 

H.  2 J 2.     Period  of  the  American  Revolution.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

H.  215.     The  Old  South.  {3) 
hirst  semester. 

H.  216.     The  American  Civil  War.  (.3.) 
First  semester. 

H.  217.     Reconstruction  and  its  Aftermath.  (3.) 
Second   semester. 


Chatelain. 

Merrill. 

Ferguson. 

Ferguson. 

Puddle  berger. 

Sparks. 

Merrill. 


121   ► 


Home  Economics 

H.  221,  222.     History  of  the  West.  (3,  3) 

Summer  School   (2,  2).  Gevvehr. 


H.  233,  234.     Topics  in  American  Intellectual  History.   (3,  3) 
H.  245.     Topics  in  Latin-American  History.  (3) 


Beard. 
Crosman. 


H.  250.     Seminar  in  European  History.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School  (2).  Bauer. 


H.  25 1.     Topics  in  Greek  Civilization.  (3) 
H.  253.     Topics  in  Roman  History.  (3) 


Jashemski. 
Jashemski. 


H.  255.     Medieval  Culture  and  Society.  (3) 

(Arranged.)  Jashemski. 

H.  265.     Problems  in  Diplomatic  History  of  the   Middle  East.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  H.    163,    164  or  H.   165  or  the  equivalent.       Rivlin. 

H.  282.     Problems  in  the  History  of  World  War  11.  (3) 

Prange. 

H.  285,  286.     Topics  in  the  History  of  Modern  England  and  Great  Britain. 

0,3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Gordon. 

H.  287.     Historiography.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Required  of  all  candidates  for  advanced  degrees  in  history. 

Sparks. 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

A.      TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 

Professor:  Mitchell. 
Assistant  Professor:   Wilbur. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Tex.   100.     Advanced  Textiles.  (3) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Tex.   1. 

Laboratory  fee,  S3. 00. 

Tex.  101.     Problems  in  Textiles.  (3) 

One   lecture    and   two   laboratorv   periods   a    week,    second    semester.     Laboratory   fee, 

£3.00.    Prerequisite,  Tex.   100;   Organic  Chemistry. 

•<   122 


Home  Economics 

Tex.   102.     Textile  Testing.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Tex.   100.    Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00. 

Tex.   105.     Consumer  Problems  in  Textiles.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Tex.  1,  or  equivalent. 

Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Tex.  108.     Decorative  Fabrics.  (2) 

I "u ■•>  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.   Prerequisite,  Tex.  1,  or  equivalent.   Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  Wilbur. 

Clo.   120.     Draping.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Clo.  21,  122.    Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00.  Wilbur. 

Clo.   122.     Tailoring.    (2) 

Two  laboratory   periods   a   week,    first   and   second    semesters.     Prerequisite,    Clo.    21. 

Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mitchell,  Heagney,  Parker. 

Clo.  123.     Children's  Clothing.  (2) 

Two   laboratory  periods   a  week,   first  semester.    Prerequisite,   Clo.   20,   or   equivalent. 

Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Heagney,  Wilbur. 

Clo.  124.     Projects  and  Readings  in  Textiles  and  Clothing.  (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites  Clo.   120,  Tex.   100.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mitchell. 

Clo.   J 25.     Costume  Draping.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  20 

or  consent  of  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Clo.  126.     Fundamentals  of  Fashion.  (2-3) 

Second  semester.   Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  Clo.  120,  Tex.  100.  Laboratory 
fee,   $3.00.  Wilbur. 

Clo.  127.     Apparel  Design.   (3) 

Second   semester.    One  lecture  and   two  laboratory  periods   a   week.    Laboratory  fee, 

$3.00.    Prerequisite,  Clo.   120.  Staff. 

Clo.  128.     Home  Furnishings.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a   week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,   Tex.    1, 

Clo.  20,  or  consent  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Wilbur. 

For  Graduates 

Tex.  200.     Special  Studies  in  Textiles.  (2-4) 

Second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Staff. 

Clo.  220.     Special  Studies  in  Clothing.  (2-4) 

First  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mitchell,  Wilbur. 

123  ► 


Home  Economics 

Tex.  and  Clo.  230.     Seminar,  (i) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Mitchell. 

Tex.  and  Clo.  231.     Research.  (4-6) 

First   and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00.  Staff. 

Tex.  and  Clo.  232.     Economics  of  Textiles  and  Clothing.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00.  Mitchell. 

B.   PRACTICAL  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Pr.  Art  100,   101.     Mural  Design.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Prerequisites, 

Pr.  Art   1,  2,  21,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Curtiss. 

Pr.  Art  120,  121.     Costume  Illustration.  (2,  2) 

Two   laboratory   periods  a   week,   first   and   second    semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,   20,  21,  and  22  if  possible.  Elliott. 

Pr.  Art  124,   125.     Individual  Problems  hi  Costume.  (2,  2) 

Two   laboratory   periods   a   week,   first   and   second   semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Pr.   Art    1,   20,    120,    121,   and   permission   of  instructor.  Elliott. 

Pr.  Art  132.     Advertising  Layout.  (2) 

Two   laboratory   periods   a   week,   first   and  second    semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $3.00. 
Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  20,  21,  22,  30.  Cuneo. 

Pr.  Art  134,  135.     Individual  Problems  in  Advertising.  (2,  2) 
Two   laboratory   periods  a   week,   first   and   second   semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $3.00. 
Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art   1,  20,  30,   120,   132,  or  equivalent,  and  permission  of  instructor. 

Cuneo. 
Pr.  Art  136.     Display.  (2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second   semesters.    Laboratory   fee,   $3.00. 
Prerequisites,  Pr.   1,   20,  30.  Longley. 

Pr.  Art  138.     Advanced  Photography.  (2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and   second   semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art   38,   39,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Davis. 

Pr.  Art  142,   143.     Advanced  Interior  Design.   (2,  2) 

Two    laboratory  periods   a  week,   first   and   second   semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  40,  41,  or  equivalent.  Eno. 

Pr.  Art  144,   145.     Individual  Problems  in  Interior  Design.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second   semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  40,  41,  142,  143,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Eno. 

*    124 


Home  Economics 

Cr.   102.     Creative  Crafts.  (2-4) 

Summer  Session.    Daily   laboratory  periods.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00.    Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Longley. 

Cr.  120,  121.     Advanced  Ceramics.  (2,  2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a   week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,   Cr.   20,   21.  Hodgson. 

Cr.  124,  125.     Individual  Problems  in  Ceramics.  (2,  2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Prerequisites,   Cr.   20,    21,    120,    121,   and  permission  of  instructor.  Hodgson. 

Cr.  130,  131.     Advanced  Metalry.  (2,  2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Cr.   30,  31.  Longley. 

Cr.  134,  135.     Individual  Problems  in  Metalry.  (2,  2) 

Three   laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Cr.  30,  31,  130,  131,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Longley. 

Cr.   140,   141.     Advanced  Weaving.   (2,  2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,   first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory   fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Cr.  40,  41.  Longley. 

Cr.  144,  145.     Individual  Problems  in  Weaving.  (2,  2) 

Three  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,   $3.00. 

Prerequisites,  Cr.  40,  41,   140,   141,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Longley. 

C.      HOME  AND  INSTITUTION  MANAGEMENT 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151.     Management  of  the  Home.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Crow,  Stephens. 

Home  Mgt.  152.     Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home.  (3) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Prerequisites,    Home    Mgt.    150,    151.     Laboratory    fee, 

$7.00.  Crow,  Stephens. 

Home  Mgt.   155.     Money  Management.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Home  Mgt.   150  or  consent  of  instructor.       Crow. 

Home  Mgt.  156.     Household  Equipment.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Stephens. 

Home  Mgt.  158.     Special  Problems  in  Management.  (3) 

Five  lectures;  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites,  Home  Mgt.  150,  151  or  equivalent. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Summer  Session  only.  Crow. 

125  ► 


Home  Economics 

Inst.  Mgt.   160.     Institution  Organization  and  Management.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  Foods  2,  3;  Nut.    110,  Home  Mgt.  150,  151  to  precede 

or  parallel.  Collins. 

Inst.  Mgt.   161.     Institution  Food  Purchasing  and  Cost  Control.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Foods  2,  3;  Nut.  10  or  110  or  equivalent.         Collins. 

Inst.  Mgt.  162.     Institution  Foods.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Foods 

2,   3;   Nut.    10  or    110  or  consent  of  instructor.  Collins,   Pelcovits. 

Inst.  Mgt.  164.  Food  Service  Administration  and  Personnel  Management.  (2) 
One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Inst. 
Mgt.   160,   161,   162,  or  equivalent.  Pelcovits. 

Inst.  Mgt.  165.     School  Lunch.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester  and  Summer  Session. 

Prerequisites,   Foods  2,   3;  Nut.    110,   or   equivalent.  Collins. 

Inst.  Mgt.  S166.     Nutrition  and  Meal  Planning.  (2) 

Summer   Session.    One  lecture   and   two   laboratory    periods.     Prerequisite,    Inst.    Mgt. 

160  or  Equivalent. 

Inst.  Mgt.  200.     Advanced  Food  Service  Management  and  Supervision.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisites,  Inst. 
Mgt.   162,   165  or  equivalent. 

D.      FOODS  AND  NUTRITION 

Professor:    King. 

Associate  Professor:   Braucher. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Foods  100.     Food  Economics.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $7.00. 

Prerequisite,   Foods    1    or   2,    3.  Cornell. 

Foods   101.     Meal  Management.   (2) 

Two   laboratory    periods  a   week,   first   and   second   semesters.    Laboratory   fee,    $7.00. 

Prerequisite,  Foods   1  or  2,  3.  Cornell. 

Foods   102.     Experimental  Foods.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $7.00. 

Prerequisites,  Foods   2,   3;   Chem.   31,   32,   33,   34.  King. 

Foods  104.     Advanced  Foods.   (2-3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Foods  2,  3;  Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34.  King. 

Foods  105.     Foods  of  Other  Countries.  (3) 

One   lecture   and  two  laboratory  periods   a   week,   second   semester     Alternate   years. 

Laboratory  fee,  $7.00.   Prerequisite,  Foods  1  or  2,  3,  or  equivalent.  CornelL 

^    126 


Home  Economics 

Nut.  110.     Nutrition.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Foods  2,  3;  Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34.   Laboratory 

fee,  $7.00.  Braucher. 

Nut.   111.      Child  Nutrition.   (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite, 

Foods  1   or  2,  3;  Nut.   10  or  110.  Collins. 

Nut.  112.     Dietetics.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Prerequisite,   Nut.    110.  Pelcovits. 

Nut.   113.     Diet  and  Disease.  (2) 

Second   semester.    Alternate  years.    Prerequisite,   Nut.    110. 

Nut.   114.     Nutrition  for  Health  Services.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Nut.    10   or  equivalent.  Braucher. 

For  Graduates 

Foods  200.     Advanced  Experimental  Foods.   (3-5*) 

Two  lectures  and  three  laboratory  periods  a  week,   second   semester.    Laboratory    fee, 

$7.00  King. 

Nut.  208.     Recent  Progress  in  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Braucher. 

Foods  210.     Readings  in  Foods.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   Foods    102,    104.  King- 

Nut.  210.     Readings  in  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Braucher. 

Nut.  211.     Problems  in  Nutrition.  (3-5) 

Second  semester.  Braucher. 

Nut.  212.     Nutrition  for  Community  Service.  (3) 

First   semester.  Braucher. 

Foods  and  Nut.  204.     Recent  Advances  in  Foods  and  Nutrition.  (2-3) 

Second  semester.  Kuig>  Braucher. 

Foods  and  Nut.  220.     Seminar.  (1,  I). 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Foods  and  Nut.  221.     Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00.  Staff. 

HOME  ECONOMICS— GENERAL 

H.  E.  103.     Demonstrations.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Clo.  20;  Foods  1 
or  2,  3;  Tex.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.00.  Experience  in  planning  and  presenting  demon- 
strations. 

127  ► 


Horticulture 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors:  Haut,  Link,  Scott,  Shanks,  Stark,  and  Thompson. 
Associate  Professor:  Reynolds. 
Assistant  Professors:  Britton  and  Wiley. 

This  Department  offers  graduate  work  in  the  fields  of  Floriculture  and 
Ornamental  Horticulture,  Horticultural  Processing,  Olericulture,  and  Pomology 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 

Departmental  requirements,  supplementary  to  this  Graduate  Catalog  have 
been  formulated  for  the  administration  and  guidance  of  graduate  students. 
Copies  of  these  requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the  department. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Hort.  101,   102.     Technology  of  Fruits.  (2,  2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   101.         Thompson. 

Hort.   103,   104.     Technology  of  Vegetables.  (2,  2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   Bot.   101.  Stark. 

Hort.    105.     Technology  of  Ornamentals.  (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  Link. 

Hort.  106.     World  Fruits  and  Nuts.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Haut. 

Hort.  107,  108.     Plant  Materials.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite, 

Bot.    11    or   equivalent.  Enright. 

Hort.  114.     Systematic  Pomology.  (3) 

Two  lectures   and  one  laboratory  period   a  week,  first  semester.    Given   in   alternate 

years.  Haut. 

Hort.  116.     Systematic  Olericulture.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    Given   in   alternate 

years.  Reynolds. 

Hort.  122.     Special   Problems.    (2,    2) 

First   and    second    semesters.     Credit    arranged    according   to   work   done.     For   major 

students  in  horticulture  or  botany.  Staff. 

Hort.  123.     Grades  and  Standards  for  Canned  and  Frozen  Products.  (2) 
Second  semester.    One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Hort. 
124.  Kramer. 

Hort.  124.     Quality   Control.    (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,   Hort. 

58,    155,    156.  Kramer. 

•+  128 


Horticulture 

Hort.  126.     Nutritional  Analyses  of  Processed  Craps.  (2) 

Second  semester.    Two  laboratory  periods  a   week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.    33  and   34, 

Bot.  101,  Hort.  123. 

Hort.  ISO,  151.     Commercial    floriculture.    (3,     3) 

First  and  second    semesters.    Two  lectures  and  one   laboratory   period   a   week.    Pre- 
requisite, Hort.  11.  Link. 

Hort.  155.     Commercial  Processing  1.   (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Prerequisites,  Chem.   32,  34,    Hort.  61.  Wiley. 

Hort.  156.     Commercial  Processing  11.  (2) 

Second  semester.    One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Hort. 

155.  Wiley. 

Hort.  159.     Nursery   Management.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and   one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  or 

concurrently,  Hort.  62,   107,   108.  Enright. 

For  Graduates 

Hort.  200.     Experimental  Procedures  in  Plant  Sciences.  (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,    permission   of  instructor.  Haut. 

Hort.  201,  202.     Experimental  Pomology.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   Bot.   101.  Thompson. 

Hort.  203,  204.     Experimental  Olericulture.   (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Bot.   101.  (Not  offered   1957-58.)  Stark. 

Hort.  205.     Experimental    Olericulture.    (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  Stark. 

Hort.  206.     Experimental   Floricidture.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  Link. 

Hort.  207.     Methods  of   Horticultural   Research.    (3) 

Second  semester.    One  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.         Scott. 

Hort.  208.     Advanced  Horticidtural  Research.    (2-22) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Credit  granted  according  to  work  done.  Staff. 

Hort.  209.     Advanced   Seminar.    (2,    2) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Five  credit  hours  for  five  semesters  can  be  obtained. 

Haut  and  Staff. 
Hort.  210.     Experimental  Processing.    (2) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   permission   of  instructor.  Kramer. 

129  ► 


Mathematics 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors:     Jackson,   Martin  and  Stellmacher. 
Research  Professors:    Diaz*,  Montroll*,  and  Weinstein*. 
Associate  Professors:    Vullerton,  Good  and  Ludford. 
Associate  Research  Professor:    Payne* 
Assistant  Professors:  Brace  and  Ehrlich. 

For  admission  to  graduate  study  in  mathematics  the  Department  requires, 
in  addition  to  the  Graduate  School  requirements,  an  official  transcript  of  the 
student's  previous  work  for  its  files  and  evidence  that  the  candidate  for  admis- 
sion has  received  sufficient  prior  training  in  mathematics  to  indicate  that  he 
will  be  able  successfully  to  undertake  graduate  training. 

Before  being  recommended  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  master's 
degree  in  mathematics,  in  addition  to  the  Graduate  School  requirements,  the 
student  must  demonstrate  a  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  of 
scientific  importance  and  must  have  completed  the  major  part  of  the  course 
work  required  for  the  degree  and  must  have  received  an  average  grade  of 
B  or  better  in  all  graduate  courses  taken. 

A  student  preparing  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  with  a  major 
in  mathematics  will  be  offered  a  choice  of  two  curricula,  one  with  an  emphasis 
on  pure  mathematics,  the  other  with  an  emphasis  on  applied  mathematics. 

The  Department  requires  successful  completion  of  a  preliminary  oral  exami- 
nation before  giving  its  recommendation  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctorate.  Before  presenting  himself  for  this  examination  the  student  is  ex- 
pected to  have  acquired  a  background  of  mathematical  knowledge  equivalent  to 
the  following  group  of  graduate  studies.  In  the  pure  mathematics  curriculum: 
Algebra,  six  hours;  Analysis,  twelve  hours;  Geometry  and  Topology,  six  hours; 
Mathematical  Methods  or  Mathematical  Physics  or  Physics  or  (further)  Analysis, 
six  hours.  In  the  applied  mathematics  curriculum:  Analysis,  eighteen  hours 
(including  Math,  286,  287,  288,  289  212);  Mathematical  Methods,  six  hours; 
Mathematical  Physics,  six  hours  (including  Math.  260);  Algebra  or  Geometry 
or  Topology  as  related  to  the  student's  individual  work. 

A  student  who  intends  to  present  a  minor  in  mathematics  of  more  than 
nine  credit  hours  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  must  include  at  least 
three  credit  hours  of  200-level  courses  in  mathematics.  If  the  program  in- 
cludes more  than  12  credit  hours,  at  least  six  credit  hours  must  be  in  200- 
level  courses  in  mathematics. 

The  Mathematics  Department  Colloquium  meets  frequently  throughout  the 
academic  year  for  reports  on   current  research  by  the   resident  staff,   visiting 


*  Member  of  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics. 
130 


Mathematics 

lecturers,  and  graduate  students.  In  addition  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics  Colloquium  meets  at  frequent  intervals  for  reports 
on  research  in  those  fields.  All  colloquium  meetings  are  open  to  the  public. 


A.      ALGEBRA 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  100.     Higher  Algebra.  (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,   Math.    21    or   equivalent.  Raleigh. 

Math.  103,  104.     Introduction  to  Modern  Algebra.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.    For  Math.  104,  the  usual  prerequisite  of  Math. 

103  may  be  waived  upon  consent  of  instructor.  MacCarthy. 

Math.  106.     Introduction   to   the  Theory  of  Numbers.   (3) 

Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  Math.  21   or   equivalent.  Good. 

For  Graduates 


Math.  200,  201.     Modern  Algebra.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,   Math.    103   or   consent   of   instructor. 

Math.  202.     Matrix  Theory.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.   103  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  204,  205.     Topological  Groups.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  271.     Selected   Topics  in   Algebra.    (3) 
Arranged. 


Ehrlich. 

Ehrlich. 

Good. 


B.      ANALYSIS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  110,  111.     Advanced   Calcidus.    (3,    3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Hummel. 

Math.  114.     Differential   Equations.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.    110  or  equivalent.  Martin. 

Math.  115.     Partial  Differential   Equations.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.    114  or  equivalent.  Martin. 

Math.  116.     Introduction  to  Complex  Variable  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.   Open  to  students  in  engineering  and  the  physical 


sciences.    Graduate  students  in  mathematics  should  enroll  in  Math.  286. 


Ludford. 


131 


Mathematics 


Math.  117.     Fourier  Series.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.   114  or  equivalent. 

For  Graduates 

Math.  212.     Special    Functions.     (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  287  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  21 5,  216.     Advanced   Differential  Equations.   (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.    100,    111   and   114,  or  consent   of  instructor. 

Math.  217.     Existence  Theorems  in  Differential  Equations.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.   114  or  equivalent. 

Math.  218.     Integral  Equations.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  100  and  287,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  272.     Selected  Topics   in  Analysis.    (3) 
Arranged. 

Math.  280,  281.     Linear  Spaces.   (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  287  or  equivalent. 

Math.  286,  287.     Theory  of  Functions.  (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill   or  equivalent. 

Math.  288.     Theory   of  Analytic  Functions.    (3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  287  or  a  course  in  complex  variables. 

Math.  289.     Measure   and  Integration.    (3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  287  or  a  course  in  real  variables. 


Ludford. 

Diaz. 
Horvath. 
Horvath. 
Doughs. 

Brace. 

Rosen. 

Stellmacher. 

Brace. 


C.      GEOMETRY  AND  TOPOLOGY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  122,  123.     Elementary  Topology.    (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,   Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Math.  124,  125.     Introduction  to  Projective   Geometry.   (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Math.  126,  127.     Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry  and  Tensor  Analysis. 

(3,3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.   21    or  equivalent.  Jackson. 

Math.  128,  129.     Higher  Geometry.    (3,    3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21   or  consent  of  instructor.   Math.   128  is  not  a  prerequisite  for 

Math.  129.    Open  to  students  in  the  College  of  Education.  Mayor. 


Rosen. 


Jackson. 


<  132 


Mathematics 

For  Graditates 

Math.  220,  221.     Differential   Geometry.   (3,    3) 

Prerequisite,   Math.    Ill   and    152,  or  consent   of  instructor.  Jackson. 

Math.  223,  224.     Algebraic  Topology.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.   103  and   123,  or  consent  or  instructor.  Fullerton. 

Math.  225,  226.     Set-theoretic  Topology.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  123  or  consent  of  instructor.  Fullerton. 

Math.  273.     Selected  Topics   in   Geometry  and   Topology.    (3) 
Arranged. 

D.      PROBABILITY   AND   STATISTICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  130.     Probability.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Hsu. 

Math.  132.     Mathematical   Statistics.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Hsu. 

Math.  133.     Advanced  Statistical  Analysis.   (3) 

Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Math.  132  or  equivalent.  Hsu. 


HISTORY 


For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  140.     History  of  Mathematics.    (3) 

Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  Math.  21   or  consent  of  instructor. 


Jackson. 


F.      MATHEMATICAL    METHODS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  150,  151.     Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists.  (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Esser. 

Math.  152.     Vector  Analysis.    (3) 

Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,   Math.  21    or  equivalent.  Esser. 

Math.  153.     Operational  Calcidus.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Esser. 

Math.  155.     Numerical  Analysis.    (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.   110  and  114,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Good. 


133   ► 


Mathematics 

Math.  156.     Programming  for  High   Speed  Computers.   (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 


Davis. 


For  Graduates 

Math.  250.     Tensor  Analysis.    (3) 

First  semester.   Prerequisite,  Math.  100  and  152,  or  consent  of  instructor.     Stellmacher. 

Math.  251.     Hilhert  Space.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  100  and  287,  or  consent  of  instructor.     Weinstein. 


Math.  252.     Variational  Methods.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  260  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  255,  256.     Advanced   Numerical  Analysis.    (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  100  and  155,  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Payne. 


Davis. 


G.      MATHEMATICAL  PHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  160,  161.     Analytic  Mechanics.    (3,   3) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21    or  equivalent. 


Martin. 


For  Graduates 

Math.  260.     Foundations  of  Mathematical   Physics.    (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Diaz. 

Math.  261,  262.     Fluid  Dynamics.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  260  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ludford. 

Math.  263,  264.     Elasticity.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  100  and  260,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Payne. 

Math.  265.     Hyperholic    Differential    Equations.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Math.  260  or  consent  of  instructor.  Stellmacher. 

Math.  266.     Elliptic    Differential   Equations.    (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Math.  260  or  consent  of  instructor.  Pucci. 

Math.  274.     Selected  Topics  in  Applied   Mathematics.   (3) 
Arranged. 


134 


Mechanical  Engineering 
H.      FOR  TEACHERS  OF  MATHEMATICS  AND  SCIENCE 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  181.     Foundations  of  Number  Theory.   (3) 

Summer  School.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the  physical 
sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered   elsewhere  in  their  curriculum. 

Jackson. 
Math.  182.     Foundations  of  Algebra.   (3) 

Summer  School.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the  physical 
sciences,   since   the  course   content  is   usually  covered   elsewhere   in   their   curriculum. 

Ehrlich. 
Math.  183.     Foundations  of  Geometry.   (3) 

Summer  School.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the  physical 
sciences,   since   the   course   content   is   usually  covered   elsewhere   in   their   curriculum. 

Jackson. 
Math.  184.     Foundations   of  Analysis.    (3) 

Summer  School.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the  physical 
sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum. 

Good. 

I.      RESEARCH 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  190,  191.     Honors  Reading   Course.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  by  the  department  to  work  for  honors.  Jackson. 

For  Graduates 

Math.  298.     Proseminar  in   Research.   (I) 

Second    semester.    Prerequisite,  one   semester  of  graduate   work   in  mathematics. 

Fullerton. 
Math.  300.     Research. 
Arranged. 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Graduate  Faculty:    Professors:   Younger,  Jackson,  Long  and  Shreeve. 
Associate  Professor:  Allen. 
Assistant  Professor:    Sayre. 

Instruction   and  research  facilities  are  available  for  the   degrees  of  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

135  ► 


Mechanical  Engineering 

For  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  a  minimum 
of  six  semester  hours  of  course  work  in  Mechanical  Engineering  must  be  taken 
in  classes  conducted  by  members  of  the  resident  graduate  faculty.  For  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree,  the  minimum  is  eighteen  semester  hours. 

Registration  for  six  credits  of  research  (M.E.  221,  Research)  for  the  M.S. 
thesis  is  required.  Arrangements  for  faculty  supervision  of  this  research  must 
be  made  and  approved  by  the  department  chairman  before  registration  in  the 
course. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

M.  E.  100.     Thermodynamics.    (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Phys. 

20;  Math.  21,  concurrently.  Eyler,  Sayre. 

M.  E.  101.     Heat  Transfer.   (3) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E. 

100;  M.E.  102  concurrently.  Eyler. 

M.  E.  102.     Fluid  Mechanics.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E. 

100.   Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Sayre. 

M.  E.  103.     Metallography.    (3) 

Second    semester.     Two   lectures   and    one    laboratory   period    a    week.     Prerequisites, 

M.E.  20,  21,  23.  Jackson,  Eyler. 

M.  E.  104.     Kinematics.    (2) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.   Prerequisites,  M.E.  24 

and  Math.  21.  Long. 

M.  E.  ISO,  151.     Heat  Power,  Chemical  and  Nuclear.   (4,  4) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Pre- 
requisites, M.E.    100;  M.E.   102,  concurrently.  Shreeve,   Cather. 

M.  E.  152,  153.     Mechanical  Engineering  Design.   (4,   3) 

First  semester,  two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Second  semester  two 

lectures  and   one   laboratory   period  a   week.    Prerequisites,    M.E.    103,   M.E.    104. 

Jackson,  Long,  Hayleck. 
M.  E.  154,  155.     Mechanical   Laboratory.    (2,    2) 

First  and   second  semesters.    One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prere- 
quisite, senior  standing.    Laboratory  fee  $3.00  per  semester.  Staff. 

M.  E.  156.     Heating  and  Air  Conditioning.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites  M.E. 

100;  M.E.  101,  concurrently.  Allen,  Eyler. 

M.  E.  157.     Refrigeration.   (3) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E. 
100,  M.E.  101,  M.E.  156;  M.E.  102  concurrently.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester. 

Allen,  Eyler. 

<  136 


Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  E.  158,  159.     Applied  Elasticity.  (3,  3) 

First   and   second    semesters.    Three    lectures   a    week.     Prerequisites,    Math.    64    and 

M.E.  23.  Long. 

M.  E.  160,  161.     Advanced    Dynamics.    (3,    3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Math.  64,  M.E.  24. 

Younger. 
M.  E.  162,  163.     Advanced  Thermodynamics.   (3,   3) 

First  and  second   semesters.    Three   lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,   M.E.    100,    102; 
Math.  64.  Allen,  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  164.     Research.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  B  average  and   senior  standing  in  mechanical 

engineering.    Arrangements  must  be  made  in  advance  of  registration.  Staff. 

M.  E.  165.     Creative    Engineering.    (3) 

First  or  second  semester.    Prerequisite,   senior  standing  in  mechanical   engineering. 

Shreeve. 
M.  E.  166,  167.     Advanced   Fluid  Mechanics.    (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  M.E.  102,  Math.  64. 

Sayre. 

For  Graduates 

M.  E.  200,  201.     Advanced  Dynamics.   (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites  M.E.  24,  Math.  64,  M.E.   153,  M.E.   155. 

Younger,  Long. 

M.  E.  202,  203.     Applied  Elasticity.   (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,   M.E.  23,   Math.  64,  M.E.    153. 

Younger,  Long. 

M.  E.  204,  205.     Advanced  Thermodynamics.  (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  M.E.  101,  M.E.  151, 

Math.  64.  Shreeve,  Allen. 

M.  E.  206,  207.     Advanced  Machine   Design.    (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Two  lectures  and  one   laboratory  period   a  week.    Pre- 
requisites, Math.  64,  M.E.  153.  Jackson. 

M.  E.  208,  209.     Steam  Power  Design.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second   semesters.    One  lecture   and  two   laboratory  periods  a   week.    Pre- 
requisite, M.E.   151.  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  210,  211.     Advanced  Vluid  Mechanics.   (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  M.E.   102,  Math.  64.  Sayre. 

M.  E.  212,  213.     Advanced  Steam  Power  Laboratory.   (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.   One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.   Prerequisite, 

registration  in  M.E.  204,  205.  Shreeve. 

137  ► 


Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  E.  214,  215.     Advanced  Applied  Mechanics  Laboratory.   (2,  2) 
First    and    second    semesters.    One    lecture   and    one   laboratory    period    a    week.     Pre- 
requisites, registration  in  iM.E.  200,  201  and  M.E.  202,  203.  Long. 

M.  E.  216,  217.     Advanced  Internal   Combustion   Engine   Design.    (3,    3) 
First  and  second  semesters.    One   lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prere- 
quisites, M.E.  150,  151;  M.E.  152,  153,  and  registration  in  M.E.  200,  201   and  M.E. 
204,  205.  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  218,  219.     Advanced  Internal  Combustion  Engine  Laboratory.   (2,  2) 
First  and  second  semesters.   One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite, 
registration  in  M.E.  216,  217.  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  220.     Seminar. 

Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  mechanical  engineering  staff.    Prerequisite, 

graduate  standing  in   mechanical  engineering.  Staff. 

M.  E.  221.     Research. 

Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  mechanical  engineering  staff.    Prerequisite, 

graduate  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Staff. 

M.  E.  222.     Advanced  Metallography.    (3) 

First   semester.    Two  lectures   and  one   laboratory   period   a   week.    Prerequisite,   M.E. 

103,  M.E.  23.  Jackson. 

M.  E.  223,  224.     Steam  and  Gas  Turbine   Design.   (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  M.E.   101,  M.E.  151, 

Math.  64.  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  225,  226.     Advanced  Properties  of  Metals  and  Alloys.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E.  23,  M.E.   103, 

M.E.  152,  M.E.  153.  Jackson. 

M.  E.  227,  228.     Theory  of  Elasticity.   (3,   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E.  202,  203. 

Younger,  Long. 
M.  E.  229,  230.     Jet  Propulsion.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  M.E.  101,  M.E.  150, 
M.E.  151.  Shreeve. 

M.  E.  231,  232.     Advanced  Heat  Transfer.    (3,    3) 

First    and  second  semesters.    Three   lectures  a   week.    Prerequisite,   M.E.    101. 

Shreeve,  Allen. 
M.  E.  233,  234.     Compressible    Flow.    (3,    3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  M.E.   210,  211   or 
equivalent.  Sayre. 


-*  138 


Microbiology 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professors:     Faber,  Hansen  and  Pelczar. 
Associate  Professors:    Laffer  and  Doetsch. 

The  Department  of  Microbiology  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Graduate  students  associated  with  institutions  away  from  the  College  Park 
campus  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  12  credit  hours,  exclusive  of  research, 
during  one  semester  at  College  Park  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science,  and 
a  minimum  of  24  credit  hours,  exclusive  of  research,  during  two  semesters  at 
College  Park  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  research  project,  the  experimental  approach  employed,  and  progress 
made  must  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

Further  information  concerning  graduate  work  in  Microbiology  may  be 
obtained  from  the  department. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Microb.  101.     Pathogenic  Microbiology.    (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Prerequisite,  Microb.  5.  Faber. 

Microb.  103.     Serology.    (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory   periods  a   week,   second  semester.    Laboratory  fee, 

$10.00.    Prerequisite,  Microb.   101.  Faber. 

Microb.   104.     History  of  Microbiology.  (I) 

One  lecture  period  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  a  major  or  minor  in  microbiology. 

Doetsch. 
Microb.  105.     Clinical  Methods.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Faber. 

Microb.  108.     Epidemiology  and   Public   Health.    (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Microb.   101.  Faber. 

Microb.  121.     Advanced  Methods.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,   second   semester.    Laboratory    fee, 

$10.00.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Hansen  and  Pelczar. 

Microb.  131.     Food  and  Sanitary  Microbiology.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,    second  semester.    Laboratory   fee, 

$10.00.   Prerequisite,  Microb.  1.  Laffer. 

Microb.  133.     Dairy  Microbiology.  (4) 

Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Prerequisite,  Microb.  1.  Doetsch. 

139  ► 


Microbiology 

Microb.  135.     Soil   Microbiology.  (4) 

Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Prerequisite,  Microb.  1.  Hansen. 

Microb.  161.     Systematic  Bacteriology.  (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,   8  credits  in  microbiology. 

Hansen. 
Microb.  181.     Microbiological   Problems.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,    16  credits  in  microbiology.    Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.    Registration  only  upon  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Microb.  201.     Medical  Mycology.  (4) 

Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.   Laboratory  fee  $10.00. 

Prerequisite,  30  credits  in  microbiology  and  allied  fields.  Laffer. 

Microb.  202.     Genetics    of   Microorganisms.    (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,    consent  of  instructor. 

Hansen. 
Microb.  204.     Bacterial  Metabolism.   (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week,  first   semester.    Prerequisite,   30  credits  in  microbiology 
and  allied  fields,  including  Chem.    161   and    162.  Pelczar. 

Microb.  206,  208.     S fecial  Topics.   (I,    I) 

One  lecture  period  a  week,   first  and   second   semesters.    Prerequisite,   20    credits  in 

microbiology.  Staff. 

Microb.  210.     Virology  and  Tissue  Culture.  (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Microb.   101   or  equivalent. 

Warren. 
Microb.  211.     Virology  and  Tissue  Culture   Laboratory.    (2) 
Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $20.00. 
Prerequisite,  Microb.  101   or  equivalent.    Registration  only  upon  consent  of  instructor. 

Hilleman. 
Microb.  214.     Advanced  Bacterial  Metabolism.  (I) 

One  lecture  period  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Microb.  204  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Pelczar. 

Microb.  280.     Seminar— Research    Methods.    (2) 

First  semester.  Staff. 

Microb.  282.     Seminar— Microbiological    Literature.    (0 

Second  semester.  Staff. 

Microb.  291.     Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Staff. 

<   140 


Philosophy 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor:  Garvin. 

Assistant  Professors:    Robinson  and  Schlaretzki. 

This  Department  is  now  offering  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  and  providing 
minor  work  for  related  areas. 


For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 


Phil  101.     Ancient  Philosophy.  (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  102.     Modem    Philosophy.    (3) 
Second  semester. 

Phil   111.     Medieval  Philosophy.  (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  114.     Contemporary    Movements   in    Philosophy.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  120.     Oriental   Philosophy.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  121.     American    Philosophy.    (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  123,  124.     Philosophies  Men  Live  By.  (2,  2) 


Robinson. 

Lavine,  Schlaretzki. 

Piobinson. 

Garvin. 

Robinson. 

Schlaretzki. 


Phil.  130.     The  Conflict  of  Ideals  in  Western  Civilization.  (3) 
Second  semester. 


Staff. 
Schlaretzki. 


Phil.  135.     Philosophy  of  Social  and  Historical  Change.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

Phil.  140.     Philosophical  Bases  of  Educational  Theories.  (3) 
Second  semester. 

Phil  151.     Ethics.  (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  153.     Philosophy   of  Art.   (3) 
First  semester. 

Phil.  154.     Political  and   Social  Philosophy.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Lavine, 

Phil.  155.     Logic.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Garvin, 


Lavine. 

Robinson. 

Garvin,  Schlaretzki. 

Robinson. 

Schlaretzki. 

Schlaretzki. 
141    ► 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

Phil.  156.     Philosophy   of   Science.    (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School   (2).  Robinson. 

Phil.  158.     Philosophy  of  Language.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Schlaretzki. 

Phil.  191,  192,  193,  194.     Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

Each  semester.  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Graduate  instruction  in  the  Department  of  Philosophy  is  carried  on  mainly 
by  independent  investigation  of  special  topics  under  individual  supervision. 
Any  of  the  courses  listed  below  may  be  elected  more  than  once.  Course  selec- 
tions require  the   approval   of  the   department  chairman. 

Phil.  201.     Research   in   Philosophy.    (1-3) 

Each  semester.  Staff. 

Phil.  203.     Selected  Problems   in   Philosophy.   (1-3) 

Each  semester.  Staff. 

Phil.  205.     Seminar  in   the  History   of  Philosophy.    (1-3) 

First  semester.  Staff. 

Phil.  206.     Seminar  in   the  Problems  of  Philosophy.    (2-3) 

Second  semester.  Staff. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH 

Professors:     Fraley,   Deach,  Humphrey,  Johnson,  Massey,  and  Mohr. 
Associate  Professors:  Eyler  and  Harvey. 

The  graduate  student  majoring  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  or  Health 
Education  may  pursue  any  of  the  following  degrees:  Master  of  Arts  in  Physical 
Education,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Undergraduate 
requirements  to  be  met  by  every  candidate  before  admission  to  candidacy 
for  a  graduate  degree  in  Physical  Education  are:  basic  sciences  (human  anatomy 
and  physiology,  physiology  of  exercise),  kinesiology,  therapeutics,  sport  skills, 
methods,  human  development,  measurement,  administration,  and  student  teach- 
ing. In  cases  where  a  student  has  had  successful  experience  in  teaching 
Physical  Education,  the  prerequisites  of  sport  skills,  methods,  and  student  teach- 
ing may  be  waived.  Undergraduate  prerequisites  in  Recreation  are:  psychology, 
sociology,  principles,  administration,  basic  sciences,  recreational  activities,  and 
practical  experience.  Undergraduate  prerequisites  in  Health  Education  are: 
biological  sciences,  bacteriology,  human  anatomy  and  physiology,  nutrition, 
chemistry,  psychology,   measurement,  administration,  principles,  and  field  work. 

<   142 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

Every  graduate  student  majoring  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  or 
Health  Education  is  required  to  take  the  following  courses  (or  transfer  their 
equivalent)  before  taking  the  qualifying  examination;  P.  E.  201,  Foundations 
in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health;  P.  E.  210,  Methods  and  Tech- 
niques of  Research;  and  P.  E.  196  Quantitative  Methods  or  P.  E.  230,  Source 
Material  Survey.  In  addition,  every  graduate  student  must  register  for  and 
complete  P.  E.  200,  Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  at 
some  time  during  his  graduate  program. 


A.      PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

P.  E.  100.     Kinesiology.   (4) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.    Three  lectures   and  two  laboratory  hours  a 

week.   Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  14,  and  15,  or  the  equivalent.  Massey. 

P.  E.  120.     Physical  Education   for  the  Elementary   School.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Humphrey. 

P.  E.  155.     Physical  Fitness  of  the   Individual.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Massey. 

P.  E.  160.     Theory  of  Exercise.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.    Prerequisite,   P.   E.   100.  Massey. 

P.  E.  170.     Supervision  in   Elementary  School  Physical  Education.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.    Prerequisite,  P.   E.    120.  Humphrey. 

P.  E.  ISO.     Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.  (3) 

First   and  second  semesters.    Two  lectures   and   two  laboratory  periods   a  week. 

Eyler,  Mohr. 
P.  E.  182.     History  of  Dance.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisites,   P.   E.   52,   54,    56,    58,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

Madden. 
P.  E.  184.     Theory  and   Philosophy   of  Dance.    (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Madden. 

P.  E.  189.     Field  Laboratory   Projects   and  Workshop.    (.1-6^) 

First  and  second  semester  and  summer.  Staff. 

P.  E.  190.     Administration  and  Supervision  of  Physical  Education,   Recreation 

and  Health.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters,  and  summer.  Johnson. 

P.  E.  191.     The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Education.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.   Prerequisite,  P.  E.  120.  Humphrey. 

143   ► 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

P.  E.  195.     Organization   and    Administration   of   Elementary    School   Physical 

Education.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.    Prerequisite,  P.  E.   120.  Humphrey. 

P.  E.  196.     Quantitative   Methods.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Massey. 

For  Graduates 

P.  E.  200.     Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.   CO 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

P.  E.  201.     Foundations  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson,  Eyler. 

P.  E.  202.     Status  and  Trends  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Education.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Humphrey. 

P.  E.  203.     Supervisory    Techniques    in    Physical    Education,    Recreation    and 

Health.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

P.  E.  204.     Physical  Education   and  the  Development  of  the  Child.   (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.    First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Humphrey. 

P.  E.  205.     Analysis  of  Contemporary  Athletics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Eyler. 

P.  E.  210.     Methods   and  Techniques   of   Piesearch.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

P.  E.  215.     Principles  and  Techniques  of  Evaluation.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

P.  E.  230.     Source    Material    Survey.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Eyler. 

P.  E.  250.     Mental  and  Emotional  Aspects  of  Sports  and  Recreation.   (3) 
First  and   second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

P.  E.  280.     The  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Massey. 

P.  E.  2S7.     Advanced  Seminar.   (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Deach. 

P.  E.  288.     Special   Problems   in  Physical  Education,   Recreation  and   Health. 

(i-6) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

M  144 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

P.  E.  289.     Research-Thesis.    (IS) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

P.  E.  290.     Administrative    Direction    of   Physical    Education,    Recreation   and 

Health.   (3) 
First  and   second    semesters   and   summer.  Deach. 

P.  E.  291.     Curriculum  Construction  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

B.      HEALTH   EDUCATION 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Hea.  150.     Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth.   (3) 

First   and   second  semesters   and   summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  160.     Problems  in  School  Health  Education  in  Elementary  and  Secondary 

School.    (2-6) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson   and   Staff. 

Hea.  170.     The  Health  Program  in  The  Elementary  School.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.    Prerequisite,  Hea.  2  and  4,  or  Hea.  40. 

Humphrey. 
Hea.  178.     Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education  for  Teachers.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  180.     Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Eyler,   Mohr. 

Hea.  189.     Field   Laboratory   Projects  and   Workshop.    (.1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

Hea.  190.     Organization  and  Administration  of  Health  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second   semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

For  Graduates 

Hea.  200.     Seminar  in  Physical  Education,    Recreation  and  Health.   (1) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

Hea.  203.     Supervisory    Techniques    in    Physical    Education,    Piecreation    and 

Health.   (3) 
First   and   second  semesters   and   summer.  Mohr. 

Hea.  210.     Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Muhr. 

145    ► 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

Hea.  220.     Scientific  Foundations  of  Health  Education.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  230.     Source  Material  Survey.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Eyler. 

Hea.  240.     Advancements  in  Modern  Health.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  250.     Health  Problems  in  Guidance.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  260.     Public  Health  Education.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson. 

Hea.  280.     Scientific   Bases  of  Exercise.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Massey. 

Hea.  287.     Advanced   Seminar.    (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Deach. 

Hea.  288.     Special   Problems   in   Physical   Education,    Recreation   and   Health. 

0-6) 
First   and   second   semesters    and    summer.  Staff. 

Hea.  289.     Research-Thesis.  OS} 

First   and   second   semesters   and   summer.  Staff. 

Hea.  290.     Administrative    Direction    of    Physical    Education,    Recreation    and 

Health.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Deach. 

Hea.  291.     Curriculum   Construction  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.    (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

C.      RECREATION 

Tor  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Rec.  120.     Program  Planning.    (3) 

First   and  second   semesters.    Prerequisite,   Rec.    30.  Harvey. 

Rec.  150.     Camp  Management.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Harvey. 

Rec.  180.     Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Harvey. 

Rec.  S184.     Outdoor  Education.    (6) 

Summer  only.  Staff. 

^    146 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

Rec.  189.     Field   Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshops.   Cl-6) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

Rec.  190.     Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Harvey. 

Rec.   196.     Quantitative   Methods.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Massey. 

For  Graduates 

Rec.  200.     Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  (J) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Start. 

Rec.  201.     Foundations  in  Physical  Education,   Recreation  and  Health.   (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Johnson,  Eyler. 

P\ec.  202.     Philosophy   of  Recreation.   (2) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Harvey. 

Rec.  203.     Supervisory    Techniques    in    Physical    Education,     Recreation    and 

Health.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

Rec.  204.     Modern  Trends  in  Recreation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Harvey. 

Rec.  210.     Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

Rec.  215.     Principles  and  Techniques  of  Evaluation.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Mohr. 

Rec.  230.     Source  Material  Survey.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Eyler. 

Rec.  240.     Industrial   Piecreation.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Harvey. 

Rec.  260.     Hospital   Piecreation.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Harvey. 

Rec.  287.     Advanced   Seminar.    (2-2) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Deach. 

Piec.  288.     Special   Problems   in   Physical   Education,    Recreation    and   Health. 

0-6) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

147  ► 


Physics 

Rec.  289.     Research-Thesis.    fJ-5) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Staff. 

Pxec.  290.     Administrative    Direction    of    Physical    Education,    Piecreation    and 

Health.  (3) 
First  and  second   semesters  and  summer.  Deach. 

PHYSICS 

Professors:    Toll,  Morgan,  and  Myers. 

Research  Professors:   Burgers*  and  Montroll* . 

Part-time  Professors:  de  Launay,  Herzfeld,  Kennard,  and  Wangsness. 

Associate  Professors:    Anderson,  Terrell,  Horny ak,  Iskraut,  and  Singer. 

Assistant  Professor:    MacDonald. 

Assistant  Research  Professor:    Swetnick. 

Research  Associates:    Hinnov  and  Isihara* . 

Part-time    Lecturers:     Aitken,    Bass,    Friedman,    Green,    Harrington,    Hayward, 

Jastrcnv,   hide,   Morton,   O'Rourke,  Overton,   Shapiro,   M.    Slawsky,   Snavely, 

F.  Stem,  Snow,  Wada  and  Wolcott. 

It  is  expected  that  the  following  courses  should  have  been  taken  prelim- 
inary to  graduate  work.  Any  deficiencies  should  be  made  up  at  once.  A  limited 
amount  of  graduate  credit  will  be  allowed  for  courses  so  taken. 

General  Physics  Electricity  and  Magnetism 

Heat  Modern  Physics 

Intermediate  Mechanics  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus 

Optics 

Candidates  for  both  the  Master's  and  Doctor's  degree  are  required  to  take 
Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  (Physics  200,  201).  The  course  runs  for  a 
full  year  and  carries  12  semester  hours  credit.  The  minimum  prerequisites  in 
mathematics  are  differential  and  integral  calculus,  but  advanced  calculus,  differ- 
ential equations,   and  vector  analysis   are  recommended. 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor's  degree  should  follow  the  Introduction  to 
Theoretical  Physics  with  Quantum  Mechanics.  No  other  courses  are  specifical- 
ly required  for  students  doing  experimental  thesis  research,  but  Relativistic 
Quantum  Mechanics  is  required  for  students  doing  dissertations  in  theoretical 
physics.  It  is  recommended  in  the  selection  of  further  courses  that  the  stu- 
dent avoid  overspecialization  in  any  field.  In  particular,  he  should  take  a  wide 
variety  of  classical  courses  as  well  as  courses  in  selected  fields  of  Modern 
Physics.  Some  of  the  advanced  courses  are  given  only  every  second  or  third 
year;  the  student  should  check  Math  the  Physics  office  to  confirm  when  a  given 
course  is  available. 


*  Member  of  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics. 
148 


Physics 

Candidates  for  advanced  degrees  in  Physics  may  have  a  minor  in  cither 
chemistry,  mathematics,  engineering,  and/or  in  those  fields  of  Physics  othei 
than  General  Physics  and  their  field  of  major  specialization. 

Thesis  (Ph.D.): 

The  student  must  outline  his  topic  to  the  graduate  staff  for  approval. 
This  outline  must  clearly  set  forth  the  nature  of  the  problem,  proposed  method 
of  procedure  and  the  possible  results  that  may  be  obtained.  The  completed 
thesis  will  also  be  presented  to  the  graduate  staff  for  approval. 

Off-Campus  Courses: 

The  Physics  Department  offers  courses  at  convenient  times  and  places  so 
as  to  accommodate  the  greatest  number  of  students.  In  order  to  facilitate  gradu- 
ate study  and  supervision  of  research  in  the  Washington  area,  the  Department 
has  part-time  professors  in  certain  government  laboratories  where  a  large  number 
of  students  are  interested  in  graduate  study  and  where  there  are  facilities  for 
research.  All  students  who  began  graduate  work  in  the  University  of  Maryland 
courses  after  1954  will  be  required  to  complete  on  the  College  Park  campus  at 
least  18  credits  of  their  graduate  work  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  physics:  these 
credits  must  include  at  least  2  credits  of  Physics  230,  Seminar,  and  the  re- 
mainder can  be  divided  among  major  and  minor  courses  and  thesis  research. 
Normally,  students  will  complete  a  much  greater  proportion  of  their  graduate 
study  on  the  College  Park  campus.  At  government  agencies  where  there  is 
no  part-time  professor,  employees  desiring  to  do  graduate  work  in  physics  should 
contact  a  member  of  the  graduate  staff  in  the  Physics  Department. 


A.      GENERAL   PHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  100.     Advanced    Experiments. 

Three  hours  of  laboratory  work  for  each  credit  hour,  each  semester.  One  or  more 
credits  may  be  taken  concurrently.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  52  or  54.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
per  credit  hour.  Marion. 

Phys.  101.     Laboratory  Arts. 

Three  hours  laboratory  a  week  for  each  credit  hour.    One  or  more  credits  may  be 

taken  concurrently.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  100  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 

$10.00  per  credit  hour.  Abe. 

Phys.  102.     Optics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Phys.    11  or  21;  Math.  21. 

Morgan. 

Phys.  103.     Applied   Optics.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,   Phys.    102.  Morgan. 

149  ► 


Physics 

Phys.  104,  105.     Electricity   and    Magnetism.    (3,    3) 

Three   lectures   a   week,   first    and   second   semesters.     Prerequisites,    Phys.    11    or   21; 

Math.  21.  Daen. 

Phys.  106,  107.     Theoretical  Mechanics.   (3,   3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Phys.   51   or  consent 

of  instructor.  Martin. 

Phys.  10S.     Physics   of  Electron   Tubes.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  104  must  be  taken  pre- 
viously or  concurrently.  Homyak. 

Phys.  109.     Electronic   Circuits.    (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  105  must  be  taken  previously 

or  concurrently.  Homyak. 

Phys.  110.     Applied  Physics  Eaboratory.  (J,  2,  or  3) 

Three  hours  laboratorv  work  for  each  credit  hour.    One  to  three  credits  may  be  taken 

concurrentlv,  each  semester.    Prerequisites,  Phys.    52  or  Phys.   54;  and  one  credit   in 

Phys.   100.'  Marion. 

Phys.  111.     Physics  Shop  Techniques.  (I) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  100  or  consent 

of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,   $10.00.  Horn. 

Phys.  114,  115.     Introduction  to  Biophysics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  intermediate  physics 

and  calculus. 

Phys.  118.     Introduction  to  Modern  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  Math.  21  and  Phys.  11  or  21. 

Hornyak. 
Phys.  119.     Modern  Physics.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  118.  Maradudin. 

Phys.  130,  131.     Basic  Concepts  of  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Lec- 
ture demonstration  fee,  $2.00  per  semester.  A  primarily  descriptive  course  intended 
mainly  for  those  students  in  the  liberal  arts  who  have  not  had  any  other  course  in 
Physics.  This  course  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  professional  schools  nor 
serve  as  a  prerequisite  or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The  main  emphasis  in 
the  course  will  be  on  the  concepts  of  physics,  their  evolution  and  their  relation  to 
other  branches  of  human  endeavor.  Laster. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  200,  201.     Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics.  (6,  6) 

Six  lectures  per  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Phys.   106  or  consent 

of  instructor.  Myers. 

^    150 


Physics 

Phys.  202,  203.     Advanced  Dynamics.   (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,   first  and   second   semesters.    Prerequisite,   Phys.   200.  Myers. 

Phys.  204.      FAectrodynamics.    (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  Iskraut. 

Phys.  206.     Physical  Optics.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  Myers. 

Phys.  208.     Thermodynamics.    (3) 

Three  lecturers  per  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,   Phys.   201   or  equivalent. 

Schamp. 
Pins.  212,  213.     Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics.  (4,  4) 
Four  lectures  a  week,   first   and   second   semesters.    Prerequisite   Phys.    201.        Ferrell. 

Phys.  222,  223.     Boundary-Value   Problems   of  Theoretical   Physics.    (2,   2) 
Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  de  Launay. 

Phys.  236.     Theory  of  Relativity.   (3) 

Three    lectures    a    week.     Prerequisite,    Phys.    200.  Iskraut. 

Phys.  240,  241.     Theory  of  Sotind  and  Vibrations.   (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.   201.  Snavely. 


P.      ATOMIC  AND  MOLECULAR  PHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  126.     Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases.  (3) 

Three   lectures   a   week.     Prerequisites,   Phys.    107   and    Math.    21,    or    equivalent. 

Kennard. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  210.     Statistical  Mechanics.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisites,  Phys.  119  and  201.         Schamp. 

Phys.  214.     Theory  of  Atomic  Spectra.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  Anderson. 

Phys.  215.     Theory   of  Molecular  Spectra.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  214.  Anderson. 

Phys.  216,  217.     Molecular  Physics.   (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  Jansen. 

151  ► 


Physics 

C.  SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  122.     Properties  of  Matter.  (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Phys.   118   or  equivalent. 

Maradudin. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  218,  219.     X-Rays   and   Crystal   Structure.    (3,   3) 

Three  lectures  per  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201   or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Morgan. 

Phys.  220.     Application  of  X-Ray  and  Electron  Diffraction  Methods.   (2) 
Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  concurrent  enrollment  in  Phys.   218. 

Morgan. 
Phys.  242,  243.     Theory  of  Solids.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,   Phys.  213.     Montroll. 

D.  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  120.     Nuclear  Physics.   (4) 

Four   lectures   a  week,   second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Phys.    118    or    equivalent. 

Hornyak. 
Phys.  121.     Neutron  Physics  and  Fission  Reactors.   (4) 
Four  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  120.  Shapiro. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  234,  235.     Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  MacDonald. 

E.  ELEMENTARY   PARTICLE   PHYSICS 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  237.     Relativistic    Quantum   Mechanics.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  Ferrell. 

Phys.  238.     Quantum    Theory— Selected    Topics.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.      Prerequisites,  Phys.  212  and  236.  Staff. 

Phys.  239.     Elementary   Particles.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  237.  Toll. 

««   152 


Physics 

F.      ASTROPHYSICS    AND    GEOPHYSICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  124.     Introduction    to  Astrophysics  and    Geophysics.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisites,  Phys.   118  or  the  consent  of  the 

instructor.  Singer. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  221.      Upper  Atmosphere  and  Cosmic  Ray  Physics.   (2) 
Two  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Singer. 

G.      FLUID  DYNAMICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  116,  117.     Fundamental  Hydrodynamics.    (3,   3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Phys.   107.  and  Math.  21.  Hama. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  224,  225.     Supersonic  Aerodynamics  and  Compressible  Flow.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  Pai. 

Phys.  226,  227.     Theoretical  Hydrodynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  Burgers. 

Phys.  232,  233.     Hydromechanics  Seminar.  (1,  J) 

Kennard. 
Phys.  246,  247.     Special  Topics  in  Fluid  Dynamics.  (2,  2) 
Prerequisites,   advanced  graduate  standing  and  consent  of  the  instructor.         Burgers. 

Phys.  262,  263.     Aerophysics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor.  Pai. 

H.      RESEARCH,   SEMINARS  AND   SPECIAL  TOPICS 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  150.     Special  Problems  in  Physics. 

Research  or  special  study.  Credit  according  to  work  done.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per 
credit  hour  when  appropriate.  Given  each  semester.  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Staff. 


153  ► 


Poultry  Husbandry 

For  Graduates 

Phys.   230.     Seminar. 

Seminars   on   various   topics   in   advanced   physics   are   held    each    semester,    with   the 

contents   varied  each  year.    One  credit  for  each   seminar  each   semester.  Staff. 

Phys.  231.     Applied  Physics  Seminar. 

(One  credit  for  each  semester).  Staff. 

Phys.  245.     Special  Topics  in  Applied  Physics. 

(2  credits  each  semester.)    Two  lectures  a  week.  Staff. 

Phys.  248,  249.     Special  Topics  in  Modern  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Calculus  and  consent  of  instructor.  Staff. 

Phys.  250.     Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  credit  hour. 

Prerequisite:     An   approved    application    for   admission    to    candidacy    or  special    per- 
mission of  the  Physics  Department.  Staff. 

I.      SPECIAL  PHYSICS  COURSES  FOR  HIGH  SCHOOL    SCIENCE  TEACHERS 

The  courses  in  this  section  were  especially  designed  for  high  school  teachers 
and  are  not  applicable  to  B.S.,  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degrees  in  physics  without  special 
permission  of  the  physics  department.  However,  these  courses  can  be  included 
as  part  of  a  physics  minor  or  as  electives.     No  prerequisites  are  required. 

Phys.  118 A.     Atoms,  Nuclei,  and  Stars.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Herzfeld. 

Phys.   122 A.     Properties  of  Materials.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Myers. 

Phys.  160 A.     Physics  Problems.  (I,  2,  3) 

Lectures  and  discussion  sessions  arranged.  Goodwin. 

Phys.  170 A.     Applied  Physics.   (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Montroll. 

Phys.    199.     National   Science    Foundation   Summer   Institute   for  Teachers   of 

Science  and  Mathematics.  (2) 
Five  two-hour  seminars  each  week  in  the  last  three  weeks  of  Summer  School.    Enroll- 
ment limited  to  participants  in  the  N.S.F.  Summer  Institute.    Laboratory  Fee,  $5.00. 

Laster  and  Staff. 

POULTRY  HUSBANDRY 

Professors:     Shaffner  and  Combs. 

Research  Professor:  Shorb. 

Assistant  Professors:    Creek  and  Wilcox. 

Course  work  and  research  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  and  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy   degrees  are    offered.      The  student  may  pursue  work   with   the 

•*  154 


Poultry  Husbandry 

major   emphasis    either    in    nutrition,    physiology,    physiological    genetics,    or    the 
technology  of  eggs  and  poultry. 

Department  requirements,  supplementary  to  the  Graduate  School,  have 
hecn  formulated  for  the  guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  Copies 
of  these  requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Poultry  Hus- 
bandry. 


For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Under  graduates 

P.  H.   104.     Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poidtry.  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester. 

A.  E.  117.     Economics  of  Marketing  Eggs  and  Poidtry.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    (See  A.  E.  117.) 


P.  H.  107.     Poidtry  Industrial  and  Economic  Problems.  (2) 
First   semester. 

P.  H.   WS.     Special  Poidtry  Problems.  (1-2) 
Assigned  problems,  first  and  second  semesters. 

Poidtry  Hygiene. 
See  V.  S.   107. 

Avian  Anatomy. 
See  V.  S.  108. 


Helbacka. 

Smith. 

Staff. 

Staff. 


For  Graduates 

P.  H.  201.     Advanced  Poidtry  Genetics.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisites,  P.  H.  100,  and  Zool.  104  or  equivalents.  Wilcox. 

P.  H.  202.     Advanced  Poidtry  Nutrition.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  second  semester.    Prerequisites,  P.  H.  101,  Chem.  31,  32,  33, 

and  34  or  permission  of  instructor.  Combs. 

P.  H.  203.     Physiology  of  Reproduction  of  Poidtry.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.   Prerequisite,  P.  H.  102, 

cr  equivalent.  Sbaffner. 

P.  H.  204.     Poidtry  Seminar.  (I) 

First  and  second  semesters.    No  more  than  two  credits  in  Seminar  may  be  applied 

towards   the   graduate    degree.  Staff. 

P.  H.  205.     Poidtry  Literature.  (1-4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 


P.  H.  206.     Poidtry  Research.  (1-6) 
Credit  in  accordance  with   work    done. 


Staff. 


155  ► 


Psychology 

P.  H.  207.     Poultry  Nutrition  Laboratory.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.    (Not  given  in    1959- 

60).  Creek,  Combs. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors:  Andrews,  Cofer,  Gustad,  and  Ross. 
Associate  Professors:  McGinnies,  Magoon  and  Solem. 
Assistant  Professors:   Brush,  Puniroy  and  Wegner. 
Lecturer:  Brady. 

All  graduate  students  who  have  deficiencies  in  their  undergraduate  prepa- 
ration in  psychology  will  be  required  to  remove  the  particular  deficiencies  by 
completing  the  required  courses  or  by  individual  study.  Deficiencies  in  the 
following  course  areas  can  be  removed  only  by  registering  in  and  satisfactorily 
completing  these  courses:  Experimental  Psychology,  Statistical  Methods,  and 
Tests  and  Measurements. 

Departmental  requirements  toward  the  Master  of  Arts  or  the  Master  of 
Science  degrees:  20  hours  in  the  following  courses:  Psych.  191-192,  198,  252- 
253,  and  266-267;  6  hours  of  research  (Psych.  290-291);  a  minimum  of  8 
hours  in  approved  specialized  courses;  total  34  hours. 

Departmental  requirements  toward  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree:  30 
hours  in  the  following  courses:  Psych.  191-192,  198,  203,  205-206,  252-253, 
266-267;  18  hours  of  graduate  research  including  12  hours  for  Ph.D.  Thesis; 
a  minimum  of  26  hours  in  approved  specialized  courses  and  research;  total  72 
hours. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Graduate  credit  will  be  assigned  only  for  students  certified  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Psychology  as  qualified  for  graduate  standing. 

Psych.   106.     Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite,  Psvch.  I  and  Math.  1,  5,  or  10,  or  equivalent. 

Brush,    Pliskoff. 

Psych.  110.     Educational  Psychology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.   1.  Wegner. 

Psych.  122.     Advanced  Psychology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Psych.  21  and  consent  of  instructor. 

McGinnies,  Wegner. 
Psych.   123.     Language  and  Social  Communication.   (3) 
Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Psych.  21.  Wegner. 

Psych.    12S.     Human  Motivation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite,  Psych.  21.  Cofer. 

**  156 


Psychology 

Psych.  131.     Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

First    and   second   semesters.     Prerequisite,    3   courses    in    Psychology. 

Magoon,  Pumroy. 
Psych.   136.     Applied  Experimental  Psychology.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  1 .  Ross. 

Psych.   140.     Psychological  Problems  in  Advertising.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.    1.  Gonzalez. 

Psych.   142.     Techniques  of  Interrogation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  21.  Gonzalez. 

Psych.  145.     Introduction  to  Experimental  Psychology.  (4) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Prerequisite,    Psych.    106.     Laboratory    fee,    $4.00. 

Ross,  Brush. 
Psych.  148.     Psychology  of  Learning.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  145.  Cofer,  Brush. 

Psych.   ISO.     Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.   106.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.         Gustad,  Magoon. 

Psych.  161.     Industrial  Psychology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Solem. 

Psych.  180.     Physiological  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.   145.  Ross,  Brady. 

Psych.  181.     Aniynal  Behavior.  (3) 

(Same   as   Zool.    181).    Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   consent    of  instructor. 

Ross,  Brady. 
Psych.   191,   192.     Advanced  General  Psychology.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  15  hours  of  Psychology  including  Psych.  145 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Staff. 

Psych.  194.     Independent  Study  in  Psychology.  (1-3) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Prerequisite,    written    consent    of    individual    faculty 

supervisor.  Staff. 

Psych.  195.     Minor  Problems  in  Psychology.  (T3) 

First    and    second    semesters.     Prerequisite,    written    consent    of    individual    faculty 

supervisor.  Staff. 

Psych.  198.     Proseminar:  Professional  Aspects  of  Psychological  Science.  (2) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  faculty  adviser.  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

(All  the  following  courses  require  consent  of  the  instructor.) 

Psych.  201.     Sensory  Processes.  (3) 

Second   semester.    Prerequisite,   Psych.    180,   and    191.  Ross. 

157  ► 


Psychology 

Psych.  202.     Perception.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  191.  Andrews. 

Psych.  203,  204.     Graduate  Seminar.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Psych.  205,  206.     Historical  Viewpoints  and  Current  Theories  in  Psychology. 

(3,3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Cofer. 

Psych.  207.     Learning  Theory.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.    192.  Brush,  Gonzalez- 

Psych.  208.     Language  and  Thought.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  192.  Cofer. 

Psych.  220.     Psychological  Concepts  in  Mental  Health.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Gustad,  Magoon. 

Psych.  221.     Seminar  in  Counseling  Psychology.  (2) 

Gustad. 
Psych.  222.     Seminar  in  Clinical  Psychology.  (2) 
Prerequisites,  Psych.    150,  220.  Magoon. 

Psych.  223.     Diagnosis  and  Correction  of  Reading  Difficulties.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Psych.   150,  220.  Magoon. 

Psych.  224.     Advanced  Procedures  in  Clinical  and  Counseling  Psychology.  (2} 

Staff. 
Psych.  225.     Practicum  in  Counseling  and  Clinical  Procedures.  (1-3) 
First  and  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  220.  Gustad,  Magoon. 

Psych.  228.     Seminar  in  Student  Personnel.  (2) 

(Same  as  Ed.  228.)  First  semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Byrne,  Gustad. 
Psych.  229.     Advanced  Industrial  Psychology.  (3) 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,   Psych.    161    or   equivalent.  Solem,  Gonzalez. 

Psych.  230.     Determinants  of  Human  Performance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Ross. 

Psych.  231.     Training   Procedures  in   Industry.    (3) 

Second   semester.  Solem. 

Psych.  232.     Personnel  Selection  and  Job  Analysis.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Psych.   161   or  equivalent.  Solem,  Gonzalez. 

Psych.  233.     Social  Organization  in  Industry.  (3) 

First  semester.  •     Solem.. 

<*  158 


Psychology 


Psych.   240.     Interview  and  Questionnaire  Techniques.   (3) 

Second   semester.  Staff. 

Psych.  241.     Mass  Communication  and  Persuasion.  (3) 

Second    semester.  McGinnies. 

Psych.  242.     Seminar  in  Social  Psychology.  (3) 

Second    semester.  McGinnies. 

Psych.  250.     Mental  Test  Theory.   (2) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.   253.  Gustad. 

Psych.  251.     Development  of  Predictors.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Andrews. 

Psych.  252,  253.     Advanced  Statistics.  (3,  3) 

First  and   second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Psych.    106.  Andrews,   Brush. 

Psych.  255.     Seminar  in  Psychometric  Theory.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Andrews. 

Psych.  260.     Individual  Tests.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Magoon,  Pumroy. 

Psych.  262.     Appraisal  of  Personality.  (3) 
Prerequisite,   Psych.   150. 

Psych.  264.     Projective  Tests.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  260.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 

Psych.  265.     Advanced  Development  Psychology.  (2) 

Psych.  266,  267.     Theories  of  Personality  and  Motivation.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Psych.  270.     Advanced  Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  131.  Cofer,  Gustad. 

Psych.  271.     Special  Testing  of  Disabilities.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  260.  Magoon. 

Psych.  272,  273.     Individual  Clinical  Diagnosis.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  260.  Gustad. 

Psych.  280.     Advanced  Psychophysiology .   (2) 

First  semester. 

Psych.  288,  289.     Special  Research  Problems.  (2-3) 

First  and  second  semesters. 

Psych.  290,  291.     Research  for  Thesis  {credit  arranged*). 


Cofer. 
Staff. 

Staff. 
Cofer. 


Andrews,  Ross,  Brady. 


Staff. 


First  and  second  semesters. 


Staff. 
159  ► 


Sociology 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors:  Hoffsomtner  and  Lejins. 

Associate  Professors:   Melvin  and  Shankweiler. 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Coates,  Cussler  and  Rohrer. 

The  Department  of  Sociology  grants  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Fields  of  specialization  include  Anthropology,  Crimi- 
nology, Rural  and  Urban  Sociology,  Mental  Health,  The  Family,  Industrial 
Sociology,  Social  Theory,  Social  Psychology  and  Research  Methods. 

Prerequisites  for  graduate  study  leading  to  an  advanced  degree  with  a 
major  in  sociology  consist  of  either  (1)  an  undergraduate  major  (totalling  at 
least  24  semester  hours)  in  sociology  or  (2)  12  semester  hours  of  sociology 
(including  6  semester  hours  of  advanced  courses)  and  12  additional  hours  of 
comparable  work  in  economics,  political  science,  or  psychology.  Reasonable 
substitutes  for  these  prerequisites  may  be  accepted  in  the  case  of  students 
majoring  in  other  departments  who  desire  a  graduate  minor  or  several  courses 
in  sociology. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Soc.  102.     Intercultural  Sociology.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.  2.  Melvin. 

Soc.  105.     Cidtural  Anthropology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Anderson. 

Soc.  106.     Archeology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Anderson. 

Soc.  112.     Rural-Urban  Relations.  (3) 

First  semester.   Summer  School  (2).  Cussler. 

Soc.  113.     The  Rural  Community.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent.  Hoffsommer,  Fitzgerald. 

Soc.  114.     The  City.  (3) 

First  semester.   Summer  School  (2).   Prerequisite,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent.     Schmidt. 

Soc.  115.     Industrial  Sociology.  (3) 

Second   semester.    Summer  School   (2).    Prerequisite,    Soc.   2,   or  it  equivalent. 

Coates. 
Soc.  116.     Military  Sociology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Coates. 

Soc.  118.     Community  Organization.   (3) 

First   semester.     Summer    School    (2).     Prerequisite,    Soc.    1,   or   its   equivalent. 

DiBella,  McElhenie. 

^    160 


v  Sociology 

Soc.  121,  122.     Population.  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Summer  School   (2).    Prerequisite, 

Soc.   1   or  its  equivalent.  Hirzel. 

Soc.  123.     Ethnic  Minorities.  (3) 

First   semester.     Summer    School    (2).     Prerequisite,    Soc.    1,   or   its   equivalent. 

Lejins,  Felton. 
Soc.  124.     The  Culture  of  the  American  Indian.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.   1,  or  its  equivalent.  Anderson. 

Sec.   131.     Introduction  to  Social  Service.  (3) 

First   and   second    semesters.  DiBella. 

Soc.  136.     Sociology  of  Religion.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  Soc.   1,  or  equivalent.        Anderson. 

Soc.  141.     Sociology  of  Personality.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  Soc.    1,  or  its  equivalent. 

Motz,  Cussler,  Schmidt. 
Soc.  144.     Collective  Behavior.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Soc.    1,  or   its  equivalent.  Cussler. 

Soc.  145.     Social  Control.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.   1,  or  its  equivalent.  Motz. 

Soc.  147.     Sociology  of  Law.  (3) 

First   semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.    1,  or  its  equivalent.  Lejins. 

Soc.  153.     Juvenile  Delinquency.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School   (2).    Prerequisite,   Soc.    1,  or  its  equivalent.     Lejins. 

Soc.  154.     Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent;  Soc.  52,  Soc.  153,  or  consent 

oi  instructor.  Lejins. 

Soc.  156.     Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Summer  School  (2).   Prerequisites,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent;  Soc.  52, 

Soc.    153,   or  consent  of  instructor.  Lejins. 

Soc.  160.     Interviewing  in  Social  Work.  (IVz) 

Summer  School  only.  DiBella. 

Soc.  161.     The  Sociology  of  War.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).  Coates. 

Soc.  162.     Basic  Principles  and  Current  Practice  in  Public  Welfare.  (3) 
Summer  School  only.  DiBella. 

Soc.  163.     Attitude  and  Behavior  Problems  in  Public  School  Work.  (1/^) 
Summer  School  only.  DiBella. 

161    ► 


Sociology 

Soc.  164.     The  Family  and  Society.  (3) 

Summer  School  (2).  Shankweiler. 

Soc,  171.     Family  and  Child  Welfare.  (3) 

First  semester.    Summer  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent.     DiBella. 

Soc.  173.     Social  Security.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.   1,  or  its  equivalent.  DiBella. 

Soc.  174.     Public  Welfare.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent.  DiBella. 

Soc.  180.     Small  Group  Analysis.  (3) 

Franz. 
Soc.  183.     Social  Statistics.  (3) 
Second   semester.    Prerequisite,    Soc.    1,   or  its  equivalent.  Schmidt. 

Soc.  185.     Advanced  Social  Statistics.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.   183,  or  its  equivalent.  Schmidt. 

Soc.  186.     Sociological  Theory.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.  1,  or  its  equivalent.  Melvin. 

Soc.  191.     Social  Field  Training.  (2-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites:  For  social  work  field  training,  Soc.  131;  for 
crime  control  field  training,  Soc.  52  and  153.  Enrollment  restricted  to  available 
placements.  Lejins,  DiBella. 

Soc.  196.     Senior  Seminar.  (3) 

Second   semester.  Hoffsommer. 

For  Graduates 

Soc.  201.     Methods  of  Social  Research.  (3) 

First  semester.  Hoffsommer. 

Soc.  215.     Community  Studies.  (3) 

First  semester.  Coates,  Fitzgerald. 

Soc.  221.     Population  and  Society.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Hirzel. 

Soc.  224.     Race  and  Culture.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Anderson. 

Soc.  230.     Comparative  Sociology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Melvin. 

Soc.  241.     Personality  and  Social  Structure.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Cussler. 

*  162 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Soc.  246.     Public  Opinion  and  Propaganda.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Motz. 

Soc.  253.     Advanced  Criminology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Lcjins. 

Soc.  254.     Seminar:  Criminology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Lejins. 

Soc.  255.     Seminar:  Juvenile  Delinquency.   (3) 

First  semester.  Lejins. 

Soc.  256.     Crime  and  Delinquency  as  a  Community  Problem.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Lejins. 

Soc.  257.     Social  Change  and  Social  Policy.  (3) 

First  semester.  Melvin. 

Soc.  262.     Family  Sttidies.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Shankweiler. 

Soc.  263.     Marriage  and  Family  Counseling.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,   Soc.  64  or  Soc.    164  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Shankweiler. 
Soc.  264.     The  Sociology  of  Mental  Health.  (3) 
First  semester.  Melvin. 

Soc.  282.     Sociological  Methodology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Staff. 

Soc.  285.     Seminar:     Sociological   Theory.    (3) 

First  semester.  Melvin. 

Soc.  290.     Research  in  Sociology. 

Credit  to  be  determined.  Staff. 

Soc.  291.     Special  Social  Problems. 

First  and  second  semester.    Credit  to  be  determined.  Staff. 


SPEECH  AND  DRAMATIC  ART 

Associate  Professors:  Strausbaugh  and  Hendricks. 
Lecturer:  Shutts. 

The  Department  offers  work  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  the 
field  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Science. 

163  ► 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  U ndergraduates 

Speech  102.     Radio  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,   Speech   22.    Laboratory  fee,   $2.00.  Batka. 

Speech  103,   104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Staff. 

Speech  105.     Speech-Handicapped  School  Children.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Prerequisite,  Speech  3  or  consent  of  instructor.         Craven  and  Staff. 

Speech  106.     Clinical  Practice.  (1-5  credits,  up  to  9) 

Each    semester   and   summer.    Prerequisite,    Speech    105.     Laboratory   fee,    $1.00    per 

hour.  Conlon. 

Speech  107.     Advanced  Oral  Interpretation.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech  13.  Provensen. 

Speech  109.     Speech  and  Language  Development  of  Children.  (3) 

Second   semester.    Admission  by   consent   of   instructor.    An   analysis   of   normal   and 

abnormal  processes  of  speech  and  language  development  in  children.  Hendricks. 

Speech  111.     Seminar.  (3) 

First  and   second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  senior   standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 

Strausbaugh. 
Speech  112.     Phonetics.   (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech  3  or  consent  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Conlon. 
Speech  113.     Play  Production.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech   16  or  consent  of  instructor.  Pugliese. 

Speech  114.     The  Film  as  an  Art  Form.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  motion  picture  as  a  developing  form  of  entertainment,  communication, 

and  artistic  expression.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Niemeyer. 

Speech  115.     Radio  in  Retailing.   (3) 

First  semester.    Limited  to  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics.    Prerequisites, 

Speech  1  and  2  or  7.   Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Batka. 

Speech  116.     Radio  Announcing.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech  4  and  22  or  consent  of  instructor.    Laboratory 

fee,  $2.00.  Batka. 

Speech  117.     Radio  Continuity  Writing.    (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,   Speech  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Bedwell. 

Speech  118.     Advanced  Radio  Writing.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisites,   Speech   117  and  consent  of  instructor.  Aylward. 

Speech  119.     Radio  Acting.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech  22.  Pugliese. 

+    164 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  120.     Speech  Pathology.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech   105.    A  continuation  of  Speech   105.    Laboratory 

fee,  $3.00.  Hendricks. 

Speech  122,  123.     Radio  Workshop.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Speech    102  or   116.    Laboratory  fee,  $2.00 

per  semester.  Batka. 

Speech  126.     Semantic  Aspects  of  Speech  in  Human  Relations.   (3) 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  one  course  in  public  speaking.  Hendricks. 

Speech  131.     History  of  the  Theatre.  (3) 

Niemeyer. 


First  semester. 

Speech  132.     History  of  the  Theatre.   (3) 
Second  semester. 

Speech  133.     Staff  Reports,  Briefings  and  Visual  Aids.  (3) 
Second  semester.   Limited  to  students  in  the  College  of  Military  Science. 
Speech  6  or  Speech  104. 

Speech  135.     Instrumentation  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Science.   (2) 

First  .semester.    The  use  of  electronic  equipment  in  the  measurement  of  speech  and 

hearing.     Prerequisite,   Speech    3.    Laboratory   fee   $2.00.  Linkow. 

Speech  136.     Principles  of  Speech  Therapy.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Speech  120.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 


Niemeyer. 


Prerequisite, 
Linkow. 


Hendricks. 


Speech  137.     Experimental  Phonetics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   Speech    112   or  equivalent.    Laboratory   fee,   $3.00. 

Speech  138.     Methods  and  Materials  in  Speech  Therapy.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Speech   120  or  equivalent.    Laboratory  fee  $3.00. 

Speech  139.     Theatre  Workshop.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Speech  8  or  Speech   14. 


Hendricks. 


Craven. 


Strausbaugh. 


Speech  140.     Principles  of  Television  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Speech  22.    A  study  of  the  theory,  methods,  techniques 

and  problems  of  television  direction  and  production.  Batka. 

Speech  141.     Introduction  to  Audiometry.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Analysis  of  various 
methods  and  procedures  in  evaluating  hearing  losses.  Required  for  students  whose 
concentration  is  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Therapy.  Craven. 

Speech  142.     Speech  Reading  and  Auditory  Training.   (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Methods  of  training 
individuals  with  hearing  loss  to  recognize,  interpret,  and  understand  spoken  language. 
Required  for  students  whose  concentration  is  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Therapv.     Conlon. 


165 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

For  Graduates 

(All  the  following  courses  require  consent  of  instructor.) 

The  Department  maintains  a  reciprocal  agreement  with  Walter  Reed 
General  Hospital  whereby  clinical  practice  may  be  obtained  at  the  Army 
Audiology  and  Speech  Correction  Center,  Forest  Glen,  Maryland,  under  the 
direction  of  James  P.  Albrite,  M.D.,  Director. 

Speech  200.     Thesis.  (3-6) 

Credit  in  proportion  to  work  done  and  results  accomplished.  Hendricks. 

Speech  201.     Special  Problems  Seminar  (A  through  K),  (.1-3)  (6  hrs.  applicable 

toward  M.A.  degree"). 
A.  Stuttering;  B.  Cleft  Palate;  C.  Delayed  Speech;  D.  Articulation;  E.  Cerebral  Palsy; 
F.  Voice;  G.  Special  Problems  of  the  Deaf;  H.  Foreign  Dialect;  I.  Speech  Intelligibility; 
J.  Neurophysiology  of  Hearing;  K.  Minor   Research  Problems.     Hendricks  and  Staff. 

Speech  202.     Techniques  of  Research  in  Speech  and  Hearing.  (3) 
First   semester.    Analysis  of  research   methodology  including   experimental   techniques, 
statistical  analysis  and  preparation  of  reports  for  scientific  investigations  in  speech  and 
hearing  science.    Required  of  candidates  for  Master's  degree  in  Speech  and  Hearing 
Therapy.  Williams. 

Speech  210.     Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Speech  and  Hearing.  (3) 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Gerlach. 

Speech  211.     A,  B,  C,  D.    Advanced  Clinical  Practice  (1-3  up  to  12)  (6  hrs. 

applicable    toward  M.A.   degree). 
Supervised  training  in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  speech  and  hearing  disorders.    Laboratory  fee,  $1.00  per  hour.  Craven. 

Speech  212.     Advanced  Speech  Pathology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Hendricks. 

Speech  214.     Clinical  Audiometry.   (3) 

First  semester.   Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Shutts. 

Speech  216.     Communication  Skills  for  the  Hard-of -Hearing.  (3) 

First  semester.    Speech   reading,  auditory  training,   and   speech  conservation   problems 

in  the  rehabilitation  of  the  hard-of-hearing.  •      Causey. 

Speech  217.     Selection   of   Prosthetic    Appliances   for   the    Acoustically    Handi- 
capped. (3) 
Second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Shutts. 

Speech  218.     Speech  and  Hearing  in  Medical  Rehabilitation  and  Special  Edu- 
cation Programs.  (3) 
Second  semester.    Administrative  problems  involved  in  the  organization  and  operation 
of  speech  and  hearing  therapy  under  different  types  of  programs.  Hendricks. 

•<   166 


Veterinary  Science 

Speech  219.     Speech  Disorders  of  the  Brain-Injured.   (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Hendricks. 

Speech  221.  Communication  Theory  and  Speech  and  Hearing  Problems.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Analysis  of  current  theories  of  communication  as  they  apply  to 
research  and  therapy   in   speech   and  hearing.  Hendricks. 

VETERINARY  SCIENCE 

Professor:   Hansen. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

V.  S.  101.     Comparative  Anatomy.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.  Sperry. 

V.  S.  102.     Animal  Hygiene.   (3) 

Two  lectures  and   one  laboratory  period   a   week,  second  semester.  Sperry. 

V.  S.  103.     Regional  Comparative  Anatomy.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.  Sperry. 

V.  S.  104.     Advanced  Regional  Comparative  Anatomy.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.  Sperry. 

V.  S.  107.     Poultry  Hygiene.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  second  semester.  DeVolt. 

V.  S.  108.     Avian  Anatomy.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory-  period  a  week,  first  semester.  DeVolt. 

For  Graduates 

V.  S.  201.     Animal  Disease  Problems.  (2-6) 

Arranged.  Poelma,  DeVolt,  Hansen,  Brueckner. 

V.  S.  202.     Animal  Disease  Research. 

Arranged.  Poelma,  DeVolt,  Hansen,  Brueckner. 

V.  S.  203.     Electron  Microscopy.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester.  Reagan,  Byrne. 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors:    Wharton  and  Schoenhorn. 

Associate  Professors:    Anastos,  Brown,  and  Littleford. 

Assistant  Professors:    Allen,   Grollman,  Highton,  Ramm,  and  Winn. 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  work  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  The  general  academic  requirements 
which  must  be  fulfilled  for  these  degrees  are  described  earlier  in  the  catalog. 

167  ► 


Zoology 

The  special  fields  which  graduate  students  may  emphasize  in  working 
toward  these  degrees  are  cytology,  ecology,  embryology,  fisheries,  parasitology, 
physiology,  and  systematics.  In  some  fields  opportunities  for  training  and  sum- 
mer employment  in  nearby  research  laboratories  are  available  to  qualified  stu- 
dents, and  under  certain  circumstances  graduate  students  may  work,  under 
supervision,  with  the  unrivaled  collections  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  Washington,  D.  C.  Information  concerning  the 
specific  requirements  in  each  of  these  fields  may  be  obtained  from  the  depart- 
ment. 

All  zoology  courses  with  laboratory  have  a  laboratory  fee  of  $8.00  per  course 
per  semester. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Zool.  102.     General  Animal  Physiology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Occasional  Summer  Session.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry. 

Grollman. 
Zool.  104.     Genetics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Summer  Session.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  course  of 
zoology  or  botany.  Highton. 

Zool.  108.     Animal  Histology.  (4) 

Second    semester.     Occasional    Summer    Session.     Two    lectures    and    two    three-hour 

laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  Brown. 

Zool.  110.     Parasitology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Occasional  Summer  Session.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  Haley. 

Zool.  111.     Veterinary  Parasitology.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, one  year  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Alternate  years.  Not 
offered  1958-59.  Anastos. 

Zool.  112.     Wildlife  Parasitology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, one  year  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Alternate  years.  Not 
offered  1958-59.  Anastos. 

Zool.  118.     Invertebrate  Zoology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Occasional  Summer  Session.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  Allen. 

Zool.  121.     Principles  of  Animal  Ecology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Occasional  Summer  Session.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week.   Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry. 

Henson. 

M  168 


Zoology 

Zoul.  125.     fisheries  Biology  and  Management.  (3) 

First    semester.     Two    lectures    and    one    three-hour    laboratory    period    a    week.     Pre- 
requisites, Zool.   1   and  2  or  equivalent.  Allen. 

Zool.  126.     Shellfish eries.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite,  Zool.   2   or  equivalent.  Allen. 

Zool.  127.     Ichthyology.  (4) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures,  one  two-hour  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 

week.    Prerequisites,  Zool.  5  and  20.   Alternate  years.   To  be  offered  1958-59.     Winn. 

Zool.  128.     Zoogeography.  (4) 

First  semester.   Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite, 

one  year  of  zoology,  botany,  or  geology,  Alternate  years.    To  be  offered  1958-59. 

Henson. 
Zool.  181.     Animal  Behavior.  (3) 

(Same  as  Psych.  181).  Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.    Alternate  years.    Not    offered    1958-59.  Ross. 

Zool.   199S.     National   Science   Foundation  Summer  Institute  for  Teachers  of 

Science  and  Mathematics.    Seminar  (2)- 
Summer  Session.   Seminar  fee,  $5.00.  Brown  and  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Zool.  200.     Marine  Zoology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Alter- 
nate years.    Not  offered   1958-59.  Allen. 

Zool.  202.     Animal  Cytology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Zool.   108.    Alternate  years.    To  be  offered  1958-59.  Brown. 

Zool.  203.     Advanced  Embryology.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Zool.  20.    Alternate  years.    Not  offered  1958-59.  Ramm. 

Zool.  204.     Advanced  Physiology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Zool.   102  and  one  year  of  organic   chemistry.  Schoenbom. 

Zool.  205.     Limnology.  (4) 

First  semester.    Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Alternate 

years.    Not  offered  1958-59.  Henson. 

Zool.  206.     Research  {credit  to  he  arranged'). 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  Session.  Work  on  thesis  project  only.  A— Cytology; 
B  —  Embryology;  C  —  Fisheries;  E  —  Parasitology;  F  —  Physiology;  G  —  Systematics; 
H— Ecology;  and  I— Behavior.  Staff. 

169  ► 


Zoology 

Zool.  207.     Zoology  Seminar  {credit  to  he  arranged^). 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  Session.  One  lecture  a  week  for  each  credit 
hour.  A— Cytology;  B— Embryology;  C— Fisheries;  D— Genetics;  E— Parasitology;  F— 
Physiology;    G— Systematics;    H— Ecology;    I— Behavior;   and    S— Recent    Advances. 

Staff. 
Zool.  208.     Special  Problems  in  Zoology  {credit  to  be  arranged^). 
First    and    second    semesters.     Summer    Session.      A— Cytology;    B— Embryology;    C— 
Fisheries;  E— Parasitology;  F— Physiology;  G— Systematics;  H— Ecology;  and  I— Behavior. 

Staff. 
Zool.  209.     Advanced  Parasitology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Zool.  110  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Alternate  years.  To  be  offered 
1958-59.  Anastos. 

Zool.  210.     Systematic  Zoology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Al- 
ternate years.    To  be  offered   1958-59.  Highton. 

Zool.  211,  212.     Lectures  in  Zoology.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Three  lectures  a  week  Visiting  Lecturers. 

Zool.  21 5S.  Fisheries  Technology.  (4) 

To  be  offered  as  needed  during  the  Summer  Session  at  the  Sea  Food  Processing 
Laboratory,  Crisfield,  Maryland.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hrour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Littleford. 

Zool.  216.     Physiological  Cytology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  161,  162,  Phys.  11,  and  Zool.  102,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Alternate  years.    Not  offered    1958-59.  Brown. 

Zool.  220.     Advanced  Genetics.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Zool.   104.    Alternate  years.    Not  offered   1958-59.  Highton. 

Zool.  223.     Analysis  of  Animal  Structure.  (4) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Alternate 

years.  To  be  offered  1958-59.  Ramm. 

Zool.  23 IS.     Acarology.  (3) 

Summer  Session.   Lecture  and  laboratory.  Camin. 

Zool.  232S.     Medical  and  Veterinary  Acarology.  (3) 

Summer  Session.    Lecture  and   laboratory.  Strandtmann. 

Zool.  233S.     Agricultural  Acarology.   (3) 

Summer  Session.    Lecture  and  laboratory.  Baker. 

<  170 


Dentistry 

Zucl.  234.     Experimental  Mammalian  Physiology.   (4) 

First  semester.  Two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  102  and 
one  year  of  chemistry  above  general  chemistry.    Alternate  years.    Not  offered  1958-59. 

Grollman. 
Zool.  235.     Comparative  Behavior.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Zool.  121  and  181,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Alternate  years.  Not 
offered  1958-59.  Winn. 

SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

ANATOMY 

Professor:  Hahn. 

Associate  Professor:  Thompson. 

Lecturer:    Dr.  Lindenberg. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Anat.    111.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.  (8) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week   throughout  the  year. 

Hahn,  Thompson. 
Anat.  112.     Human  Neuroanatomy.   (2) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  for  eight  weeks.    Prerequisite  Anatomy   111. 

Hahn,  Thompson,  Lindenberg. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  211.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.   (8) 

Same   as  course   111   but  with  additional  work  on  a  more   advanced  level. 

Hahn,  Thompson. 
Anat.  212.     Human  Neuroanatomy.   (2) 
Same  as  course  112  but  with  additional  instruction  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Hahn,    Thompson,    Lindenberg. 

Anat.  214.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck.  (3) 

One    conference    and    two    laboratory    periods    per    week    for   one    semester. 

Hahn,  Thompson. 
Anat.  216.     Research. 
Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.  Staff. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor:    Vanden  Bosche. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Biochem.  111.     Principles  of  Biochemistry.  (6) 

First  year.  Prerequisites,  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry,  with  additional  training  in 
quantitative  and  physical  chemistry  desirable.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
throughout  the  year.  Vanden  Bosche. 

171    ► 


Dentistry 

For  Graduates 

Biochetn.  211.     Advanced  Biochemistry.  (6) 

Prerequisite,  Biochemistry  111.   Two  lectures,  one  conference  and  one  laboratory  period 

throughout  the  year.  Vanden  Bosche. 

Biochetn.   212.     Research  in  Biochemistry. 

Prerequisite,  Biochemistry  211.  Vanden  Bosche. 

HISTOLOGY  AND  EMBRYOLOGY 

Professor:  Provenza. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  U nder graduates 

Hist.  111.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Emhryology.   (8) 

First  year.    First  and  second  semesters.    Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods. 

Provenza. 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  212.     Mammalian  Histology  and  Emhryology.   (6) 

This  course  is  the  same  as  Histology  111,  except  that  it  does  not  include  the  dental 
phases  of  111,  but  does  include  additional  instruction  and  collateral  reading  of  an 
advanced  nature.  Provenza. 

Hist.  213.     Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Emhryology.  (2) 
Prerequisite,   Histology   111    or  212,   or  an  equivalent  course.    This  course  covers  the 
dental  aspects  of  Histology   111,  and  includes   additional  instruction   in   the   relations 
of  histologic  structure  and  embryologic  development  of  the  teeth,  their  adnexa,  and  the 
head  and  facial  regions  of  the  human  body.  Provenza. 

Hist.  214.     Research  in  Histology. 

Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Staff. 

Hist.  215.     Research  in  Emhryology. 

Number  of  hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Staff. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:  Shay. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Microb.  121.     Dental  Microbiology  and  Immunology.  (4) 

First  semester.   Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Shay. 

For  Graduates 

Microb.  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.  (I,  1) 

Prerequisite,  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  a  week.  Offered  in  alternate 
years.  A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value  of 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  disease.  Shay. 

^   172 


Dentistry 

Microb.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.  (1,   O 

One  lecture  a  week.   Offered  in  alternate  years.   A  study  of  the  methods  of  preparation 

and  use  of  bacteriological  reagents  and  media.  Shay. 

Microb.   210.     Special  Problems   in  Microbiology. 

Laboratory  course.    Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

Shay. 

Microb.  211.     Public  Health.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Microbiology  121  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private 
health  agencies.  The  course  also  includes  a  study  of  laboratory  methods.  Shay. 

Microb.  221.     Research  in  Microbiology. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.  Shay. 

ORAL  SURGERY 

Professor:  Dorsey. 

Associate  Professor:  Cappiiccio. 

For  Graduates 

Surg.  201.     Clinical  Anesthesiology.  (6) 

Forty  hours  a  week  for  thirteen  weeks.  Heldrich  and  Staff. 

Surg.  220.     General  Dental  Oral  Surgery.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester.       Dorsey  and  Staff. 

Surg.  221.     Advanced  Oral  Surgery.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  one  semester.     Dorsey  and  Staff. 

Surg.  222.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Staff. 

PATHOLOGY 

Professor:  M.  Aisenberg. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Path.   121.     General  Pathology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  for  one  semester.  Aisenberg. 

For  Graduates 

Path.  211.     Advanced  Oral  Pathology.  (8) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  throughout  the  year.  This  course  is  presented 
with  the  objective  of  correlating  a  knowledge  of  histopathology  with  the  various  as- 
pects of   clinical    practice.     Studies   of   surgical   and   biopsy   specimens   are   stressed. 

Aisenberg. 

173   ► 


Medicine 

Path.  212.     Research. 

Time  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Aisenberg. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professor:   Oster. 

Assistant  Professors:   Shipley  and  Pollack. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Physiol.   121.     Principles  of  Physiology.  (6) 

Second  year.     132  hours.    Three  lectures  and  one   laboratory  period  in  first  semester, 

two  lectures  in  second  semester.  Oster,  Shipley,  Pollack. 

For  Graduates 

Physiol.  211.     Principles  of  Mammalian  Physiology.  (6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  from  the  department.    Same  as  course  121   but  with  collateral 

reading  and  additional  instruction.  Oster,  Shipley,  Pollack. 

Physiol.  212.     Advanced  Physiology. 

Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.    Lectures  and  seminars  during  the  second  semester. 

Oster,  Shipley,  Pollack. 
Physiol.  213.     Research. 
Hours  and  credit  by  arrangement.  Oster,   Shipley,   Pollack. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


ANATOMY 


Professor:   Figge. 
Research  Professor:  Uhlenhuth. 
Associate  Professors:   Krahl  and  Mack. 
Assistant  Professor:  Leveque. 

The   graduate    degrees   offered    by    the   Department    of   Anatomy    are    the 
Master  of  Science  and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

A.      GROSS  ANATOMY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Anat.  101.     Human  Gross  Anatomy.  (8) 

This  course  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  develop  a  basic  concept  of  the  mor- 
phology of  the  human  body.  It  is  closely  interwoven  with  the  study  of  neuroanatomy, 
histology  and  embryology,  and  some  time  is  devoted  to  roentgen  anatomy.  The  entire 
human  body  is  dissected.  Four  conferences  or  lectures,  12  laboratory  hours  per  week 
throughout  the  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $25.00. 

Figge,  Krahl,  Mack,  Leveque,  Mech,  McCafferty,  and  Saunders. 

•+  174 


Medicine 

Aunt.    Wi.      Practical  Anatomy.   (4) 

1  wo  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratories  per  week  lor  16  weeks.  Second  semester. 
This  course  is  designed  to  bridge  the  gap  between  abstract  anatomy  and  clinical  anatomy 
.is  applied  to  the  study  and  practice  of  medicine  and  surgery.  It  will  be  required  oi 
all  majors  in  Anatomy.  The  study  of  surface  anatomy  will  be  correlated  with  physical 
diagnosis.     Laboratory    lee,    S20.00.  Brantigan    and    Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Anat.  201.     General  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body.  (8) 

Same  course  as   101,  but  on  a  more  advanced  level.    It  can  be  taken  by  graduate  as 

well  as  post-graduate  students.    Laboratory  fee,   $25.00.  Figge  ancl  Staff. 

Anat.  202.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Pelvis.  (2) 

Fifteen  periods  of  four  hours  each,  mornings  by  arrangement.    This  course  is  open  to 

graduate  students,  medical  students,  and  post-graduate  students.  Uhlenhuth. 

Anat.  203.     Clinical  Anatomy.   (4) 

Same  course  as    103  but  on  a  more  advanced   level.    Laboratory  fee,   $20.00. 

Brantigan  and  Staff. 
Anat.  204.     Fetal  and  Infant  Anatomy.  (2) 

Fifteen  periods  of  three  hours  each,  every  Thursday  from  2  to  5  p.m.  for  15 
weeks  during  the  first  semester.  This  course  is  open  to  graduate  students  and  post- 
graduates interested   in   Pediatrics.    Laboratory  fee,   $10.00.  Krahl. 

Anat.  205.     Research  in  Anatomy. 

Maximum  credits,   12  per  semester.    Research  work  may  be  taken  in  any  one  of  the 

branches  of  Anatomy.  Figge  ar>d  Staff. 

B.      NEURO- AN  ATOMY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Neuroanat.   101.     Human  N euro- Anatomy.   (4) 

The  study  of  the  detailed  anatomy  of  the  central  nervous  system  is  coordinated  with 
structure  and  function  of  the  entire  nervous  system.  The  dissection  of  the  human 
brain  and  the  examination  of  stained  microscopic  sections  of  various  levels  of  the  brain 
stem  are  required.  Two  lectures  and  four  laboratory  hours  per  week  for  16  weeks  of 
the  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Figge,  Nauta,  Kuypers. 

For  Graduates 

Neuroanat.  201.     Human  N euro- Anatomy.   (4) 

Same  course  as  Neuroanat.    101,  but  with  additional  work  of  a  more  advanced  nature. 

Laboratory  fee,    $15.00.  Figge,   Nauta,   Kuypers. 

Neuroanat.  202.     Research  in  N euro- Anatomy. 

Maximum   credits,    12.     Research   work   involving   the   central    or    peripheral   nervous 

system.  Figge,    Nauta,   Kuypers,    Leveque. 

175    ► 


Interdepartmental  Courses 
C.      MICROANATOMY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  U nder graduates 

Microanat.    101.     Mammalian  Histology.  (6) 

This  course  presents  an  integrated  study  of  the  histology  and  embryology  of  the 
human  body.  An  attempt  is  made  to  correlate  this  with  gross  anatomy  as  well  as  other 
subjects  in  the  medical  curriculum.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  dynamic  and 
functional  aspects  of  the  subject.  Three  lectures  and  six  laboratory  hours  a  week  for 
16  weeks  during  the  first  semester.    Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Figge,  Mack,  Leveque. 

For  Graduates 

Microanat.  201.     Mammalian  Histology.  (6) 

Same  course  as  Micro-Anatomy   101,  but  with   additional   work  of  a  more  advanced 

nature.    Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Figge,  Mack,  Leveque. 

Microanat.  202.     Normal   and  Atypical   Growth.   (2) 

Lectures  in  Problems  of  Growth.  Two  hours  per  week,  time  to  be  arranged.  Six- 
teen weeks,  second  semester.  Figge. 

Microanat.  203.     Research. 

Maximum  credits,  12.   Research  work  may  be  taken  in  any  one  of  the  branches  which 

form   the   subject   of  Micro- Anatomy    (including   cancer   research). 

Figge,  Mack,  Leveque. 

INTERDEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

ID.  101.     Man  and  His  Environment.  (2) 

Distinguished  leaders  in  American  medicine  participate  in  the  presentation 
of  these  weekly  sessions.  The  course  is  broad  in  scope,  stressing  the  cultural 
aspects  of  anthropology  with  emphasis  directed  toward  the  sociological,  psycho- 
logical, physiological,  and  geneological  relationships  of  man  and  his  surround- 
ings.   All  departments  of  the  School  of  Medicine  participate. 

One-hour  lecture  and  one-hour  panel  discussion  Saturday  mornings  from 
9  to  1 1  a.m.  throughout  the  year. 

BIOLOGICAL   CHEMISTRY 

Professor:  Schmidt. 
Associate  Professor:  Herhst. 
Lecturer:   Summer  son. 

Graduate  degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Biological  Chemistry  are 
the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

-«   176 


Interdepartmental  Courses 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Biochcm.    101.     Principles  of  Biochemistry.    (8) 

Seven  lectures  and  conFerences  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second 
semester.  Prerequisites,  inorganic,  organic,  and  quantitative  or  physical  chemistry. 
Laboratory  fee,  $20.00.  Schmidt,  Herbst,  Rudolph,  Emery,  Brown. 

For  Graduates 

Biochem.  201.     Principles  of  Biochemistry.  (8) 

Same  course  as  Biochem.    101,  but  on  a  more  advanced   level  for  graduate  students. 

Laboratory  fee,   $20.00.  Schmidt,   Herbst,   Rudolph,   Emery,  Brown. 

Biochem.  202.     Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry.   (I,   J) 

Prerequisite,  Biochem.    101    or  201.  Schmidt. 

Biochem.  203.     Research. 

Maximum  credits,  12.    Credit  proportioned  to  extent  and  quality  of  work  accomplished. 

Schmidt,   Herbst,    Rudolph,   Emery. 
Biochem.  204,  205.     Seminar.  (1,  2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Schmidt. 

Biochem.  206.     Enzymes  and  Metabolism.  (3) 

First  semester.  Herbst. 

Biochem.  207.     Biochemical  Preparation.  (.1-4) 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Schmidt,  Herbst,  Rudolph,  Emery. 

Biochem.  209.     Enzymes  Laboratory.  (I) 

First  semester.  Herbst. 

LEGAL  MEDICINE 

Professor:   Fisher. 

Assistant  Professors:  Freimuth  and  Lovett. 

Leg.  Med.  201.     Legal  Medicine.  (!) 

One  hour  of  lecture  for  twelve  weeks,  4  hours  assigned  reading,  first  semester. 

Fisher,  Lovett,  Guerin,  Freimuth. 
Leg.  Med.  202.     Toxicology.   Q10*) 
Two  hours  lecture,  8  laboratory  hours  per  week  for  1  year.  Freimuth,  Fisher. 

Leg.  Med.  203.     Gross  Pathologic  Anatomy  as  Related  to  Toxicology.  (2) 
Two  hours  per  week  for  one  year.  Fisher,  Lovett,    Guerin. 

Leg.  Med.  204.     Research  in  Toxicology  leading  to  preparation  of  a  Thesis  for 

the  M.S.  (6) 
Minimum  credits,  six.  Freimuth,  Fisher. 

177   ► 


Interdepartmental  Courses 

Leg.  Med.  205.     Research  in  Toxicology  leading  to  preparation  of  a  Thesis  for 

the  Ph.D.  O0~) 

Fisher,  Freimuth. 

The  Department  of  Legal  Medicine  offers  schedules  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Toxicology.  Candidates  are 
expected  to  have  completed  undergraduate  work  as  follows:  Eight  semester 
hours  each  in  general  chemistry,  organic  chemistry,  analytical  chemistry  (qual- 
itative and  quantitative),  physical  chemistry,  physics,  biology  and  four  semes- 
ter hours  in  organic  qualitative  analysis. 

Candidates  for   the  Master's   Degree  must  complete   the  following   courses: 
Leg.  Med.  201,  202,  203  and  204. 
Pharm.   101,  f.  s.  and  Chem.  258. 

Candidates  for  the  doctorate  must  complete  the  following  courses: 
Leg.  Med.  201,  202,  203,  205. 

Pharm.  101,  f.s.,  Physiol.  102,  Microb.  101,  Microb.  102,  Biochem.  201,  Chem. 
206,  208,  Chem.  221,  223,  Chem.  148,  Chem.  150,  Pharm.  Chem.  Ill,  113, 
Pharm.  Chem.   112,   114. 

Part  of  the  above  work  is  offered  at  College  Park  with  the  remainder  to  be 
done  at  the  Baltimore  Schools.  Some  of  the  course  work  in  Legal  Medicine  and 
Toxicology  will  be  given  at  the  Laboratories  of  the  Division  of  Legal  Medicine 
located  at  the  Office  of  the  Chief  Medical  Examiner,  700  Fleet  Street,  Balti- 
more, Md. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor:   Wisseman. 

Associate  Professor:  Smith. 

Assistant  Professors:  Snyder  and  Sweet. 

The  Department  of  Microbiology  offers  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
While  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  may  be  offered  in  special  instances, 
priority  for  research  facilities  will  be  given  aspirants  to  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  medical  aspects  of  Microbiology.  Research  programs 
are  available  in  virology,  rickettsiology,  medical  bacteriology  and  mycology, 
microbial  physiology  and  bacterial  cytology.  Opportunities  are  open  for  experience 
in  teaching  and  in  diagnostic  bacteriology  and  serology. 

Copies  of  Departmental  regulations  covering  prerequisites  and  procedures 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Microbiology. 

Vox  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Microb.  101.     Medical  Microbiology   and   Immunology.    (8) 

Four  lectures  and  eight  laboratory  hours  per   week   for  sixteen  weeks,   first   semester. 

Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Wisseman  and  Staff. 

<  178 


Interdepartmental  Courses 

For  Graduates 

Microb.  201.     Medical  Microbiology   ami  Immunology.  (8) 

This  course   is  built   upon   Microb.    102  by   the  addition   of  advanced   supplementary 
reading  and  laboratory   exercises.    Laboratory   fee,   $  10.00.  Wisscman    and   Staff. 

Microb.  203.     Bacterial    Physiology.    (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week,  but  no  laboratory,  first  semester.    To  be  announced.    Registra- 
tion by  consent  of  instructor. 

Microb.  204.     Research. 

Maximum  credits,   12  hour  per  semester.  Wisseman,   Smith,  Sweet. 

Microb.  205.     Genetics   of   Microorganisms.    (/) 

One  lecture  per  week,  second  semester.  Smith. 

Microb.  206,  207.     Seminar.   (1,   i) 

One  session  per  week,  first  and  second  emesters.  Wisseman  and  Staff. 

Microb.  208.     Medical  Mycology.    (2) 

One  lecture  and  one   laboratory  per  week,   second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $10.00. 

Registration  by  consent  of  instructor.  Smith. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

Professor:   Krantz. 

Associate  Professors:  Burgison  and  Truitt. 

All  students  majoring  in  the  Department  of  Pharmacology  with  a  view  to 
obtaining  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  should  secure 
special  training  in  anatomy,  mammalian  physiology,  organic  chemistry,  and 
physical  chemistry. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Pharmacol.  101,  f.s.,  General  Pharmacology.  (8) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory.   This  course  consists  of  90  lectures  and  30  laboratory 

periods    of  three  hours   each,   offered   each  year.    Laboratory   fee,   $20.00. 

Krantz,    Truitt,    Burgison,    Musser,    White,    Harne. 

For  Graduates 

Pharmacol.  201,  f.s.,  General  Pharmacology.  (S) 

Same   as    101,    for   students   majoring    in    pharmacology.     Additional    instruction    and 

collateral   reading   are   required.     Laboratory    fee,    $20.00.     Krantz,    Truitt,    Buroison. 

Pharmacol.  205.     Research. 

Maximum  credits,  12.    Credit  in  accordance  with  the  amount  of  work  accomplished. 

Krantz,  Truitt,  Burgison. 

179  ► 


Interdepartmental  Courses 

Pharmacol.  206,  f.s.,  Pharmacologic  Methodology.  (4) 

Prerequisites,    Pharmacol.   201.   f.s.  Truitt. 

Pharmacol.  207,  208.     Chemical  Aspects  of  Pharmacodynamics.  (2-2) 

Burgison. 

tor  Graduates  at  Army  Chemical  Center,  Edgewood,  Md. 

Instructors:  Brown,  Hart,  Wills,  and  Horton. 

Graduate  degrees  offered  at  trie  Army  Chemical  Center  are  the  Master  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Pharmacol.  220,  222.     Principles  of  Pharmacology.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Biochemistry  221-224 
and  Physiology  221  and  222,  or  their  equivalents.  To  be  taken  concurrendy  with 
Pharmacology  221   and  223  except  by  special  arrangement  with  the  instructor 

Brown,  Wills. 
Pharmacol.  221,  223.     Experimental  Pharmacology.  (I,  I) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites, 
Bio-chemistry  221-224  and  Physiology  221  and  222,  or  their  equivalents.  To  be  taken 
concurrently  with  Pharmacology  220  and  222  except  by  special  arrangement  with  the 
instructor.  Brown,  Wills. 

Pharmacol.  225.     Biometric  Principles,  (i   1/3^) 

One  lecture  and  one  one-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Woodson. 

Pharmacol.  226.     Advanced  Biometry  and  Bioassay  Techniques.   (2) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  demonstration   a  week.    Prerequisite,  Pharmacology  225. 

Horton,  Wills. 
Pharmacol.  228.      Seminar.  (I) 

Brown,  Wills. 
Pharmacol.  229.     Research. 
Maximum  credits,   12.  Brown,  Wills. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

Professors:  Amherson,  Ferguson,  and  Smith. 
Assistant  Professor:  White. 
Lecturer:  Wills. 

The  Department  of  Physiology  prefers  to  accept  students  who  have  already 
had  some  graduate  training  elsewhere.  Before  admission  to  candidacy  for  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  the  Department  gives  a  qualifying  examination, 
both  oral  and  written,  which  must  be  satisfactorily  passed. 

In  the  usual  case  a  student  majoring  in  Physiology  will  be  expected  to 
take  Physiol.  101  before,  or  concurrently  with,  courses  201  to  206  below.  Such 
a  student  will  extend  his  program  by  taking  courses  in  other  departments 
of  this  University,  and  by  enrolling  in  the  summer  course  in  physiology  at 
the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts. 

-<  180 


Interdepartmental  Courses 
For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Physiol.  101.     The  Principles  of  Physiology.   (9) 

Five   lectures,   two   conferences   and   two   4  hour   laboratory    periods  per  week   for    16 

weeks;  second  semester.    Laboratory  fee,   $15.00.  Amberson  and   Staff. 


For  Graduates 


Physiol.  201.     Experimental  Mammalian   Physiology. 
Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 

Physiol.  202.     Blood  and  Tissue  Proteins.  (2) 
Two  lectures  a  week,  for  15  weeks. 

Physiol.  204.     Physiological  Techniques. 
Time  and  credit  by  arrangement. 


Amberson  and  Staff. 


White. 


Amberson  and   Staff. 


Physiol.  205.     Physiology  of  Kidney  and  Body  Fluids.  (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  lectures,  seminars,  and  conferences,  for  15  weeks.  Ferguson. 

Physiol.  206.     Seminar. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Staff. 

Physiol.  207.     Research. 

By  arrangement  with  the  head  of  the  department.  Staff. 

Physiol.  225.     Cellular  Physiology.  (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  lectures,  conferences,  and  seminars,  for  15  weeks.  Wilber. 

Physiol.  226.     Physiology  of  Circtilation  and  Respiration.  (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  lectures,  conferences  and  seminars,  for  1  5  weeks.  Wills. 

Physiol.  227.     Environmental  Physiology.  (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  lectures,  conferences  and  seminars,  for  1  5  weeks.  Wilber. 

Physiol.  228.     Comparative  Physiology.   (2) 

Two  hours  a  week,  lectures,  conferences  and  seminars,  for    15   weeks.  Wilber. 

Physiol.  231.     Introduction  to  Microphysiology.  (1  or  2) 

One  or  two  hours  per  week,   as  arranged,  lectures,  conferences  and  seminars,  for   15 

weeks.  Anderson. 

Physiol.  232.     Special  Topics  in  Physiology.  (1  or  2) 

One  or  two  hours  per  week,  as  arranged,   lectures,  conferences  and   seminars  for    15 

weeks.  Wills. 


181    ► 


Interdepartmental  Courses 

PSYCHIATRIC  NURSING,    MATERNAL  AND  CHILD  HEALTH 
AND  MEDICAL-SURGICAL  NURSING 

Professor:  Gipe. 

Associate  Professors:  Carl  and  Grenell. 

The  Master  of  Science  Degree  in  Nursing  is  designated  primarily  to  prepare 
registered  nurses  in  psychiatric  nursing,  maternal  and  child  nursing  and  medical- 
surgical  nursing  as  clinical  specialists,  teachers  and  administrators  in  these  clinical 
specialties. 

For  admission  to  a  graduate  program  in  nursing,  the  applicant  is  required 
to  be  a  registered  nurse  and  must  have  completed  an  undergraduate  degree 
program  with  academic  standing  which  is  recognized  by  the  Graduate  School. 
In  addition,  the  applicant  must  have  had  clinical  experience  equivalent  to  the 
requirements  in  the  basic  undergraduate  nursing  program  of  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Requirements  for  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  include  the  satisfactory 
completion  of  at  least  thirty  semester  hours  of  graduate  work.  The  thirty  hour 
program  includes  twenty-four  semester  hours  of  course  work  and  six  semester 
hours  for  the  thesis.  At  least  twelve  semester  hours  and  not  more  than  sixteen 
semester  hours  can  be  taken  in  the  major  field.  At  least  eight  semester  hours 
must  be  taken  in  the  minor  field,  namely,  education  or  sociology.  It  is  required 
that  at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  the  twenty-four  hours  of  course  work  be 
taken  in  courses  numbered  in  the  catalogue  as  200  courses. 

A  thesis  representing  research  in  the  major  field  must  be  approved  by  the 
student's  advisor  and  presented  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  as  a  partial 
requirement  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree.  Final  approval  of  the  thesis 
is  given  by  the  examination  committee  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School. 

The  requirements  in  regard  to  advancement  to  candidacy,  transfer  of  credits, 
and  final  oral  examination  are  the  same  as  described  for  the  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science  Degrees. 

Nurs.  201.     Trends  of  Higher  Education  in  Nursing.  (2) 

First  semester.   One  lecture  or  two  hour  conferences  a  week.  Gipe  and  Staff. 

Nurs.  202.     Interpersonal  Interaction.  (2) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory   period  a  week. 

Fernandez,   Psychiatric   Institute   Staff. 

Nurs.  203.     Nursing  in  the  Somatic  Therapies.  (2) 

First  semester.    One  lecture   and    one   two-hour  laboratory   period    a   week. 

Carl,  Grenell. 
Nurs.  204.     Psychiatric  Nursing.  (2) 
First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

Fernandez  and  others. 
<  182 


Interdepartmental   Courses 

Nurs.  205.     Psychiatric  Nursing.  (2) 

Second  semester.    One   lecture  or  conference  and  two   four  hour   laboratory   periods  a 

week.  Fernandez  and  others. 

'Nurs.  206.     Pliilosophical  Concepts  in  Health.  (2) 
Second  semester.    Two  hour  lecture  a   week. 

Nurs.  207.     Nursing  in  Child  Health  Services.  (2) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and   two  three-hour  laboratory   periods   a   week. 

Sellew  and    others. 
Nurs.  208.     Nursing  in  Child  Health  Services.  (2) 

Second   semester.    One  lecture  and   two   four-hour  laboratory   periods   a   week. 

Sellew  and  others. 

Nurs.  209.     Nursing  in  Maternal  and  Newhorn  Services.  (2) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and   two  three-hour   laboratory  periods   a  week. 

Hydorn  and  others. 

Nurs.  210.     Nursing  in  Maternal  and  Newhorn  Services.  (2) 

Second   semester.    One   lecture   and   two  four-hour   laboratory   periods   a  week. 

Hydorn   and  others. 

Nurs.  211.     Seminar  in  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Services.  (2) 

Second  semester.   One  two-hour  period  a  week.  Sellew  and  others. 

Nurs.  212.     Medical-Surgical  Nursing.  (2) 

First  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods   a  week. 

Nurs.  213.     Medical-Surgical  Nursing.  (2) 

Second  semester.    One  lecture  and  two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

Nurs.  214.     Application  of  Principles  of  Physical  and  Social  Sciences  in  Nurs- 
ing. (2) 
First  semester.    One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Nurs.  286.     Research  Methods  and  Materials  in  Nursing.  (2) 

Second  semester.   One  two-hour  lecture  or  conference  period  a  week.     Carl  and  others. 

Nurs.  Ed.  287.     Seminar  in  Nursing.  (2) 

Second  semester.  One  two-hour  lecture  or  conference  period  a  week.     Carl  and  others. 

Nurs.  289.     Research-Thesis.  0-6~) 

Staff. 


183 


Pharmacy 

SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Professors:  Foss,  Estabrook,  Ichniowski,  Purdum,  Richeson,  Shay,  and  Slama. 
Associate  Professors:  Allen  and  Miller. 
Assistant  Professor:  Doorenhos. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  153.     Biochemistry.  (5) 

Four  lectures  and  conferences  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  semester. 

Prerequisites,  Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38,  15.  Schmidt  and  Staff. 

BOTANY  AND  PHARMACOGNOSY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Bot.  101,  102.     Taxonomy  of  the  Higher  Plants.  (2,  2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.    1,   21.    Given   in 

alternate  years.  Slama. 

Bot.  Ill,  113.     Plant  Anatomy.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisites,  Bot.  1,  21,  22.  Slama. 

Bot.  112,  114.     Plant  Anatomy.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.   Ill,   113.  Slama. 

For  Graduates 

Pharmacognosy  201,  202.     Advanced  Study  of  Vegetable  Powders.  (4,  4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,   Bot.   Ill,   113,   112, 
114.    Given  in  alternate  years.  Slama. 

Pharmacognosy  211,  212.     Advanced  Pharmacognosy.  (4,  4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.  Ill,   113,    112, 

114.  Slama. 

Pharmacognosy  220.     Research. 

Credit  according  to  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.  Slama. 

MATHEMATICS 

Math.  152,  153.     Mathematical  Statistics.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  20,  21.  Richeson. 

<  184 


Pharmacy 


MICROBIOLOGY 


This   Department  offers  work  leading   toward   the   Master  of  Science   and 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy   degrees.    Requirements   for  the  doctoral   degree   are 
I  fulfilled  by  supplementing  the  courses  offered  in  this  Department  with  selected 
courses  from  the  College  Park  curriculum. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  V rider graduates 

Microb.  115.     Serology  and  Immunology.  (4) 

Third  year,  two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  second  semester.       Shay. 

For  Graduates 

Microb.  200,  201.     Chemotherapy.  (1-2) 

One  lecture  a  week.    Offered  in  alternate  years.  Shay. 

Microb.  202,  203.     Reagents  and  Media.  (M) 

One  lecture  a  week.    Offered  in  alternate  years.  Shay. 

Microb.  210.     Special  Problems  in  Microbiology. 

Laboratory    course.    Credit   determined  by   amount   and   quality   of   work   performed. 

Shay. 
Microb.  211.     Public  Health.  0-2~) 
One  lecture  a  week.   Prerequisites,  Microb.  1,  115.  Shay. 

Microb.  221.     Research  in  Microbiology. 
*"  Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.  Shay. 

PHARMACEUTICAL   CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Chem.  101.     Advanced   Inorganic   Chemistry.   (2) 
*  Two  lectures  a  week,  first  or  second  semester.   Prerequisites,  Chem.  15,  Pharm.  Chem. 
53  or  equivalent,  and  Chem.  37,  38.  Doorenbos. 

Pharm.  Chem.  Ill,  113.     Chemistry  of  Medicinal  Products.  (3,  3) 
Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  35,   37,   53. 

Doorenbos. 

Pharm.  Chem.  112,  114.     Chemistry  of  Medicinal  Products.  (2,  2) 
"Two    laboratory    periods    a    week,    either    or    both    semesters.     Prerequisites,    Pharm. 
Chem.    Ill,    113,  or  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  Pharm.   Chem.    Ill,    113. 

Doorenbos. 
Chem.  141,  143.     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Chem.  37,  38.     Miller. 

185   ► 


Pharmacy 

Chew.  142,  144.     Advanced  Organic  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  any  one  or  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  19  or 

23,  and  Chem.  37,  38.  Miller. 

Chem.  146,   148.     Identification  of  Organic  Compounds.  (2,  2) 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  any  one  or  both  semesters.    Prerequi- 
sites, Pharm.  Chem.  Ill,  11 3,' or  Chem.  141,  143.  Miller. 

For  Graduates 

Pharm.  Chem.  201,  203.     Survey  of  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry.   (2,   2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second   semesters.    Prerequisites,   Pharm.   Chem.    Ill, 

113.  Miller  and  Doorenbos. 

Pharm.  Chem.   211,   213.     Chemistry   of  the  Alkaloids.   (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,   first  and  second  semesters.     Prerequisites,   Pharm.   Chem.    Ill, 

113.  Doorenbos. 

Pharm.  Chem.  220.     Advanced  Pharmaceutical  Synthesis.  (2-6) 

Laboratory  and  conferences,  either  or  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   142,    144, 

or  Pharm'  Chem.  112,  114.  Miller  and  Doorenbos. 

Pliarm.  Chem.  222.     Instrumental  Methods  of  Pharmaceutical  Analysis.   Ql-4^) 
Laboratory  and  conferences,  either  or  both  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Chem.   146,   148. 

Doorenbos. 
Pharm.  Chem.  230.     Pharmaceutical  Chemistry  Seminar.  (1) 
Required  of  students  majoring  in  pharmaceutical   chemistry  each  semester. 

Miller   and   Doorenbos. 

Pharm.  Chem.  235.     Research  in  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry. 

Credit  determined  by  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.     Miller  and  Doorenbos. 

Chem.  258.     The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds. 

An  advanced  course.    Two  to  four  laboratory  periods  a   week,   either   semester.    Pre- 
requisites, Chem.    146,   148,  or  equivalent.  Miller. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Pharmacology  111.     Official  Methods  of  Biological  Assay.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  semester.    Prerequisite,  Pharma- 
cology 81,  82.  Ichniowski. 

For  Graduates 

Pharmacology  201,  202.     Methods  of  Biological  Assay.  (4,  4) 

Laboratory  and  conferences,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Pharmacology  111. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  Ichniowski. 

-<  186 


Pharmacy 

Pharmacology  211,  212.     Special  Studies  in  Pharmacodynamics.   (4,  4) 
Laboratory  and  conferences,  first  and  second  Ministers.    Prerequisite,  Pharmacology  81 
and  82  and  the  approval  of  the  instructor.    Offered  in  alternate  years.       Ichniowski. 

Pharmacology  221,  222.  Special  Studies  in  Biological  Assay  Methods.  (2-4,  2-4) 
Credit  according  to  amount  of  work  undertaken  after  consultation  with  the  instructor. 
Laboratory  work  and  conferences,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Pharma- 
cology 111,  201,  202.  Ichniowski. 

Pharmacology  250.     Research  in  Pharmacology. 

Properly    qualified    students   may   arrange    with    instructor    for   credits    and    hours. 

Ichniowski. 

PHARMACY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Pharmacy   101,    102.     Advanced  Dispensing  Pharmacy.   (3,   3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Pharmacy  1,  2,  51,  52. 

Allen  and  Staff. 
Pharmacy    121.     Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration.  (2) 
First  semester,  two  lectures  a  week.  Purdum. 

Pharmacy  J  32.     Cosmetics.  (3) 

Second  semester,  two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Pharmacy  1, 

2,  51,  52,  and  101.  Allen  and  Staff. 

For  Graduates 

Pharmacy  201,  202.     Manufacturing  Pharmacy.    (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Given  in  alternate  years.    Prerequisite,  Pharmacy  101,  102. 

Foss  and  Staff. 
Pharmacy  203,  204.     Manufacturing  Pharmacy.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Pharmacy  201,  202,  or  may  be  taken  simul- 
taneously with  Pharmacy  201,  202.  Foss  and  Staff. 

Pharmacy  205.     Manufacturing  Pharmacy  Control.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.   Given  in  alternate  years.  Foss  and  Staff. 

Pharmacy  207,  208.     Physical  Pharmacy.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Physical  Chemistry  187,  188,  189,  190.  Staff. 

Pharmacy  211,  212.     Survey  of  Pharmaceutical  Literature.  (I,    J) 

One  lecture  a  week.    Given  in  alternate  years.  Allen  and  Purdum. 

Pharmacy  215,  216.     Product  Development.   (2,   2) 
•  Two  laboratories  a   week.    Prerequisites,  Pharmacy   132,   201,   202,  203,  204.     Allen. 

Pharmacy  221,  222.     History  of  Pharmacy.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.    Given  in  alternate  years.  Purdum. 

187  ► 


Pharmacy 

Pharmacy  230.     Pharmaceutical  Seminar.  (1) 

Each  semester.  Foss  and  Staff. 

Pharmacy  231,  232.     Special  Problems  in  Pharmaceutical  Technology.  (2,   2) 
Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Allen  and  Purdum. 

Pharmacy  235.     Research  in  Pharmacy. 

Credit  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Foss,  Purdum  and  Allen. 

PHYSICS  AND  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  U nder graduates 

Chem.   187,  189.     Physical  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Phys.   11;  Chem.  15, 

35,  37.    Math.   20,  21.    Given  in  alternate  years.  Estabrook. 

Chem.  188,  190.     Physical  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Chem.   187, 

189,  or  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  these  courses.  Estabrook. 

Phys.  104,  105.     Electricity  and  Magnetism.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Given  ac- 
cording to  demand.    Prerequisites,  Phys.   11;  Math.  21.  Estabrook. 

Phys.  112,  113.     Modern  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Phys.  Chem.  187,  189, 

188,  190.    Given    according   to    demand.  Estabrook. 

For  Graduates 

Phys.  200,  201.     Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics.  (5,  5) 

Five  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.    Given  according  to  demand. 

Estabrook. 
Phys.  208,  209.     Thermodynamics.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Phys.  Chem.  187,  188, 

189,  190.    Given  in  alternate  years.  Estabrook. 


-*  188 


—The  University  is  the  rear  guard  and  the 
advance  agent  of  society.    It  lives  in  the 
past,  the  present  and  the  future.    It  is  the 
storehouse  of  knowledge;  it  draws  upon 
this  depository  to  throw  light  upon  the 
present;  it  prepares  people  to  live  and  make 
a  living  in  the  world  of  today;  and  it 
should  take  the  lead  in  expanding  the 
intellectual  horizons  and  the  scientific 
frontiers,  thus  helping  mankind  to  go  forward 
— always  toward  the  promise  of  a 
better  tomorrow. 

—  From    "The    State    and    the    University," 
the  inaugural  address  of 
President  Wilson  H.  Elkins, 
January  20,   1955, 
College   Park,   Maryland. 


SEPARATE  CATALOGS  AVAILABLE 


AT  COLLEGE  PARK 

Individual  catalogs  of  colleges  and  schools  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land at  College  Park  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  the  Office  of  Uni- 
versity Relations,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Md. 

1.  General  Information 

2.  College  of  Agriculture 

3.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

4.  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 

5.  College  of  Education 

6.  College  of  Engineering 

7.  College  of  Home  Economics 

8.  Department  of  Air  Science 

9.  College  of  Physical   Education,   Recreation   and   Health 

10.  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 

The  catalog  of  the  European  Program  may  be  obtained  by 
addressing  the  Dean,  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

11.  Summer  School 

12.  Graduate  School  Announcements 

AT  BALTIMORE 

Individual  catalogs  for  the  professional  schools  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  the  Deans  of  the  respective 
schools  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets, 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 

13.  School  of  Dentistry 

14.  School  of  Law 

15.  School  of  Medicine 

16.  School  of  Pharmacy 

17.  School  of  Nursing